Welcome to PhiloLogic  
   home |  the ARTFL project |  download |  documentation |  sample databases |   
Bennett, Emerson, 1822-1905 [1859], Wild scenes on the frontiers, or, Heroes of the West. (Hamelin and Co., Philadelphia) [word count] [eaf480T].
To look up a word in a dictionary, select the word with your mouse and press 'd' on your keyboard.

Previous section

Front matter Covers, Edges and Spine

-- --

[figure description] Top Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Spine.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Back Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Bottom Edge.[end figure description]

Preliminaries

-- --

Hic Fructus Virtutis; Clifton Waller Barrett [figure description] 480EAF. Paste-Down Endpaper with Bookplate: heraldry figure with a green tree on top and shield below. There is a small gray shield hanging from the branches of the tree, with three blue figures on that small shield. The tree stands on a base of gray and black intertwined bars, referred to as a wreath in heraldic terms. Below the tree is a larger shield, with a black background, and with three gray, diagonal stripes across it; these diagonal stripes are referred to as bends in heraldic terms. There are three gold leaves in line, end-to-end, down the middle of the center stripe (or bend), with green veins in the leaves. Note that the colors to which this description refers appear in some renderings of this bookplate; however, some renderings may appear instead in black, white and gray tones.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

John Defrusz
July 27, 1862
Troy
NY
Book

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

“You war the toughest old red nigger as ever Adam Wiston fou't.” [figure description] 480EAF. Image of an Native American and man fighting over a stream.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

“Good night, my fair Rose, and happy dreams to you.” [figure description] 480EAF. Image of a man and woman having an intimate farewell as a shadowy figure watches them from behind a tree.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Title-Page.[end figure description]

Title Page WILD SCENES
ON
THE FRONTIERS;
OR,
HEROES OF THE WEST.

“Westward the Course of Empire takes its Map.”

PHILADELPHIA:
HAMELIN & CO., 606 CHESTNUT STREET.
1859.

-- --

[figure description] Copyright Page.[end figure description]

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1859, by
HAMELIN & Co.,
In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States, in
and for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania.
Illustrations ON Wood, BY Louderback & Hoffman. STEREOTYPED BY GEORGE CHARLES, PRINTED BY KING & BAIRD,
No. 607 Sansom Street, Philadelphia.

-- --

Dedication TO
WILLIAM W. HARDING, ESQ.,

[figure description] Page 005.[end figure description]

OF THE

Pennsylvania Inquirer,

PHILADELPHIA,

AS A TOKEN OF FRIENDSHIP AND ESTEEM,

THIS WORK

IS INSCRIBED,

BY THE AUTHOR. Preliminaries

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 007 --

CONTENTS.

[figure description] Page 007.[end figure description]

Page.


The Mingo Chief 15

The Kentucky Hero 27

The Maid of Fort Henry 39

Wrecked on the Lake 56

A Leap for Life 80

A Desperate Encounter 69

Love Triumphant 90

Mad Ann 103

The Daring Scouts 115

The Gamblers Outwitted 125

A Fight on the Prairie 135

An Arkansas Duel 146

The Poisoned Bride 158

Attacked by Indians 169

The Trapper's Story 180

A Miraculous Escape 189

A Mother's Courage 203

A Daring Exploit 215

Rocky Mountain Perils 232

The Dead Alive 245

Fight with a Bear 259

-- 008 --

[figure description] Page 008.[end figure description]

The Haunted House 269

Bill Luken's Run 285

The Faithful Negro 298

The Guerrilla Queen 310

The Last Stake 320

Adventure of a Colporteur 333

A Night with the Wolves 344

Colonel Bowie of Arkansas 355

The Backwoodsman's First Love 372

A Wolf in Sheep's Clothing 387

On the Scout 400

Main text

-- 015 --

p480-016 The Mingo Chief.

[figure description] Page 015.[end figure description]

We talk of the ferocity, the vindictiveness, the treachery,
and the cruelty of the native savage; and, painting him
in the darkest colors, tell how, when his hunting grounds
covered the sites of our now proudest cities, he was wont
to steal down upon a few harmless whites, our forefathers,
and butcher them in cold blood, sparing neither sex nor
age, except for a painful captivity, to end perhaps in
the most demoniac tortures; and we dwell upon the
theme, till our little innocent children shudder and creep
close to our sides, and look fearfully around them, and
perhaps wonder how the good God, of whom they have
also heard us speak, could ever have permitted such human
monsters to encumber His fair and beautiful earth. But
do we reverse the medal and show the picture which
impartial Truth has stamped upon the other side—and
which, in a great measure, stands as a cause to the opposite
effect—stands as a cause for savage ferocity, vindictiveness,
treachery and cruelty? Do we tell our young
and eager listeners that the poor Indian, living up to the

-- 016 --

[figure description] Page 016.[end figure description]

light he had, and not unfrequently beyond it, knew no
better than to turn, like the worm when trampled upon,
and bite the foot that crushed him? That we had taken
the land of his father's graves and driven him from his
birthright hunting grounds? That we had stolen his cattle,
robbed him of his food, destroyed his growing fields,
burned his wigwams, and murdered his brothers, fathers,
wives and little ones, besides instigating tribe to war
against tribe—and that, knowing nothing of the Christian
code, to return good for evil, he fulfilled the law of his
nature and education in taking his “great revenge” upon
any of the pale-faced race he should chance to meet? No!
we seldom show this side of the medal—for the natural
inquiry of the innocent listener might contain an unpleasant
rebuke:

“Father, were we all savages together then?”

But I have a story to tell. Listen!

More than eighty years ago, when the great West was a
howling wilderness, and mighty, unbroken forests stretched
away for hundreds of miles, and covered the broad, fertile
lands of Western Virginia, Pennsylvania, Ohio and Kentucky,
and so onward to the vast prairies beyond the
Father of Rivers, the unrivalled Mississippi—forests that
threw twilight over the gliding, purling, or rushing
streams, and gave wild freedom to the bear, the buffalo,
the panther, catamount, and deer—more than eighty years

-- 017 --

[figure description] Page 017.[end figure description]

ago, I say, on a fine, pleasant spring day, a party of
border hunters were encamped upon the left bank of the
Ohio, above the present site of Wheeling, which then
boasted only a single trading fort, and was considered the
extreme frontier.

This party numbered more than a dozen strong, hardy,
bronze-visaged men, dressed in true border fashion, with
green hunting frocks, caps, buckskin trowsers, leggings
and moccasins, and they were armed with rifles, tomahawks,
and knives. They had built themselves a temporary
cabin, and had fished and hunted in the vicinity for
several days; and furs, and game, and articles of traffic were
strewn carelessly about their cabin, which had been erected
rather for the purpose of protecting their goods and
weapons from the weather than for sheltering themselves,
for your true borderer likes to sleep in the open air.
The party was about to break up camp and return to the
eastward; and some were packing their furs and skins, and
some were cleaning their rifles, and some were mending
their torn garments, and some were lounging idly about,
smoking and drinking, and stretching their huge limbs, and
wishing for some keen excitement to rouse their sluggish
natures.

The leader of this party—a man of fair proportions, but
with low brow, bushy hair, a snaky eye, and a red, rough,
ferocious-looking countenance—was standing apart from

-- 018 --

[figure description] Page 018.[end figure description]

the others, leaning upon his rifle, thinking wicked thoughts
and planning wicked deeds. Suddenly he wheeled about,
and drawing near his men, said, in a hard, harsh voice:

“Boy's, this here's a — bad business, going back without
nary scalp. What'll the people think of us? I tell
you, boys, we must raise some red-nigger top-knots, or our
reputation 'll spile, by —!”

“Thar's Injuns 'tother side the river,” replied a big,
double-fisted, coarse-featured fellow, who was smoking his
pipe, with his back braced against a huge sycamore;
“'spose you jest go over, Cap, and take what you want!”

“It moughten't be so easy gitting back,” replied the
first speaker; “and I hain't no incline to take a scalp
at the risk of mine. If we could only get a few of the—
heathen over here!”

“Why, so you can, Cap, if you'll only keep quiet, for
there comes a few now,” answered the other, taking his
corn-cob pipe from his mouth, and pointing with the stem
across the river to a canoe filled with Indians.

“By —! Sam!” cried the first speaker, using an oath
that we will not repeat, “I hope they'll come across. If
they do, we'll have fun. I'll go down and beckon 'em
over.”

And hastening down to the water's edge, the leader of
the whites made friendly signs to the Indians in the canoe,
inviting them to cross the river to his camp.

-- 019 --

[figure description] Page 019.[end figure description]

And the Indians came across, without apparent fear or
hesitation—five men, and one woman with an infant in her
arms. Two of the men, one quite advanced in years, were
fine, athletic, noble looking specimens of humanity; and
the woman, the daughter of one and the sister of the
other, was more than usually comely, and had a soft, dark
eye, a mild, pleasant-looking countenance, and a sweet,
musical voice. All landed and shook hands with the
leader of the whites, who seemed greatly pleased to meet
with them, and invited them up to his cabin to take a
drink. Three of the Indians readily accepted the invitation;
but the three we have mentioned declined—
the venerable head of the party observing, with a smile:

“Rum no good for Injun—make drunk come. Me buy
tobac—tobac good for smoke.”

And while three of the party entered the cabin and
drank the liquor proffered them, the other three, including
the woman with the infant, remained outside, and opened
a trade-with the leader of the whites, for tobacco and
powder, paying for the same in the current coin of the
frontier, pelts and furs, of which they had on hand a
goodly stock.

An hour passed away in friendly barter, and then the
old man signified his intention of recrossing the river.
He stepped into the cabin, and found three of his party

-- 020 --

[figure description] Page 020.[end figure description]

lying on the ground, and so much intoxicated as not to be
conscious of any thing going on around them.

“Ah! me said rum bad for poor Injun!” observed the
old warrior; “him take Injun sense, and make him worse
as beast.”

He called his son to him, said something in his native
tongue, and the two were about to begin to remove their
helpless comrades, when the leader of the whites, who had
been holding a short consultation with his men, came in
and said:

“Afore you go, my boys, I want to see you shoot at a
mark. I hear you're some at a shot.”

“Me hit dollar,” returned the old man, with gratified
vanity.

“Come on—we've put up the mark—and if you hit it,
I'll give you a pound of tobacco; and if you don't, you're
to give me a deer skin.”

The old warrior and his son went out and looked at the
mark, and the former said:

“Me bet.”

“And will you try, too?” said the leader of the whites
to the son of the Indian sage.

“Me bet,” was the quiet answer.

“Fire away, then—you shoot first.”

The son said something to his father, the old warrior

-- 021 --

[figure description] Page 021.[end figure description]

nodded, and the young man, drawing himself up and
taking deliberate aim, fired.

“Hit, by —!” said the white leader, as the white
mark, the size of a dollar, showed a hole near its centre.
“A — good shot! Come, old man, let's see what you
can do!”

“Me beat him,” said the father, with a smile.

He raised his rifle slowly, brought it to a level, fired, and
drove the pin through the centre.

“Now, boys,” said the white ruffian, “all right, give 'em
h—ll!”

And at the word he raised his own rifle and shot the
old man through the brain, who fell back dead; and the
next instant his son fell upon him, a ghastly corpse,
pierced by four bullets from as many rifles in the hands
of the whites. The poor woman with the infant in her
arms, who was standing apart from the crowd, looking
quietly on, uttered a shriek of horror on seeing her father
and brother thus inhumanly butchered, and, clasping her
offspring to her bosom, ran swiftly toward the river. But
crack went some half a dozen rifles, and she fell to the
earth, mortally wounded, but not dead. The first who
reached her was the leader of the whites, who, grasping
her infant roughly, raised his tomahawk to give the poor
innocent mother the finishing blow.

-- 022 --

[figure description] Page 022.[end figure description]

“Spare child!” shrieked the dying mother, with a look
of affectionate, pleading anguish, that would have melted
the heart of a stone. “Child got white fader—child one
of you—spare poor child!”

She said no more, for the hatchet of the white fiend at
that instant crashed through her brain and set her spirit
free, to roam the hunting-grounds of her faith with the
spirits of her father and brother.

“Give me the child, Dan,” said the brother of the white
leader, who reached his side just as he was about to dash
out its brains. “I reckon I know its father, and we'll
make it pay.”

The bloody ruffian gave him the infant, accompanied
with a savage oath; and whipping out his knife, he bent
over the dead mother and tore off her scalp. The whole
work of butchery was now complete; for while these
events were taking place outside the cabin, another fiend
within had chopped to pieces the drunken Indians, and
now came swaggering forth, shaking three gory scalps in
triumph.

“Now, boys,” said the white leader, “we've got a good
show, and let's make clean tracks afore some other —
red-niggers get arter our hair.”

And hastily they stripped the dead of every thing of
value, broke up their camp, and departed for the interior
settlements, taking the poor motherless infant with them.

-- 023 --

[figure description] Page 023.[end figure description]

Meantime, the Indians on the other side of the river,
being witnesses of the horrible massacre, hurried into their
only remaining canoe, and rowed swiftly down the Ohio.
On passing the fort at Wheeling they were espied, and
chase was given by a party of whites. Far below they
were overtaken, a short fight ensued, and another of their
party was killed—the others making their escape through
the deep dark forests.

While the bloody events we have recorded were taking
place on the Ohio, a Grand Council of chiefs and warriors
was convened at the Indian town in the interior of what is
now the State of Ohio. They were deliberating upon the
propriety of digging up the hatchet and going to war
against the whites, who were fast encroaching upon their
homes and hunting-grounds, and, judging from precedents,
would soon require them to leave again for the still Far
West. Most of the chiefs were for war; but there was
one brave and eloquent man among them, who spoke for
peace, and spoke with such reason, power and pathos, that
he carried his point over strong opposition, and the pipe
of peace was smoked in the Council House of the assembled
nations.

This brave and eloquent chief had ever raised his voice
for peace between the white man and the red, because, as

-- 024 --

[figure description] Page 024.[end figure description]

he said, the same Great Spirit had made them all, and
designed them to be brothers; and the earth was large
enough, and rich enough, in forest, streams, and game, to
give them all shelter, food, and happy homes.

His earnest eloquence conquered the fiery war spirit of
his fierce comrades, and he was rejoicing in his peaceful
triumph, when lo! a poor Indian, half dead with hunger
and fatigue, appeared before him, and told him how his
father, brother and sister had been brutally butchered by
his pale-faced friends. Instantly the dark eye of this
Chief of Peace gathered a storm of fire and shot forth
lightning glances of anger, and his mighty voice, before
the reassembled chiefs and warriors of many nations, was
soon heard thundering:

“War! war! war!—war upon the pale-faces!—war
upon the Long Knives—death to all of either sex and
every age!”

And the cry of “War! war! war!—death to the pale-faces!—
death to the Long Knives!” was echoed and reechoed,
with wild, savage shouts, by many hundreds of
fiercely painted, half-naked, savage men.

And down upon the unprotected frontiers poured a
fierce, dusky horde of human beings, whose rallying warcry
was,

“Revenge! Revenge!”

And old men and infants, and young men and maidens,

-- 025 --

[figure description] Page 025.[end figure description]

and men in the prime of life, and wives and mothers, were
roused at the midnight hour by those yells of vengeance,
and were butchered in their cabins, scalped on their
hearthstones, and burned with their burning homes.

“I will have ten scalps for every kin of mine slain!” said
that Chief of Blood, so lately a Chief of Peace.

And ere the war, so terribly and suddenly begun, was
closed by a treaty of peace, thirty human scalps, thirty
pale-fale scalps, hung dangling at his gory belt.

This war is known in history as Lord Dunmore's War.

That man of peace, roused to such bloody deeds by the
aggressions of his white brothers, was the world-renowned
Logan, the Mingo Chief!

The leader of the party who butchered his relatives,
was Daniel Greathouse.

The leader of the party who sallied from the fort at
Wheeling, and followed and slew one of the flying fugitives,
was Captain Cresap.

Logan always supposed it was Cresap who murdered
his relatives; and in his celebrated speech, sent to Lord
Dunmore at the treaty of peace—for he proudly refused to
appear in person—he mentions him as the cause of the
war. We quote this speech, delivered at old Chillicothe
town, and sent to Governor Dunmore at Camp Charlotte,
as one of the finest specimens of eloquence extant.

“I appeal to any white man to say if ever he entered

-- 026 --

[figure description] Page 026.[end figure description]

Logan's cabin hungry and I gave him not meat—if ever
he came cold or naked and I gave him not clothing!

“During the course of the last long and bloody war,
Logan remained in his tent, an advocate for peace. Nay,
such was my love for the whites, that those of my own
country pointed at me as they passed, and said, `Logan is
the friend of white men.' I had even thought to live with
you, but for the injuries of one man. Colonel Cresap, the
last spring, in cool blood, and unprovoked, cut off all the
relatives of Logan, not sparing even my women and
children. There runs not a drop of my blood in the veins
of any human creature. This called on me for revenge.
I have sought it. I have killed many. I have fully
glutted my vengeance. For my country, I rejoice at the
beams of peace. Yet do not harbor the thought that
mine is the joy of fear! Logan never felt fear. He will
not turn on his heel to save his life. Who is there to
mourn for Logan? Not one.”

Reader, you who are now sitting in judgment upon the
deeds of the past, I challenge you to say that the white
man was always the Christian and the red man always the
fiend!

-- 027 --

p480-028 A Kentucky Hero.

[figure description] Page 027.[end figure description]

It was a wild, fearful scene—a scene of carnage and
destruction. Loud shrieks of pain, and yells of rage,
defiance, and triumph, commingled with reports of musketry,
and here and there the clashing of steel, resounded
on every hand.

A small, but gallant, band of Kentuckians, were completely
surrounded by an overpowering horde of dusky
savages, and were fighting desperately while falling victims
to superior numbers—fighting for the hope of retreat,
but with none of victory.

The scene was partly in an open glade, and partly in a
surrounding forest, not far from the banks of the Ohio, in
what is now the State of Indiana, but which was then an
unapportioned and unsettled wilderness.

Over this open glade were hurrying hundreds of human
beings—some mounted and some on foot—some white, and
dressed in the rough costume of the borders—but more
of the dusky hue, half naked and hideously painted—and

-- 028 --

[figure description] Page 028.[end figure description]

all with passions excited to the fierce, ungovernable fury
of fighting wild beasts.

Many a riderless horse went snorting and bounding
away; while the ground was strewed with the dead and
dying—the latter soon ceasing from the agonies of life,
as the knife or tomahawk of either foe made his work sure.
There were old men and youths, and men in the prime of
manhood, all doing their duty bravely, and bearing down
the foe in close encounter, or being themselves borne down
to a bloody end.

Foremost among the Kentuckians, in the very hottest of
the fight, more desperate even than the oldest veterans,
rode a tall, fine-looking youth, who charged upon the foe
without regard to numbers or peril—and fast they fell
beneath the almost superhuman strength of his single arm.
Several times his horse was seized by the bit, and borne
back almost upon its haunches, while the uplifted tomahawk
was aimed at the head of the rider; but with the quickness
of thought, and the strength of a Hercules, the blows were
parried right and left, and returned with a precision that
laid his opposers bleeding beneath the feet of the fiery
animal, which literally trampled them into the dust, as the
undaunted youth still urged him on to new scenes of peril
and victory.

“On, comrades!” he shouted—and his loud, shrill voice
was heard above the din of battle. “On, for the honor of

-- 029 --

[figure description] Page 029.[end figure description]

old Kentucky! Though surrounded by four times our
number, we are not yet defeated; and will not be while
there is an arm left to strike!”

Almost as he spoke, a shower of balls was poured in
upon him, some cutting his clothes, some wounding him
seriously, while his gallant steed sunk under him. Springing
from the back of the falling beast, into the very midst
of his dusky foes, this noble youth, wounded and bleeding
though he was, still laid about him with desperation, the
balls whistling around him fearfully and a dozen arms
raised for his destruction.

Recklessly and desperately, however, alone and unaided,
he continued to fight his way through his savage foes,
back to the main body of his friends, where he arrived just
as the order came for retreat.

As several, who were mounted, wheeled their horses to
obey this welcome command, our hero dashed suddenly
in among them, and, seizing the bits of two animals, one
in either hand, he fairly brought them round, and so
quickly as almost to throw their riders, at the same time
shouting:

“For shame! for shame! who dares retreat—by any
order—by any command—and leave our wounded comrades
to the vengeance of our foes! Bear back, men—
if you be men—and let us bring off our companions with
honor, or perish with them!”

-- 030 --

[figure description] Page 030.[end figure description]

But his valiant call was unheeded by those who thought
only of saving their own lives; and the moment the youth
released his hold of their bridles, they dashed swiftly
away.

“My curses go with you, for pusillanimous cowards!”
he shouted after them; and then discovering another party
on foot, as eagerly retreating also, he threw himself in
before them, and exclaimed:

“Hold! I command you, by every feeling of honor, to
turn back and save the lives of our wounded friends!”

“Out of my way, boy!” said a tall, strapping fellow, as
he pushed eagerly forward to pass the youth: “you're not
our captain! Haven't you heard the order for retreat?
and don't you know, if you stand here a minute, you'll be
butchered and scalped by the bloody varmints around,
who've hemmed us in?”

“Yes! yes!” cried most of the rest; “Joe Hinkins says
right!”

“We'll all be killed if we stop here!” said one.

“Turn back, Bill, and don't make a fool of yourself!”
cried another.

“If we'd attempt to save the wounded, we'd purty soon
want somebody to save us!” put in a third.

“There, boys—the red devils are a-coming like mad!”
shouted a fourth.

With this they all set up cries of alarm, and plunged

-- 031 --

[figure description] Page 031.[end figure description]

into the nearest thicket, where they met the very doom
they were seeking to avoid—for there a considerable body
of Indians fell upon them, and, gaining an advantage
through their surprise and terror, tomahawked and scalped
them to a man.

With a cheek red with shame, our young hero now
darted forward and intercepted still another party, who
had likewise begun their flight—and this time his appeal
was listened to. Turning back, they stopped a small
mounted party; and getting them to dismount, they began
to pick up the wounded wherever they could find
them, and place them upon the horses—which, as fast as
loaded, they dispatched with a small escort toward the
Ohio, nearly half a mile distant—the youth still exerting
himself to cheer all parties.

While thus engaged in their work of mercy, a body of
Indians, about twice their number, came rushing down
upon them; and another terrible encounter took place;
during which the youth was struck by some four or five
more balls—one shattering his left arm, three inflicting
flesh-wounds upon different parts of his body, but none of
them, fortunately, touching a vital part.

Finding the victory not so easy as they expected, several
of their number having either been killed or wounded in
this new encounter, the assailing Indians suddenly drew
back from our dauntless little band, and set off in pursuit

-- 032 --

[figure description] Page 032.[end figure description]

of those who, judging from the eagerness of their flight,
would not be likely to make so desperate a stand.

“Three cheers for us, comrades!” cried the youth.

Three cheers were accordingly given, with hearty good
will; and then they recommenced gathering up their
wounded friends, there being now several of their own
immediate party to be assisted likewise.

In his different encounters thus far, our young hero had
broken every weapon—his rifle, knife, and tomahawk—
and he now proceeded to re-arm himself. Having found
and thrust two weapons into his belt, he picked up a rifle,
and, holding it between his knees, his left arm hanging
useless by his side, he coolly proceeded to load it with
his right, all the while speaking encouragingly to those
around him. By the time this was completed, his companions
were ready to set out for the river; but just as
they were about to depart, a voice from another quarter of
the field cried out:

“Save me! save me! For the love of God, save me!”

“I know that voice,” said the youth; “it is a brave
fellow who calls on us; and we must save him, at all
hazards!”

“I fear it's more than we can do to save ourselves,”
returned one; “the cursed Indians are at work all around
us; and if we escape as it is, it'll be a miracle.”

“Save me!” called out the voice again; “in humanity's

-- 033 --

[figure description] Page 033.[end figure description]

name, don't let the savages butcher and scalp me! If I've
got to die, I want to die in Old Kentucky, among my
friends.”

This was an appeal hard to be resisted by brave men
with feeling hearts; but it might have been resisted,
nevertheless, and the poor fellow been left to his fate, had
it not been for the gallant youth, who declared he would
die on the field sooner than leave a companion in such a
strait.

On reaching the spot where the poor fellow lay, they
found him with one leg and one arm broken, and a serious
wound in his breast. Lifting him up carefully, they
hastily bore him to the only horse which was not yet
laden; and carefully placing him upon the back of the
beast, they were just in the act of setting forward, when
the youth, who had been quickly darting over the field and
examining the fallen, called out to them that there were
two more yet with life, who must on no account be deserted.
As two of the party ran back to pick them up,
another small body of Indians—who for the last few
minutes had been busy in a different quarter, and had now
returned to the main field of slaughter—poured in upon
them a close volley, and literally cut them down over the
wounded they were assisting, at the same time rushing in
upon them with brandished tomahawks and furious yells.

Finding there was no hope of saving any more, our

-- 034 --

[figure description] Page 034.[end figure description]

young hero now ran back to the main party, shouting,
“Let us give them a farewell volley!” which was immediately
done—several of the savages in turn falling beneath
the fatal aim of the Kentuckians.

“Now, then, for a retreat!” pursued the youth, who,
though himself a mere private in the ranks, was listened to
and obeyed with the deference due to an officer in full
command. “Load up, men, and guard the wounded with
your lives! In Heaven's name, do not desert them, whatever
may be your fate! I will run forward and give notice
of your approach, that those who set out ahead of us may
not push off the last boat before you reach them.”

“We'll all come in together, William, or you'll never
see us again!” replied one of his comrades; and as they
began to urge their horses forward, the youth darted into
a thicket and disappeared in advance of them.

As he ran through the wood toward the river, his rifle
thrown across his shoulder, his eye constantly on the alert
for the foe, he passed over the gory corpse of many a companion,
who had been overtaken, slain, scalped, and even
stripped of his clothing—and which, in fact, at different
intervals, marked the course of the retreat from that disastrous
field of battle.

At last, faint and almost exhausted, our brave youth
reached the bank of the river, just as the only boat at that
point, heavily laden with the escaping fugitives, was in the

-- 035 --

[figure description] Page 035.[end figure description]

act of being pushed from the shore. Here at the moment
were, fortunately, none of the enemy—but above and
below were sounds of conflict—and an attack was every
instant expected.

“Hold, comrades!” he shouted, presenting his weak
and bloody figure to their view. “I am just in advance
of a few more of our friends, who are hurrying up with
the wounded!”

“Get aboard yourself, if you want to,” replied one;
“but don't ask us to wait for any more—for another party
would sink us—to say nothing of the savages, who may
attack us here at any moment.”

“Yes, jump aboard,” said another; “and quick, too—
or we'll have to leave you as well as them.”

“Never!” returned the youth, with a mingled flush of
pride and shame; “never will I desert my friends in such
a cowardly manner! Until the others arrive, I will not
put my foot aboard your boat, whatever may be the consequences.”

“Then we'll have to leave you among the rest,” called
out a third; “for it's better a few should perish than all;
and all will, if we stay here a minute longer.”

He seized an oar as he spoke, and was about to push
off the boat, regardless of all lives save his own, when the
youth, throwing his rifle across the root of a fallen tree,
pointed the muzzle at his breast, and exclaimed:

-- 036 --

[figure description] Page 036.[end figure description]

“Beware! the first man that sends that boat one inch
from the shore until our comrades are aboard, I will shoot,
so help me God!”

The man, knowing the youth, and knowing him to be
one who would keep his word, at once threw down the
oar, muttering some bitter curses upon his folly; but a
few of the others, moved to feelings of shame and admiration
by his heroic self-sacrifice, took part with our hero,
and declared that all should escape, or all perish together.
This at once raised an altercation; and hot and angry
words had begun to pass between the different parties,
when, fortunately for all, the last escort arrived, and were
immediately hurried on board—the boat, by this additional
weight, being sunk to her very gunwale, so that it was
feared another pound might swamp her.

The youth, who had meantime stood back, giving
directions, and refusing to enter till the very last, on
seeing the condition of things, told his comrades to push
off at once, and he would find a way to save himself; and
without waiting for a reply, he hurried up the stream a
few yards, to where some horses stood panting, which had
escaped from the field of battle; and selecting one of these,
he, by great exertion, considering his weak and wounded
condition, got upon his back, and forced him into the
stream, and toward the opposite shore.

The moment the men in the boat perceived that the

-- 037 --

[figure description] Page 037.[end figure description]

youth had fairly made his escape, they pushed off from the
bank; but not a moment too soon; for they had scarcely
got a dozen yards out, when a large body of Indians, who
had been attacking the boats below, came hurrying up
along the bank, and at once poured in upon them a heavy
volley. Only one or two of them were wounded, however—
most of the enemy's balls going wide of the mark—and
with loud yells of defiance, the Kentuckians returned the
fire, and then pulled eagerly for the opposite shore.

The wounded youth urged his horse toward the boat;
but just before he reached it, another ball of the enemy
struck him, and shattered his right arm; when, bending
over, he seized the mane of the horse with his teeth, and
so clung to him, till, overcome by pain and the loss of
blood, he fainted and rolled from his back into the water,
from whence he was rescued by his companions at great
peril to themselves.

This heroic youth, who so self-sacrificingly saved his
friends, and was himself most providentially preserved
through many a perilous encounter besides these enumerated,
subsequently rose to enviable distinction, and
became one of the prominent men of the West. In 1810
he removed to Cincinnati, where he passed the remainder
of his days. During the war of 1812 he was appointed
Major General of the Ohio Militia; and, in 1829, Surveyor
General of the public lands of Ohio, Indiana, and

-- 038 --

[figure description] Page 038.[end figure description]

Michigan. He proved to be as noble in heart as he was
brave in deed, and was ever noted for his public spirit and
benevolence. He died in 1831; and the public were then
called to mourn the loss, and do honor to the memory, of
a distinguished fellow-citizen—the subject of our present
notice—General William Lytle.

-- 039 --

p480-040 The Maid of Fort Henry.

[figure description] Page 039.[end figure description]

Reader! come with me, and together let us enter a
wilderness-fort, at a period when our now great Republic
was in its infancy—at a period when the heroes of the
American Revolution were in the very heat of strife, doing
those brave and noble deeds which have brought their
names down to us covered with immortal renown.

There! we now stand within the walls of a Western
fortress; and on all sides we are enclosed by strong palisades,
about eight feet in height, which mark out the
ground, some three-quarters of an acre, in the form of a
parallelogram. At each of the four corners is a block-house
made of logs, which rises above and projects beyond
the stout pickets or palisades; and in each of these block-houses
are loop-holes, which enable us to look out upon
the surrounding country, and also along the outside of the
pickets, without being ourselves exposed to the view of
whatever enemy may be lurking about.

And what do we see? On one side the Ohio river; on
another a straggling wood, stretching back into a mighty

-- 040 --

[figure description] Page 040.[end figure description]

forest; on the third a large cornfield, enclosed by a Virginia
fence; on the fourth a small village of log-houses;
and on all sides hideously painted and half-naked savages.

Yes! we are surrounded by Indians—a large body of
vindictive red men—who are thirsting for the blood of
those who are in the fort with us, for we are not the only
occupants of this stronghold. It is now past one o'clock
of a warm, clear, bright, autumnal day; and since the
golden rising of the sun, there have been some terrible
scenes enacted, and many human beings have passed from
time to eternity by the most violent and bloody of deaths.

Last night—soon after the tenants of yonder log-houses,
which we have pointed out to you, had retired to rest—the
whole village was roused by the alarming intelligence,
brought by an Indian hunter, that a great body of savages
were prowling about the vicinity; and men, women and
children, catching up their most valuable articles, rushed
into the fort, and spent the night here in peace and safety.
This morning the garrison numbered forty-two fighting
males, including several youths, some quite young, but all
brave, and all sharp-shooters.

About daylight this morning, there being no signs of the
enemy, the commandant of the fortress dispatched a white
man and a negro back into the country on an errand—but
the white man never will return. As he was passing
through yonder cornfield, a hideous-looking savage

-- 041 --

[figure description] Page 041.[end figure description]

suddenly rose up before him, knocked him down with his musket,
and then killed and scalped him. The negro saw the
bloody deed performed, and, with a yell of horror, fled back
to the fort, where he communicated to anxious listeners the
startling fact.

“We must dislodge the enemy, which doubtless is small,”
said Colonel Shepherd, the commandant of the fort. “Captain
Mason, take fourteen picked men, and let the red
devils have a taste of your bravery and skill.”

And Captain Mason marched out with his fourteen brave
followers, through that large gate which you see in the
centre of the eastern line of pickets, and hurried down to
the cornfield, which he thoroughly searched for his savage
foe, but without finding him; and he was on the point of
retracing his steps, when suddenly there came the crack of
a hundred muskets; a hundred balls came whizzing among
his little force, killing several and wounding nearly all;
and then up-rose, on every side—front, flank and rear—
many hundreds of vindictive red men, who, with shrill
whoops and yells, rushed upon the gallant few still living
and began to hew them down. They made a brave resistance—
but what could such a handfull do against such a
host? One by one they fell, and were tomahawked and
scalped. Captain Mason fought desperately; and cutting
his way through the ranks of the enemy, succeeded in
reaching some fallen timber, where, though badly wounded,

-- 042 --

[figure description] Page 042.[end figure description]

he is now concealed, though all his friends in the fort think
him dead.

Twelve more men, under Captain Ogle, rushed from the
fort to cover the retreat of their gallant comrades; but
they too were drawn into an ambuscade, and were all cut
off from rejoining their friends in the fortress—only some
two or three of the party being now alive, secreted in the
underbrush of yonder wood. And still three more of the
little garrison sallied forth to the support of Captain Ogle;
but they were forced to make a hasty retreat, and were
pursued to the very gate of the fort, and fired upon as they
entered, and had one of their number mortally wounded.

And now the siege commenced in earnest. With whoops
and yells of triumph, some five hundred savages surrounded
the fortress, and began to fire upon it. And now the little
garrison—numbering only twelve, all told—began to return
their fire; and so sure was their aim, that some one of the
besiegers bit the dust at every shot. Several times did
the enemy make a rush, in large bodies, to effect a lodgment
under the walls—but the unerring rifles of the heroic
borderers, fired through the loop-holes of the different
block-houses, drove them back in dismay, burdened with
the weight of their fallen comrades.

Once only was there a pause in the conflict. A white
flag was thrust out of a window of one of yonder cabins,
and the head of a white man appeared, demanding, in

-- 043 --

[figure description] Page 043.[end figure description]

English, the surrender of the fort, in the name of His Britannic
Majesty. He read the proclamation of a British
Governor, and promised protection to all in the fort, if
they would surrender at once, and swear allegiance to the
British crown. He was answered with derision.

“If you want the fort, why don't you and your red,
howling devils come and take it?” replied the intrepid
Colonel Shepherd.

“And if we do take it, by—! we'll put to death all
that are in it!” replied the white leader of the savages.

“You would do that even if we surrendered, you redheaded,
white-livered renegade!” was the taunting rejoinder

“No! You shall be protected; I swear it, by all I hold
sacred!”

“And what do you hold sacred, you treacherous scoundrel!”
cried the gallant Colonel. “Bah! Simon Girty, we
know you; and this place shall never be surrendered to
you, while there is an American soldier left to defend it.”

Girty, the renegade—for the white chief was none other—
was about to renew his treacherous proposition, when
one of the men in the fort, becoming exasperated, lodged
a bullet in the logs, just above his head, as a warning of
what he might expect himself, unless he withdrew, which
he did immediately.

Again were hostilities renewed, and continued up to the

-- 044 --

[figure description] Page 044.[end figure description]

moment when we have seen proper to enter the fort with
the reader.

And now, for the second time since daylight this morning,
have the Indians ceased their assault. It is one
o'clock, and for eight long hours has there been almost
incessant firing. Let us look through the loop-holes.

Away there against the wood, at the base of the hill,
beyond rifle range, you see a body of savages collected,
holding a council of war. Yonder, along the edge of the
cornfield, partly hidden by the fence and partly concealed
among the fallen timber, you may see many dusky forms,
and may readily believe you see only a few of the number
which there lie in wait, as a sort of corps de reserve.
And up among the cabins, yonder, you see a few more
savages—some sauntering about, some peering through the
palings, and some gazing out of the windows. And look
where you may, in every direction you behold Indians.

How is it within the fort? In the centre of the area
which the palisades enclose, in front of yonder row of
cabins—where many a brave father, husband, and son slept
last night, whose mangled bodies now repose in yonder
cornfield—in the centre of the area, I say, a group of men,
women and children are collected. There stand grayhaired
sires, and strippling youths—staid matrons, and
maidens in bloom—and all look sad and anxious. Some
of the men, with doleful faces, are leaning upon their

-- 045 --

[figure description] Page 045.[end figure description]

rifles, and wiping the perspiration, blackened with powder,
from their bronzed features; and some of the women are
clasping little innocent infants to their hearts, and looking
down upon them with fond eyes dimmed with tears.

“God help us!” says the gallant Colonel Shepherd—a
fine, noble specimen of humanity, who is standing in the
centre of the group—and as he speaks, he casts down his
eyes and sighs. “If we could only die like soldiers, fighting
to the last, selling our lives at a heavy price to our
accursed foes, it would not seem so hard; but to be compelled
to stand idle and helpless, and see the hideous monsters
enter our stronghold, and butcher our mothers, wives,
sisters, and children, while we ourselves are secured for
future tortures—oh! it is terrible! terrible! And yet it
must come to this soon, if the Indians renew their attack,
unless kind Providence saves us by a miracle. Men,” he
added, with a kindling eye, “you have done nobly—you
have fought like heroes: boys, you are worthy of your
sires—I see no cowards here; and oh! would to God we
all had the means to continue our gallant defence! But
what are rifles without powder? and it is a startling fact
that we have but three rounds left!”

“What an oversight,” says another, “that we did not
fetch all our powder with us! There is a whole keg in my
house; and if we had it now, it would be our salvation.”

“It must be procured,” returns a third.

-- 046 --

[figure description] Page 046.[end figure description]

“But how?” inquires the Colonel. “The Indians are
all around us, and more than a hundred eyes are constantly
on the fort, so that no movement can be made outside the
walls that will not be discovered. And yet, my friends,
that powder must be procured, or we are lost. It is a
perilous undertaking—and, in all probability, whoever
makes the attempt will lose his life, and so I will detail
no one to the duty—but if there is any one here brave
enough to volunteer, I will accept his services; and if he
falls, and we escape, we will remember his name and do it
honor; and if he saves us, and is saved with us, our
blessings shall be upon him through life. Is there any
one present who will volunteer to go into the very jaws
of death?”

Four young men instantly spring forward, and, almost in
the same breath, each exclaims:

“I will go.”

“But we can spare but one of you, my noble lads!”
says the Colonel, while his features flush, and his dark eye
sparkles with pride, at the self-sacrificing bravery of his
young comrades. “Which shall it be?”

“Me!” cries one; “I spoke first.”

“No, no, John—I was ahead of you.”

“No you wasn't, Abe—no such thing.”

“I will leave it to the Colonel, if he didn't hear my
voice first of any!” cries a third.

-- 047 --

[figure description] Page 047.[end figure description]

“I was before you, Joe; I call all here to witness!”
exclaims the fourth.

“Ho! listen to Robert—I was first I tell you!”

“No, I was first!” cries John. “You know I was,
Colonel!”

“But I tell you I am going—for I can run the fastest,
and therefore will stand the best chance of getting back
alive!” cries Abe.

“I can run as fast as the best, and I'm much stronger
than either Abe, Joe, or Robert,” says John, laying his
hand on the Colonel's arm. “Let me go—do! And
besides, I've got no mother or sister here to mourn for me,
if I fall.”

“There!” cries one of the others—“he talks as if he
might fall! and I'm sure I could get back safely.”

Look at their flushed faces, and eager, sparkling eyes,
as thus they wrangle for the privilege of being permitted
to go forth to almost certain death! for the chances are
five hundred to one, that he who leaves the fort for the
village will never return alive. And listen to the murmurs
of approbation which come from the surrounding
circle of females! A mother looks fondly on her son—a
sister looks proudly on her brother—and a maiden's heart
swells with emotions unspeakable, as she hears him who is
the light and life of her world, boldly contend for the right

-- 048 --

[figure description] Page 048.[end figure description]

of being allowed to go forth into a peril from which most
men would shrink aghast.

“Come! come!” chides the Colonel, at length, speaking
almost sternly to the now angry disputants; “you will
ruin all, unless some of you yield—for the Indians may
renew hostilities at any moment, and then we are lost
indeed. You are all brave, noble fellows; and if I could
spare four, you should all go; but as it is, three of you
must give way to the fourth; and I pray you do so
speedily, for time is precious.”

“I will never yield!” cries one.

“Nor I!” exclaims a second.

“I will go, if I have to scale the walls to get out!”
says a third.

“Colonel, I am the strongest and fleetest, and was the
first to accept your offer; and I demand, therefore, that
you settle the dispute by sending me!”

Look! In the circle of men, women and children that
are now promiscuously gathered around these hot, eager,
passionate youths, do you observe one human face that
wears a very singular expression? that seems to be
animated by some strange and powerful emotion? It is
the face of a young and beautiful female, about whom
there is a certain air of refinement—seen in the grace of
attitude, dress, and general demeanor—which contrasts
rather forcibly with many of her coarse-featured, rustie

-- 049 --

[figure description] Page 049.[end figure description]

companions. But I wish you to observe that face particularly—
not alone for its beauty—but to mark the expression
of noble, lofty, heroic resolve which is settling upon
it! Do you see the head gradually straightening back, as
if with pride?—do you see those dark, bright eyes kindle
with the almost fanatical enthusiasm of daring self-sacrifice?—
do you see the warm blood spring upward to the
temples, and broad, white forehead, and finally settle in a
bright, red spot upon either soft, downy cheek, as if the
passion-fires of a mighty soul were already burning within?—
do you see the thin nostrils of a slightly aquiline nose
gradually dilate? and the thin, determined lips gradually
close over those white, even teeth?

There! she moves; and mark, I pray you, the proud
step, as she advances into the center of the circle, and
catches all eyes, and sweeps the whole group of curious
and anxious spectators with a lightning glance! And now
her thin lips part, and she speaks in clear, silver tones.
There is no quivering, no tremulousness, in her voice—
and every other voice is hushed. Listen!

“Hold!” she exclaims: “cease this wrangling! cease
this contention for the privilege of being allowed to throw
away a life that cannot be spared! You are all brave—
almost too brave—since you so eagerly court death for the
honor it will confer on the name of him who may die in
the noble attempt to save the rest. But not another

-- 050 --

[figure description] Page 050.[end figure description]

heroic defender of this fortress must be lost! Already
thirty of the forty-two men we numbered this morning are
gone; and shall we take another from the gallant twelve
that remain? No, no—this must not be! The powder
must be procured from my brother's dwelling—but let the
first attempt to obtain it be made by one who cannot use a
rifle. I will go!”

There is an almost simultaneous burst of “No! no!
no!” from the astonished listeners to this heroic offer.

“I am resolved!” replies the noble heroine; “seek not
to alter my determination!”

“But you will be killed!” cries one.

“Then I shall die with the consolation of knowing that,
so far, this brave little garrison is not weakened.”

“No, no—leave this adventure to us!” cries one of the
late disputants: “we can run faster than you, and are
therefore more likely to be successful. We cannot yield
this peril to a lady, the fairest of her sex, and see her
throw her life away—we should not be acting like men,
and shame would ever rest upon us.”

“The race is not always to the swift, nor the battle to
the strong,” proudly replies the noble girl. “What is
my life compared to yours, who can skilfully use the rifle
against our savage foe, and are required here for the protection
of these helpless beings who stand around you?
Look at these little, innocent children, each of whose lives

-- 051 --

[figure description] Page 051.[end figure description]

is as valuable as mine; and remember their whole dependence
is on you!”

“Lizzie! Lizzie!” now interposes one of her two
brothers who are present—“this must not be! You
must not go! We cannot suffer it and retain the name
of men. You cannot comprehend what you ask—you
do not consider the peril. Remember, you are just from
Philadelphia, where you have lived in safety, in ease, in
comparative refinement and luxury; and you cannot surely
be aware of the risk, the danger, of trusting yourself alone
with a savage, merciless foe, who spares neither sex nor
age! Consider! there are numbers of Indians strolling
about yonder village, to whom your scalp would be a prize
of victory: consider every thing, and give over this mad
folly!”

“Brother,” replies the fair girl, “you have seen little of
me of late, and you know little of my invincible will, or
you would not attempt to thwart me in what I have
resolved to perform. Come! come! we lose time. Open
yon gate, before it is too late, and let me go! for go I
must: something whispers me that the good God will
sustain me!”

In vain they try, with reason, with remonstrance, with
representations of the danger put in every conceivable
form, with affectionate appeals, with downright pleading,
to induce the brave girl to abandon her purpose; and at

-- 052 --

[figure description] Page 052.[end figure description]

last, with the utmost reluctance, they yield assent to her
heroic proposition. Instantly this assent is gained, she
strips herself of every unnecessary article of clothing, and
demands that the gate be opened to her.

All crowd to the gate, speaking words of affection,
encouragement and hope. Now it slowly opens, and
attracts the attention of the savages in the village, who
wonder if a sally or surrender is to follow. The fair girl
now fixes her eyes steadily upon her brother's house; the
distance is sixty yards; she measures it in her mind; she
calculates the time that will be required to reach it; she
draws a long breath; and now, like a ball from a cannon,
she bounds from the fortress; and sincere, earnest prayers,
from the hearts of every being she goes forth to save,
ascend to Heaven for her protection and safe return.

See how she flies over the intervening space, with the
basilisk-eyes of many swarthy savages fixed upon her! who
stand amazed at the daring of a woman, and are lost in
wonder at what can be the meaning of such a desperate
act! and how the hearts of her white friends beat with
hope and fear as they behold yard after yard of distance
put between them and her! Will she succeed? Will
those brutal savages stand idle and not molest her! who
is thus, with a noble heroism almost unparalleled in the
annals of history, thrusting herself into their very hands—
putting herself into the power of beings that are

-- 053 --

[figure description] Page 053.[end figure description]

unprepared to show mercy? God help her! God sustain
her! How long the distance seems for a space that
is so short!

There! she nears the house; sh reaches it; she enters
it; the eyes of the savages have followed her; and now
they move toward the building; they do intend to capture
her after all; God help her, poor girl! See! they
draw nearer—nearer; they are almost at the door. Why
stays she so long? Why does she not come back while
there is an opportunity? One minute more and it will
be too late!

There! there!—she comes! she comes! She holds
some dark object tightly in her grasp; she has the
powder; the fort will be saved! But no! no!—she is
lost! she is lost! The Indians see her; they now comprehend
her purpose; they bound after her, with terrific
screams and yells; they raise their muskets; they fire;
they throw their tomahawks. Still she comes on—on;
nearer—nearer; the balls pass her; they lodge in the
walls; she is still unharmed. One moment more! They
gain upon her—God help her! One moment more!
Nearer—nearer! And now—see! she bounds through
the gate, and is caught in her brother's arms, almost
fainting. But she has the keg of powder clasped to her
breast; she is safe; the gate shuts behind her. And

-- 054 --

[figure description] Page 054.[end figure description]

now the welkin rings—cheer on cheer—cheer on cheer—
for now the fort and all it contains will be saved!

No longer any fear in that lonely fortress!—all is now
hope, and animation, and joy. Soon again the Indians
renew hostilities; but the brave little garrison is prepared
for them; and as fast as they venture forth against its
stout walls, so fast they fall back in the arms of death.
The women cut patches and run bullets; and the men
load and fire, with the utmost rapidity, all the day long;
and as their rifles get heated, they change them for muskets;
and still keep on firing—fearing nothing now—for
they have plenty of ammunition, and as brave a girl to
protect as ever the world saw.

The sun goes down and sees nearly one hundred of their
enemies slain; but not a single life lost within the fort,
and only one man slightly wounded.

And all night long the Indians prowl about, and keep
up an irregular fire upon the fort, but do no harm.

And at break of day, after a siege of twenty-four hours—
during which twelve brave, noble fellows have withstood
five hundred savages—reinforcements arrive; the Indians
become disheartened; they burn the village and kill the
cattle; and at last, with loud yells of disappointment and
rage, they raise the siege and depart.

Such was the siege of Fort Henry, on the present site

-- 055 --

[figure description] Page 055.[end figure description]

of Wheeling, Virginia, in the month of September, and the
year 1777—and such the heroism of its gallant defenders.

Immortal be the name of Elizabeth Zane, the
noble Heroine of Fort Henry
.

-- 056 --

p480-057 Wrecked on the Lake.

[figure description] Page 056.[end figure description]

In the fall of 1850, as I was passing down Lake Erie,
from Sandusky City to Buffalo, I formed some acquaintance
with an elderly gentleman, who was also a passenger.
Mr. Warren, for so he gave me his name, had been one of
the early adventurers in the western country, and especially
along the lake shore; and finding me interested in matters
pertaining to early times, he took not a little pains in
pointing out to me, from the deck of the steamer, the
different localities where important events had occurred
connected with the early settlement of the country. With
each locality he had a story to tell—either longer or
shorter, as the case might be; but the most remarkable
one of all, and which I am going to relate, occurred to
himself and a small party of his dearest friends.

“Do you see that dark line, yonder?” he said, pointing
to the distant shore.

“I see something,” I replied, “that resembles a small
cloud stretched along the horizon.”

“Well, that, sir, is not literally a cloud, though it
proved a cloud of sorrow to me.”

-- 057 --

[figure description] Page 057.[end figure description]

As he said this, in a voice somewhat tremulous with
emotion, I looked up, and observed a tear stealing down
his aged cheek.

“Ah! my friend,” he pursued, shaking his gray head
solemnly, and passing his hand across his eyes, “the sight
of that dark spot yonder brings up a dark memory, and
makes me weep as a child rather than as a man. It was a
great many years ago,” he continued, “and I have since
lived to experience a great many changes and reverses—
have lived to see one friend after another taken down to
his narrow home—but the events of that awful day are as
vividly in my recollection now, looming above all others,
as if they had occurred but yesterday. Excuse me a few
minutes, and I will tell you the story,” he added; and
turning away, he seated himself, buried his face in his
hands, and did not again alter his position till the dark
line he referred to had faded from my view.

At length he looked up, as one starting from a dream;
and having swept the horizon with his still keen, bright
eye, he turned to me and requested me to take a seat
beside him.

“That dark line I pointed out to you,” he resumed—
“and which, thank Heaven! is now gone from my sight—
is an almost perpendicular bluff of rocks, of from sixty to
eighty feet in height, upon the base of which the stormraised
waves dash with wild fury, throwing a fine white

-- 058 --

[figure description] Page 058.[end figure description]

spray nigh into the air, and filling the listening ear with
an almost deafening roar, not unlike the thunders of
Niagara. I heard it once, as a dreadful requiem over the
loved and lost, and Heaven grant that I may never hear it
again!”

Here he paused, as if overpowed with the recollection,
brushed another tear from his eye, and once more resumed:

“It was many years ago—I need not tell you how
many, for time counts as nothing in those great events
that rend the heart: it was many years ago, I say, that
a small party of us—consisting of my mother, sister, a
younger brother, and a young and lovely maiden to whom
I was engaged—embarked in a Canadian bateau at a
point far down the lake, with the intention of finishing the
remainder of our long journey from the eastward by water,
and joining a few friends who had gone before us and
settled just below the rapids of the Maumee.”

“For several days we had good sailing—the weather
fair and the wind in our favor—in consequence of which
our hearts became light and buoyant, for we felt that we
were near our journey's end, and should soon be mingled
with those we sought. But who knows aught of the
future?—who has a right to say that joy and happiness
are his?—for in a single moment all his brightest hopes
may be dashed forever, and he be either overtaken by

-- 059 --

[figure description] Page 059.[end figure description]

death, or by a calamity that shall make him a life-long
mourner!

“One day, with the most gloomy apprehensions—with
a presentiment that made me wretched—I saw a storm
begin to gather, and I watched it with feelings of the
most painful anxiety. It was not long in gathering, but
loomed up quickly and fearfully, and, almost ere any one
save me was aware of the danger, it burst upon us with
fury.

“I had taken in sail, and prepared for it as well as I
could, but the first dash nearly capsized us. The waves
suddenly rose, and threw their spray completely over us,
and we began to drift toward the dark bluff which I
pointed out to you. All was now excitement and confusion
on board, for all believed that we should soon go to
the bottom. I pretended to have a stout heart, and to
laugh at their fears, and so quieted them in some degree.
But to tell you the truth, I was fearfully alarmed myself,
for the boat at once became unmanageable, and set rapidly
toward the rocky shore, upon which the surge was now
beating frightfully, and I felt that nothing short of an
interposition of Providence could save us from being
dashed to pieces.

“I spoke not of my fears, however, till I saw it was
vain to hope—till I beheld the rocks looming up, black
and fearful, immediately before us, the waves lashing them

-- 060 --

[figure description] Page 060.[end figure description]

terrifically, throwing up their white spray, and rolling
back with a crash which could be heard amid the howlings
of the storm—and then I told my friends, shouting the
words above the roaring of the tempest, that it was time
to commend our souls to God, for we were about to pass
the dread portals of eternity and enter His awful presence.

“The scene that followed I may only describe as wild,
fearful, terrible—each clinging to the other in the most
agonized distress, and all appealing to God for mercy.
The painful and horrible suspense of waiting for death,
while staring it in the face, was of short duration; we
seemed but as a bubble on the crest of the angry waters,
which now bore us swifter and swifter to our doom; and
suddenly, while we all stood locked as it were in each
other's embrace, we struck. There was a fearful crash—
loud shrieks that seemed blended into one despairing cry—
and the hissing waves rolled over us.

“We all went down clinging to each other, knotted as
it were together, and were whirled about in the seething
waters, till at length, as we rose to the surface, we seemed
to be caught by an unusually large wave, and were thrown
violently upon a narrow shelf of the rock, where, the huge
wave instantly retreating, we were left comparatively dry.
From the time of going under till we were thrown upon
the rock, I had not for a single moment lost my presence
of mind; and though now half stunned and bruised by the

-- 061 --

[figure description] Page 061.[end figure description]

concussion, I instantly comprehended all that had happened;
and that, if I would save myself and friends, it
must be done ere the return of such another wave as had
placed us in our present position.

“Instantly I worked myself loose from my almost death-griping
companions, dragged them back as far as I could,
shouted in their ears the joyful news of their escape, and
then got between them and the water, so that, in their
bewildered state, they might not roll back to their destruction.
I had scarcely succeeded in making them understand
what had happened, and they were just beginning to gather
themselves upon their feet—my brother with as little presence
of mind as any—when I saw another huge wave
returning; and, quick as thought, I threw them down, and
fell prostrate across their bodies. The wave came, amid
our shrieks of terror, and completely submerged us, but
not to a sufficient depth to float us from the rock.

“This occurred at intervals of about a minute; and it
took me several of these to make my friends comprehend
that we were comparatively safe, though in a perilous position—
to give them, in fact, a true understanding of the
whole matter; and then the task of keeping them where
they were became less laborious to me, because of their
assistance.

“I now for the first had a little time to look about me,
which I eagerly employed in ascertaining what might be

-- 062 --

[figure description] Page 062.[end figure description]

our chances for escape. But, alas! I saw nothing to give
me any hope. It was an awful scene—a scene to excite
feelings of the blackest despair! The shelf upon which
we had been thrown was narrow, some ten or fifteen feet
in length, and about five feet above the level of the boiling
and seething surge; while behind us and over us, was a
high, black, overhanging rock, the top of which our position
did not permit us to see. There was no chance of
escape except by the water; and there the wreck of our
boat, in a hundred pieces, was whirling about on the foamcrested
waves and frothing eddies—the storm the while
still raging in wild fury—and the shrieking winds, the
descending torrents, and the lashing waves, making a horrid
concert for our affrighted senses.

“`My son,' shrieked my mother, in a voice of despair,
`there seems to be no hope for us. It would have been
better had we perished at once, and so ended our misery.'

“`While there is life there is hope,' I replied, in the
same shrill, shrieking tone—the only human sound that
could be heard amid the howlings of the tempest.

“Let me not dwell upon that scene—the recollection
of which, even now, after a long lapse of years, makes the
blood run cold in my veins. But little was said by any—
for, as I have remarked, the human voice could only be
heard when pitched on its highest key—and each was too
terribly impressed with the sense of our desolation, to give

-- 063 --

[figure description] Page 063.[end figure description]

vent to the feelings of agony which stirred the depths of
our inmost souls.

“We clung there together for hours—in almost silent
waiting, watching, and trembling—and then, with unspeakable
misery, we saw the night close in upon us—shutting
out the horrid view, it is true—but leaving us as it were
only the sense of feeling that each other was there. Oh,
that long and terrible night! an age to me of horror—the
storm still unabated—the shrieking winds driving coldly
through our drenched garments, and ever and anon a large
wave engulfing us! There was no chance for sleep—but
only for thought—thought the wildest, most terrible, most
agonizing! If we looked around, our gaze encountered
nothing but the deepest blackness, or here and there the
phosphorescent light of the foaming waters, which seemed
to our now distracted fancies only a sepulchral light to
guide us to destruction.

“Somewhere about midnight, as near as I may judge—
feeling weak, faint, cold and benumbed—through the painful
position in which I had thus far clung to my friends,
and my continual submersion beneath the rushing and
retiring waves—I released my hold for a few moments, in
order to chafe my limbs. But scarcely had I done so,
when I was suddenly startled by a wild shriek; and, on
feeling for my companions, I found to my horror that

-- 064 --

[figure description] Page 064.[end figure description]

my mother and brother were gone! leaving only my dear
sister, my beloved Mary, and myself upon the rock.

“I need not dwell upon that night. If your imagination
cannot fill the picture of wo which I have so imperfectly
sketched, you will never form an idea of my feelings,
for language has no power to describe them.

“Morning broke at last—after that long, long night of
horror—the storm still raging as furiously as ever—but
only three of us alive to know the miseries of living. By
the returning light we once more surveyed the awful scene
around us; and there, upon the rocks below, but at some
distance from where we were, we beheld the bodies of my
mother and brother, locked in each other's arms, the lashing
waves just sufficiently swaying them about to give an
appearance of life. But they were dead—cold in death—
and the sight so affected my poor sister, that she arose
with a shriek, and, whether intentionally or accidentally,
plunged over into the boiling surge.

“Almost beside myself with the accumulated horrors, I
threw my arms around my only companion, my beloved
Mary, and held her down by my side.

“And thus I sat for hours, in a state of comparative
stupefaction, gazing off upon the storm-maddened lake, but
with a kind of stony gaze that scarcely had speculation
in it.

“When I again turned to Mary, I found she had fainted;

-- 065 --

[figure description] Page 065.[end figure description]

though how long she had been in that condition I did not
know. This in some measure recalled me to myself; and
I began to chafe her limbs, calling upon her dear name in
the wildest tones of despair. She did not revive immediately,
and I had just begun to think that she had perished in
my arms, when I saw signs of returning life, and redoubled
my exertions. At last I had the joy of seeing her open her
eyes, and of knowing that her senses had returned. She
now looked wildly around her, and, scarcely comprehending
what had occurred, asked for her absent friends.

“ `They are gone, dear Mary,' said I, with a bursting
heart; `they will return to us no more; you are all that
is left to me now; and may God in his mercy either
preserve you, or take us both together to the land of
spirits!”

“ `Yes,' she replied, faintly—so faintly that I had to put
my ear close to catch the words—`and we must perish, too—
but we will perish together. We must die—we cannot
live—we cannot escape—and so let us die at once, and
join those who have gone before us!'

“ `In God's own good time!' I rejoined. `We have no
right to take our lives in our own hands. He gave and
must take. It is our duty to be ready at His call.'

“ `But I cannot survive this!' she said; `death is an
hundred times preferable to this agonizing suspense!'

“I encouraged her as well as one in my situation could;

-- 066 --

[figure description] Page 066.[end figure description]

I repeated, that while there was life there was hope; I
used every argument and every term of endearment I could
think of, to persuade her to cling to life; and at last she
seemed to be more resigned to her fate—the fate of waiting
and watching with me for the coming death.

“Why should I dwell upon that horrible scene? Why
live over again in relating the agony I suffered in reality?
No! rather let me hurry on to the awful close—for awful
it was, and made these then black hairs turn white in the
very prime of manhood.

“Mary gradually drooped—grew faint for the want of
food—grew benumbed and torpid through repeated drenchings
of the chilling waters; and at length, when another
night began to close around us, with the storm still unabated,
I feebly but painfully foresaw that, should I still
live on, I must soon live alone—be the last survivor of that
once happy group.

“My forebodings were awfully fulfilled! Another night
set in—and proved, oh God! the last to the last being I
then had in the wide world to love! I had gradually
grown weak myself—so weak that I could scarcely keep
my hold upon the rocks—to which I still clung with the
instincts of life, and for the preservation of my poor Mary,
who had long since given up the attempt of preserving
herself.

“But the end came. A larger wave than ever burst

-- 067 --

[figure description] Page 067.[end figure description]

over us, loosed my feeble hold, dashed me against the rocks
behind, and left me half-stunned and bleeding on the very
verge of the abyss. I crawled up again, and felt for
Mary. Great Heaven! she was not there! she was gone!
With a shriek of despair, I threw myself flat upon my face,
determined to make no further effort for life.

“But God, in his inscrutable Providence, saw fit to
preserve me. The strom had now reached its height, and
from that moment it began to abate. The morning found
me alive, but alone; and the angry waves, which had
snatched from me all I prized on earth, were gradually
subsiding to quietude, as if satisfied with their work of
destruction.

“More dead than alive, I kept my position upon the
rocks through that day and another night; and then,
being discovered by some Canadian fishermen, I was taken
off, and conveyed to their home, on the other side of the
lake. There, after a long and delirious illness, I finally
recovered, and learned that the bodies of my friends had
been found, taken from the water, and decently interred
upon the American shore.

“I have many times since,” concluded the aged narrator,
in a tremulous voice, “visited the humble grave where they
quietly repose together, and never but with a regret that
I did not sleep beside them. It was there, over that lonely

-- 068 --

[figure description] Page 068.[end figure description]

grave, I took a solemn oath to be true to my first love;
and you now behold me a wifeless and childless old man,
whose only abiding hope is, that I shall soon join them in
a better world!”

-- 069 --

p480-070 A Desperate Encounter.

[figure description] Page 069.[end figure description]

Adam Wiston, though even now unknown to fame, was
one of the boldest and bravest of that hardy band of
daring spirits who led the van of civilization into the great
wilderness of the West. Born on the soil of Pennsylvania,
nurtured among her wild and romantic hills, he early
imbibed a love for bold and daring exploits, and even as a
boy became the hero of some remarkable adventures.

In those days of peril, the frontier afforded no facilities
for the training of youth in the knowledge of books; and
staunch, robust, intellectual men entered upon the active
duties of life without other education than that which
fitted them for a victorious march into the very depths of
the savage wilds, which still stretched before them for
hundreds and thousands of miles. The learning gained
from letters is a species of mental luxury, seldom indulged
in by those who find it necessary to be constantly on the
alert to provide the daily wants of physical life and guard
themselves from a thousand surrounding perils.

Adam Wiston was, therefore, no scholar; but no man

-- 070 --

[figure description] Page 070.[end figure description]

of his day had a more practical and thorough knowledge
of the forest, in which he wished to live and hoped to die,
than he had at the time he bade his friends adieu, shouldered
his rifle, and, afoot and alone, set off on a bold
exploration toward the wilds of Kentucky. What he
saw, what he enjoyed, what he encountered, and what he
suffered, from that eventful period till the day of his
death, will probably never be known to the world; but
there are some traces of his daring and checkered career,
which show that his was not a life to be envied by the man
who considers personal ease and personal safety the paramount
objects of his existence. Tradition, the mother of
written history, the preserver of unrecorded deeds and
facts, has handed down a few of the adventures and
exploits of this hero of the wilderness, and which it is the
purpose of this article to relate.

Adam was a large, powerfully built man, six feet in
height, and well proportioned, with iron nerves and whipcord
muscles, and, at five-and-twenty, regarded himself as
the equal in physical strength and endurance of any
human being on the frontier, whether foreign or native,
white or Indian, and always stood ready to put the matter
to the test in any manner which any adverse believer
might think proper. He was, moreover, supple, active,
long-winded, and quick of foot; and had more than once,
even when a mere boy, borne off the prize from older and

-- 071 --

[figure description] Page 071.[end figure description]

renowned competitors, in such physical contests as wrestling,
running, leaping, throwing weights, and the like;
and when it is added that he was true of eye, steady of
hand, and a dead shot, it will be perceived that he was a
man whom no single antagonist might encounter with
safety. Like nearly all of his class, Adam Wiston had
come to regard his natural foe, the native savage, with an
implacable hatred, and he never missed an opportunity of
testifying to the fact in the most vindictive manner. It
was an invariable rule with him, to kill an Indian whenever
and wherever he could; and so noted had become his
feats of daring in this respect, that the savages had named
him Papapanawe, (Lightning,) and spoke of him with
dread, and the few whites that knew him hailed him as
the hero of heroes, the bravest of the brave.

Early one morning in the spring of the year, when the
great forest had donned its new mantle, and looked
delightfully green and gay, Adam crept stealthily and
noiselessly over a steep ridge, which formed the left
bank of a well-known stream, and, gliding silently
down into a narrow ravine, ensconced himself in a dense
thicket, within thirty yards of a famous deer-lick. Here,
carefully stretching himself out at full length upon the
earth, with his long rifle properly adjusted, and the
clustering leaves before him just sufficiently parted to give
him a sight of the spot which some timid deer might be

-- 072 --

[figure description] Page 072.[end figure description]

expected to visit at any moment, he waited with the
patience of an old, experienced hunter for the happy
moment when he should be able to bring down his game,
and thus provide himself with many a coveted meal.

Adam was not destined, on this occasion, to have his
patience tried by any unusual delay; for he had scarcely
watched the “lick” a quarter of an hour, when, in the
direct line of his vision, appeared a sleek, fat buck. The
rifle was already pointed, Adam was quick of sight, and
the next instant there was a flash, a crack, and the unerring
ball had sped on its fatal mission. The buck suddenly
bounded into the air, and fell over on its side, where for a
few moments it lay quivering in the last throes of death.

But, strange to relate, there was another report of
another rifle, so exactly timed with Adam Wiston's, that
the two sounds were blended into one, and two balls at
the same moment struck the same animal at opposite sides.
The quick ears of the old hunter barely caught the foreign
sound, and he by no means felt certain it was not an auricular
deception; but trained from his youth to prudence
and caution, he was not the man to slight the faintest
warning of danger when nothing was to be gained by bold
and reckless daring. If it was indeed the report of another
gun he had heard, it was, he thought, more likely to be
that of an enemy than a friend; and situated as he was in
the great wilderness, his very life depending in no slight

-- 073 --

[figure description] Page 073.[end figure description]

degree upon his own vigilance and care, it stood him in
hand to ascertain if he had aught to fear, before rashly
venturing from his covert.

Gathering himself upon his knees, therefore, and slowly
and cautiously pushing his head up through the interlacing
bushes, he directed his glance to the opposite side of the
stream, where there chanced to be a ravine similar to the
one he occupied; and there, in direct confirmation of his
suspicion, he beheld a thin wreath of smoke slowly ascending
and dispersing itself in the clear morning air; while
just below it, barely perceptible among the bushes, and so
blending with them that no eye but a practiced woodman's
might have detected it, he perceived the shaven crown and
painted face of a hideous savage, with its black, basilisk
eyes fairly gleaming, as it seemed, with fierce desire, and
fixed steadily and searchingly upon himself.

Had there been in the mind of Adam Wiston the faintest
shadow of a doubt of the Indian's simultaneous discovery
of himself, he would have silently and cautiously withdrawn
himself from exposure, reloaded his rifle, and awaited his
opportunity of a fatal shot; and even as it was, he hurriedly
debated with himself the propriety of boldly unmasking;
but yielding the next moment to an almost
uncontrolable impulse, he uttered a loud yell of defiance,
and called out to his adversary in the most taunting
manner:

-- 074 --

[figure description] Page 074.[end figure description]

“Hello! you greasy curmudgeon of a sneaking tribe!
ef you want my hair, you'll have to come arter it, and it'll
take a man to crop it; but ef I had a squaw here, I'd send
her for yourn, and consider her time wasted when she'd
got it. Come, you old painted brute! I dar' you to a fair
stand-up fight, and no rifles atween us, and the best man
gets a scalp and a buck! But, bah! what's the use o' talking?
for it arn't in you to understand any thing like human
language; and it 'ud be worse nor a seven-year agur for
sich as me to break my jaws over gibberish that no sensible
human ever did know any thing about.”

While Adam was thus giving vent to his rage and contempt,
he was not idle; but, with his person all concealed
except his head, his hands were actively engaged in putting
a new charge into his rifle. He had succeeded in
getting in the powder, and was in the act of ramming
home the ball, when the Indian, who had up to this time
apparently remained immovable—and who, perhaps, from
some slight but perceptible motion of his enemy's head,
had conjectured what he was doing—suddenly uttered a
short, shrill whoop, and disappeared.

“Only one minute more, Greasy, and thar'd been
another dead careass for the buzzards!” muttered Adam,
as, aware of his own dangerous exposure, he suddenly
ducked his head and crawled stealthily among the stems
of the bushes, away from the spot he had occupied, for

-- 075 --

[figure description] Page 075.[end figure description]

fear a venture-shot of the savage might chance to strike
him. And then, as he re-primed his piece, keeping as
wary a watch the while as his situation would permit, he
added: “Now for it; it's eyther me or that red-skin afore
night.”

Thinking it the most prudent course to maintain his
concealment for the present, in case the savage, whom he
fancied would not leave the vicinity, should attempt to
steal upon his retreat, Adam again stretched himself upon
the ground, and for something like an hour listened keenly
to every sound, and sharply watched the motion of every
leaf around and above him, to be certain it was stirred by
the breeze and not by his foe. Then finding his time was
likely to be wasted, and fearing the savage might escape
him after all, he resolved upon a venture of exploration
into the retreat of his enemy, though not with that careless
haste which might give the other the andantage he bad
himself hoped to gain.

With the greatest caution, therefore, and by a sinuous,
snake-like motion, so that no movement of the bushes
above him would indicate his course, he worked his body
up the ravine and over the top of the ridge; and then
gliding into the thick wood on the other side, he set off
more boldly on a circuitous route, intending to cross the
stream some distance above, and come up carefully behind
the point where he had espied the savage.

-- 076 --

[figure description] Page 076.[end figure description]

Now it so chanced that there was a very singular and
remarkable train of coincidences, formed by the same
thoughts and desires actuating these two human beings
at the same time; for both had stolen to their different
concealments together, had together espied the deer, had
fired together, had examined each other in a like manner,
had both disappeared together, and waited and watched
for each other, and each had actually set off to circumvent
the other at the same moment, both going up the stream;
while, as if to put a climax to the whole, both came out
face to face on opposite sides of the narrow river, with a
distance of less than thirty yards dividing them; when,
quick as lightning, both pieces were simultaneously raised
and fired, there being as before a blended report. Adam
felt a sharp, burning twinge in his right arm, and saw the
savage suddenly press his hand to his right breast; and the
next moment these brave, undaunted men, with loud yells
of rage and defiance, were springing toward each other for
a mortal hand-to-hand combat.

Casting their pieces aside, they met in the middle of the
stream, which was here shallow, and rushed foaming and
gurgling over a stony bed; and had there been a spectator,
conscious of all that had occurred, he would have considered
their individual chances of life about equal—for
the Indian was a large, athletic fellow, supple and active,

-- 077 --

[figure description] Page 077.[end figure description]

strong and determined, and both were actuated with a
mutual hate and a fierce desire for victory.

With their knives gleaming, they met as recorded, and
for a few moments there was a flashing and crashing
of steel, as both struck and parried with something of the
skill of two masters of fence. But a fight like this, at such
close quarters, and with such short weapons, could not long
continue without some serious wounds on one side or both;
and with a quick and sudden blow, Adam succeeded in
giving his adversary a fearful gash across the breast, followed
by another which nearly severed the tendons of the
left arm. With a howl of rage and pain, the savage
started back a pace, the blood flowing profusely; and then,
measuring his already panting antagonist with a quick
glance of his eagle eye, he suddenly bounded forward, and
made a fearful lunge for his heart. The old hunter, though
in a measure prepared for this, could not altogether avoid
the thrust; but he so quickly turned as to receive the wound
in his right side; at the same time plunging his own knife
half way to the hilt in the back of his foe, barely missing
the vertebra, which would have terminated the contest in
his favor.

Too highly wrought up by a fierce and vengeful excitement,
and too eager for the finishing stroke to give a proper
heed to defence, both combatants, badly wounded, covered
with blood, panting for breath, and with failing strength,

-- 078 --

[figure description] Page 078.[end figure description]

but with glaring eyes and gnashing teeth, now struck fast
and furiously, each blow telling with fearful effect upon the
other. At length their knives met in such a manner that
both dropped from their hands together; and then they
clinched, swayed to and fro like intoxicated men, and fell,
and rolled over and over in the water upon the protruding
stones, locked in each other's embrace, knotted
together, and each struggling to be uppermost and strangle
or drown his antagonist.

It was still a fearful and desperate fight, and was continued
in the manner described for some five minutes,
during which no one could have told who would eventually
be the victor.

At last Adam, in rolling under the Indian for the sixth
or eighth time, perceived that chance or Providence had
brought him back to the very spot where he had lost his
knife; and bethinking him of this, he, by a desperate exertion,
released one of his hands, and placed it partially
beneath him, in the hope of getting hold of the weapon.
To his unbounded delight, the attempt proved successful;
and the next moment, with all his remaining strength, he
was actively plunging it, with rapid thrusts, into the back
and sides of his enemy.

This, and it may be this alone, gave him the victory;
for the Indian, though still holding out with a wonderful
tenacity of life, and exerting himself even against hope,

-- --

“You war the toughest old red nigger as ever Adam Wiston fou't.” [figure description] 480EAF. Image of a Native American and a man fighting over a stream.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 079 --

[figure description] Page 079.[end figure description]

gradually gave way in strength, till the hunter, with far
less exertion than formerly, was able to turn him again,
when, plunging the knife into his throat, he ended the
contest.

Adam, finding the savage was at last really dead, slowly
gathered himself up, seated himself upon the body, wiped
the blood and perspiration from his face, and, in a somewhat
doleful, half ludicrous tone, complimented his late
adversary by saying:

“You war the toughest old red nigger as ever Adam
Wiston fou't.”

He then, in a slow and deliberate manner, proceeded to
scalp the dead Indian; which done, he took from his
person all that he considered of any value, secured both
rifles, and then sat down on the bank and dressed his own
wounds in the best manner he could. Though seriously,
he was not dangerously, wounded; and having rested
himself for an hour, he set to work on the dead buck, cut
off his breakfast, kindled a fire, cooked and ate it. Then
cutting off another large piece of meat, to serve his necessities
for the journey, he set off at a slow, feeble pace for
the nearest station, where he arrived during the night, and
narrated his desperate encounter to a crowd of eager and
wondering listeners.

-- 080 --

p480-083 A Leap for Life.

[figure description] Page 080.[end figure description]

During the early settlements in the western part of Pennsylvania
and the northwestern portion of Virginia, the
hardy adventurers into those then wilderness solitudes at
times suffered severely from the incursions of the Indians.
As early as 1780, quite a large body of warriors, from the
vicinity of the cuyahoga Falls, came suddenly down upon
the unprotected frontier, and, before any check could be
put to their ravages, succeeded in murdering and plunder-ing
quite a number of the whites, and effecting their retreat
in safety.

At this time there was a well-known Indian hunter in
that vicinity, one Captain Samuel Brady, whose many
daring exploits and hair-breadth escapes had rendered
him as famous throughout that region as his cotemporary,
the celebrated Daniel Boone, was in Kentucky; and having
under his leadership a goodly number of as brave and
daring spirits as himself, he at once called them together,
selected a certain number for the expedition, and set out
on the trail of the savages, hoping to overtake them and

-- 081 --

[figure description] Page 081.[end figure description]

inflict a severe chastisement before they should reach their
villages.

In this respect, however, the captain and his friends were
disappointed; for the Indians had gained a start which
enabled them to reach their towns in advance of their
pursuers; but as they belonged to different tribes, it was
discovered that they had separated on the bank of the
Cuyahoga—one part crossing it and going to the northward,
and the other turning off to the westward, as it
was supposed to the Falls, where it was known there was a
village.

This division of the Indians rendered it necessary for the
whites, if they would follow each trail, to divide their
force also, which would weaken it materially, and render
their further pursuit still more hazardous; and in view of
this new danger, Captain Brady stated the whole matter
fairly to his companions, and inquired of them what they
were disposed to do under the circumstances.

Should they follow either one of the trails, he said, the
other half of the Indians would escape; should they follow
neither one, all would escape; and should they divide,
each division would be comparatively small, and they might
all be cut off in detail; therefore it was for them to choose
whether they would go forward in one party or two, or
return as they were without striking a blow.

The men were not long in deciding; they were

-- 082 --

[figure description] Page 082.[end figure description]

unanimous in their desire to push forward and take vengeance
upon the enemy; they also preferred a division of the
party; and accordingly about one-half of them immediately
crossed the river and set off to the northward, while the
remainder, under Captain Brady, followed the westward
trail to the Cuyahoga Falls.

It was the design and expectation of the gallant captain
to take the Indians by surprise; but the latter, expecting
to be pursued by the whites, were prepared to receive
them; and it was only by a mere accident that the borderers
were saved from falling into an ambuscade which
would have proved fatal to all.

Seeing that the Indians were fully prepared for them—
that there was no chance of taking them by surprise—that
their numbers were at least four times as many as their
own—our friends judiciously determined upon a retreat;
but they had not gone far, when the Indians, uttering their
wildest war-whoops, set after them in a body.

Knowing that if his men continued together, there would
be no hope for any of them, Captain Brady, in order to
save as many lives as possible, called out to them to disperse
in every direction, and each man to look out for himself.
By this means he expected to divide the Indians into
small parties in their pursuit of single individuals; and
this might have been the result, had they not, unfortunately
for his own safety, discovered in him their most

-- 083 --

[figure description] Page 083.[end figure description]

vindictive and troublesome foe, and at once resolved upon
his capture.

Captain Brady was well known to the Indians; in
former times he had hunted with them over these very
grounds; but he had subsequently become their most implacable
enemy, and had done them so much injury as to
create in them a fiendish desire to take him alive and put
him to the tortures—they well knowing that the accomplishment
of this purpose would not only rid them of the
man they both hated and feared, but would deprive the
whites of their bravest and most during leader, and would
thus strike a more effective blow against the latter than
would the destruction of a dozen or twenty men of lesser
note. For this reason, therefore, the moment it was
ascertained that he was one of the party, his capture was
determined on by all; and turning from the pursuit of the
others, the whole yelling crew set after him.

Captain Brady had something of the start, and was one
of the fleetest runners on the border; that he could
distance and escape from a few, he was sanguine enough
to believe; but when he found himself recognized, and,
looking behind him, saw the whole body in chase of
himself, his very heart seemed to die within him. What
chance had he of escape indeed—single-handed and alone—
afar from the refuge of even a wilderness fort—and with
fifty infuriated Indians in hot pursuit, urged on by a spirit

-- 084 --

[figure description] Page 084.[end figure description]

of revenge, and resolved, above every other earthly consideration,
upon taking him alive or dead?

But the captain was a brave man, and a brave man dies
but once; he was a sanguine man, too, and would not
consider his case hopeless while the freedom of his limbs
remained; and though, as he afterward expressed it, “it
was hardly one chance in fifty, yet he was determined to
do his best, and have no fault to find with himself from a
lack of effort.”

Near the point where the race first started, the Cuyahoga
makes a bend to the south, so as to nearly enclose an
area of several square miles in the form of a peninsula;
the direction taken by Brady soon brought him within this
enclosure; and the Indians, by extending their line to the
two banks of the stream, at the point where they most
nearly approach each other, considered him as in a net,
and announced their satisfaction by yells of triumph.
There was now, in fact, no chance for him to escape
except through their lines or across the Cuyahoga river;
and considering that the foremost pursuers were not fifty
yards behind him, either of these chances was regarded
by the savages as an impossibility.

Still the hardy and gallant captain did not despair; he
had many a time hunted over this very ground, and knew
every inch of it, and all the windings, turnings, and
peculiarities of the river as well as the Indians

-- 085 --

[figure description] Page 085.[end figure description]

themselves; he knew, too, there was one point where the river,
compressed within a few feet, rushed roaring and foaming
through a rocky gorge; and it at once occurred to him to
shape his course for this point, and make a bold, desperate
leap for the other shore. He might fall short, and be
dashed to pieces upon the rocks beneath, it was true; but
this would only be a quick and sudden death; the awful
tortures of the stake awaited him if taken alive; and to
take him alive was unquestionably the design of his pursuers,
since they had neglected to fire upon him from a
distance which would have made their aim fatal.

Casting away his rifle, as only an incumbrance which
could not serve him in this strait, he bounded forward with
renewed energy; and with a bare hope of life before him,
he fled with a speed that few could equal—slightly gaining
upon the fleetest of his foes—but not sufficiently, during
the whole race, to take him beyond the easy reach of a rifle
ball.

Nearer and nearer he came to the rushing and foaming
stream; and as he heard the roar of the waters, and saw
but a few seconds could intervene between the present and
the awful leap which might save or destroy him, his heart
beat wildly, and his whole frame seemed to tremble with
the intense concentration of his mind upon the fearful
venture.

Nearer and nearer he came; louder grew the roar of

-- 086 --

[figure description] Page 086.[end figure description]

the waters; the awful chasm gradually yawning before
him, and the white spray of the fearful torrent rising to his
view; the Indians yelling behind, and his only hope here;
and then, contracting his muscles, as his feet lightly
pressed the precipitous rock, and throwing into them all
the power of his concentrated will, he leaped into the air,
like a bounding ball, and landed safely upon the other
rocky verge of the abyss, striking a little below the height
from which he sprung, but passing a clear distance of
twenty-two feet between the mural shores.

Instantly grasping some bushes which fringed the verge
of the awful chasm, to prevent himself from falling backward
into the seething stream, the gallant captain stood
for a few moments, panting from his exertions, and striving
to recover his breath for still another flight.

In those few moments the Indians appeared upon the
opposite bluff, expecting to find that he had been dashed
to pieces upon the rocks below; but on discovering him
safely on the opposite side, their astonishment was so great
as involuntarily and simultaneously to draw from them
some two or three short, approving whoops—forgetting in
their first surprise that he was clearly beyond their reach,
and not seeming to recollect it till he had begun to vigorously
climb the ridge above him in his further efforts at
escape. Then drawing up their rifles, with a quick aim,
they poured in upon him something like a regular volley—

-- 087 --

[figure description] Page 087.[end figure description]

most of the balls whistling close around him, and one of
them lodging in his hip and inflicting a severe and painful
wound.

Notwithstanding this, the gallant fellow continued his
ascent, and, on reaching the top of the ridge, gave a yell of
defiance, and disappeared on the other side.

Captain Brady was now aware that the Indians would
have to make a considerable circuit in order to reach him;
and had he not been so severely wounded, he would have
considered his escape as almost certain; but knowing he
would still be followed, and finding his wound very painful,
and the cords of his leg fast stiffening, he cast about him
for some place to secrete himself from their search.

After running a short distance, he discovered a pond,
and, near the shore, a large oak which had fallen into it;
there might be nothing better than this; and hurrying
forward with all his might, he boldly plunged in, swam
under water to the tree, and came up beneath the trunk
and among the branches, in such a manner as to be barely
able to breathe without exposing any portion of his person
to his enemies.

Here, in a state of mind which may be imagined but
cannot be described, the gallant borderer remained for a
long time, watching his enemies as they collected one by
one along the shore at the point where his bloody trail had
disappeared in the water.

-- 088 --

[figure description] Page 088.[end figure description]

Still resolved upon finding him, either living or dead,
the savages were by no means disposed to give up the
search; and after running along the shore for a considerable
distance, on either side of his trail, to ascertain if
possible where he had emerged from the water, several of
the party plunged in, swam out to the oak, and actually
seated themselves upon it, while they conversed in their
own language, which he understood, concerning his wonderful
escape.

At last, with such feelings of joy as no one not similarly
circumstanced might comprehend, he heard them
state their belief that he was drowned, and his body lost
to them by being sunk in deep water; and soon after this,
to his still greater joy, they quietly returned to the shore,
and one by one all gradually disappeared.

Remaining in his uncomfortable position till he considered
it safe to leave it, the wounded captain himself
then swam back to the land; and weary, lame, and hungry
as he was—alone, and without a weapon for his defence—
he set off on his long, tedious journey through the wilderness
for his own home; which he eventually reached more
dead than alive; and where, to his great gratification, he
found the companions of his perilous expedition already
returned in safety.

This has truly been considered one of the most wonderful
adventures of a region teeming with adventure; and to

-- 089 --

[figure description] Page 089.[end figure description]

this day the pond in which the captain secreted himself
bears his name; while the rocky chasm of the Cuyahoga,
across which he made his desperate spring, is known far
and near by the name of “Brady's Leap.

-- 090 --

p480-093 Love Triumphant.

[figure description] Page 090.[end figure description]

If there is any one who needs the philosophy of this
world's changes to make him wiser and better, by bringing
hope to his despair, or humility to his pride, let him take
a given number of individuals, and a given number of years—
say twenty of each—and observe the condition of the
different parties at the beginning and end of the time that
is named. The result in all cases will be astonishing—in
many it will be wonderful.

If old enough, reader, think back twenty years, and see
where and how you stood in the world then, with nineteen
others, selected at random from all you then knew. Take
the names that first present themselves to your memory,
and write them down, with the condition and prospeets of
each individual annexed; and then, underneath, write the
condition and prospects of each at the present moment;
and if you find not the result almost startling, and full of
moral philosophy, then has time dealt gently with you
and your friends, and you require not the lesson which
would otherwise be taught.

-- 091 --

[figure description] Page 091.[end figure description]

Twenty names and twenty years! Ah! here they come—
substance and shadow—the living and dead; but oh!
how great, how startling, the change between that time
and this—the past and the present!

Foremost of the group, I behold a bright, gay, fascinating
and beautiful little being, who seemed born to love
and be beloved. Her promise was a golden future of joy—
her reality an early rest in the dark, cold grave. Nineteen
years has her mortal form reposed in the quiet churchyard,
and few now living remember the name she bore.

Next I recall an aspiring youth—proud, wealthy, and
ambitious—bending his whole energies to academic honors
and collegiate distinction. His promise was a brilliant
career, with living applause and posthumous fame—his
reality a loss of sight, mental disease, and a suicide's
death.

The third comes up before me a poor, pale, blue-eyed
cripple, whom one loved, a few pitied, and the rest
despised. His promise was a short and miserable existence—
his reality an honorable position, great wealth, and
plenty of what the world calls friends.

And so I might go on, disposing of the number one by
one; but there are two whose names rise together and
blend in my memory, and who may more properly fill the
limits of my space—for theirs is a history “to point a
moral and adorn a tale.”

-- 092 --

[figure description] Page 092.[end figure description]

Twenty years ago, then, a slender, pale young man,
thinly but decently clad, was one cold, antumnal evening
hurrying his steps over the ground that divided his own
humble home from the large and somewhat aristocratic
dwelling of a neighbor. As he drew near the mansion,
which loomed up white, and seemingly cold and proud, in
the frosty, star-lit air, the pale features of the young man
flushed, and the hand that timidly knocked at the door
trembled not a little. The door, however, was almost
immediately opened, by a blooming, beautiful girl of
eighteen, who said, in a rather quick and apparently
excited tone:

“Ah! Walter—so it is you! Walk in!”

“I hope I see you well this evening, Mary!” returned
the young man, in a slightly tremulous tone, that seemed
to result from strong but partially suppressed emotions.

“Yes, I am well,” replied the girl, hurriedly, as she
closed the door and led the way to the sitting-room, where
she motioned her guest to be seated, though without showing
any inclination to sit herself. “You received my note,
I suppose?” she interrogatively asserted, in a quick and
flurried manner, hastily turning her flushing features from
the keen scrutiny of him she addressed.

“Yes, Mary Ellsworth,” replied the other, more slowly
and distinctly, “I received a line or two from you, saying

-- 093 --

[figure description] Page 093.[end figure description]

all the family would be absent to-night except yourself,
and you desired to see me alone for a few minutes.”

The young man paused, keeping his fine, hazel eyes
steadily fixed upon the other, who now, with averted head,
seemed much embarrassed and disconcerted. Stepping
forward a few paces, she dropped into a chair, and, still
without reply, appeared to busy herself in looking at the
jeweled rings on her fair, soft, lady-like-fingers.

“Mary,” spoke young Walter Harwood, after an impressive
silence of more than a minute, “what is the meaning
of this?”

She played nervously with her fingers, but still remained
silent.

“Mary,” continued Walter, placing a chair and seating
himself in such a position that he could catch a partial
view of her features, “let me remind you exactly how we
stand in regard to each other; and then speak frankly,
and say why you sent for me!”

He paused a moment, passing his hand rather quickly
and nervously along his high, white forehead, and up
through his dark, clustering hair, and then proceeded:

“I am four years your senior, Mary, and have loved you
from infancy. It was my delight as a child, when you
were a mere infant, to hold you in these arms; and even
then, young as I was, and strange as it may seem, I often
prayed that I might grow up a strong man, and be ever

-- 094 --

[figure description] Page 094.[end figure description]

able to support you and protect you through the journey
of life.

“We were playmates when little—we grew up companions—
and there was never a period of your life that I
did not love you, and daily pray to be loved in return.
But your father was rich, and mine was poor; and as I
grew older, I learned to feel the distinction which existed,
and still exists, between the families of Ellsworth and Harwood;
though I will do you the justice to say, that I do
not believe you ever intentionally made me perceive the
difference I allude to; but I did see, know and feel it;
and though loving you almost to madness, I dared not
venture to tell you so, lest my motive might either be
thought mercenary, or myself too presumptuous, and thus
all my brightest hopes and fondest dreams be in an evil
moment blasted.

“But why dwell upon this which I have many times
told you already? Rather let me come to the point at
once.

“About one year ago then, Mary,” the young man went
on, with deep feeling, while his listener grew deadly pale
and trembled violently, “such an opportunity presented
itself for declaring my passion, that to delay it longer
seemed flying in the very face of fortune; and carried
away by an almost uncontrollable impulse, I poured out
my very soul to your listening ear, and received in return

-- 095 --

[figure description] Page 095.[end figure description]

such assurance of your affectionate regard, to call it by no
stronger term, that I went home the happiest being in the
wide, wide world. Ah! Mary—Mary—you may not love
me now—you may never have loved me—but you will
never be so loved by another as you are by the poor,
miserable being who now addresses you.

“Well, I went home happy, as I have said—but how
long did my happiness last? The very next time I met
you, you seemed troubled and displeased; the second time
you were dignified; the third reserved; the fourth cool;
the fifth cold; the sixth you scarcely noticed me; and
then we ceased speaking altogether, and I have been an
unhappy being ever since. Now, after a long, painful
lapse, your note has brought me to you, and I have come
trembling with hope and fear. Oh! Mary—dear Mary,
shall I venture to call you?—am I here to learn from your
lips that the past is forgotten? and that henceforth I am
to be again enraptured with your esteem, your regard,
your—”

“Hold!” interrupted Marry, suddenly starting to her
feet, and speaking in a tone that betrayed great agitation:
“I have let you proceed too far, Mr. Harwood. In
short,” she hurriedly went on, “I find, on examining
myself, I have not, do not, never can, esteem you as I
could wish; and I sent for you to-night, for the purpose
of telling you so, calmly, and asking your forgiveness for

-- 096 --

[figure description] Page 096.[end figure description]

my unintentional deception; and to beg you will go and
forget me—that you will go in a friendly spirit, and have
no harsh and bitter feelings rankling in your heart. I
would like your good opinion as a friend, and as a friend I
shall always be pleased to meet you; but a warmer feeling
it is not in my power to bestow.”

“Can this be true? and am I thus suddenly made
wretched forever!” groaned young Walter Harwood, as he
buried his face in his hands, and rocked to and fro in an
indescribable agony of mind.

For a few minutes there was not another word spoken—
the young man swaying to and fro and breathing heavily—
and the fair maiden watching him with features pale,
anxious and troubled.

“Mary,” said Walter at length, raising a face so altered
and ghastly that his fair companion fairly started with
surprise and alarm, “answer me two questions, truly, as
God is your judge! First, has either of your parents ever
brought to your view the difference between yourself as
an heiress, and myself as a poor and humble young
man?”

“I cannot deny, Walter,” returned Mary, in great
agitation, “that something has been said to me on the
subject.”

“Secondly, then,” pursued the other, “is there any one
you esteem, or love, more than you do me?'

-- 097 --

[figure description] Page 097.[end figure description]

“I - I—would rather not answer that question!” replied
Mary, turning away her head in confusion.

“Enough!” rejoined Walter; “I am answered. I knew
that Henry Wilder had been a somewhat regular visiter
here for the last six months; but I did not allude to it
sooner, because I feared you would think me captious or
jealous. I understand all now!” he continued, rising and
presenting his hand, which the maiden took almost
mechanically. “Farewell!” he added, in a faltering voice,
his trembling form and quivering lips betraying his deep
and painful emotions. “Farewell, Mary Ellsworth! it is
not likely we shall ever meet again. Yet one word of
caution before we part! Beware of him I have named!
He is a mere adventurer, seeking you for your wealth.
He is not a true and honest man, and I speak from personal
knowledge. Oh! give him not your hand and heart,
as you value your peace and happiness! which will always
be dear to him you now reject. God bless you, and
prosper you, and guard you from the misery I now suffer,
shall ever be the prayer of him who now bids you an
eternal adieu!”

Saying this, he gave the hand he held a strong, nervous
pressure, and rushed madly from the presence of the fair
being he so wildly worshipped; who, for a few minutes,
remained as one speechless with a strange surprise, and
then gave way to her emotions in a flood of tears.

-- 098 --

[figure description] Page 098.[end figure description]

A week later it was known to all in the vicinity, that
Walter Harwood had gone abroad, perhaps never to
return. Three months later, a gay bridal party assembled
at the mansion of `Squire Ellsworth, to witness the beautiful
heiress give her hand to him against whom she had
been warned.

Nineteen years passed away—a short period or a long
one, according as existence has proved bright or gloomy,
happy or miserable—and in a Southern city, which shall
be nameless, the Governor of the State sat reading in his
library, when a servant in livery announced to his Excellency
that a lady in black most urgently craved a few
minutes audience.

“Conduct her hither,” replied the Governor; and as
she appeared, he rose, advanced a few paces, politely
handed her a seat, and resumed his own.

The lady, who was dressed in deep mourning, with a
black, heavy veil entirely concealing her features, trembled
violently, as she hurriedly but silently reached forward a
paper to his Excellency, which he quietly and courteously
received.

“This,” he said, after a few minutes of silence, during
which he was engaged in unrolling and perusing a lengthy
document, “is a petition—signed, among others, by quite a
number of respectable and influential citizens—praying for
the pardon of one Thomas Calcraft, lately convicted and

-- 099 --

[figure description] Page 099.[end figure description]

sentenced to the penitentiary for the term of five years, for
the crime of forgery. Madam, what is this man to you?”

He is my husband, your Excellency,” faltered the
woman, trembling nervously.

I am sorry for it, madam—because it is hard for a man
of feeling to deny the petition of a wife in behalf of him
she has solemnly vowed to love and honor; but my sense
of duty becomes paramount to feeling, and I must refuse
your prayer. This man, though your husband, has no
redeeming antecedents, and I am sorry to say I do not
think he merits executive clemency!”

“Oh! say not so, your Excellency!” cried the poor
woman, suddenly starting from her seat, and dropping down
upon her knees before the Governor. “He always meant
to do right; but he has been unfortunate; and in a moment
of insanity—I can call it no less—insanity caused by want,
and a husband's and father's desire to give bread to his
starving wife and children—he wrote another man's name
to a note, and got it cashed, intending to take it up before
it came due; but was discovered, arrested, and is now
groaning out his life within the dark, gloomy walls of a
prison! Oh! pardon him, your Excellency! pardon him!
as you hope God to pardon you; and I solemnly declare
to you, he shall immediately leave the State, and never
again offend against its righteous laws!”

While she was thus speaking, in a wild, impassioned

-- 100 --

[figure description] Page 100.[end figure description]

strain, she impulsively threw back her heavy veil, and
revealed to the astonished gaze of her listener the pale,
careworn, but still beautiful features of a woman fast verging
upon forty. At the sight of this face, the Governor
started back, clasped his hands, and, like one petrified
with amazement, kept his eyes riveted upon hers, without
further gesture or motion, and with even his breath suspended.

“Do my eyes deceive me! or do I behold in this kneeling
figure the once happy Mary Ellsworth?” he exclaimed,
the moment her musical voice ceased.

“Just Heaven! who speaks that name?” almost shrieked
the kneeling petitioner, starting suddenly to her feet, clasping
her temples with her hands, and fixing her eyes in wild
amazement upon the ruler of a State.

“Mary,” he groaned, “it is Walter Harwood you see
before you—the once poor, penniless man, who always
loved you better than his own life, but whose suit you
rejected, and whose existence your rejection has ever since
rendered miserable; for though the Governor of a State,
Mary, and blessed, as men call it, with honors, wealth and
power, I am at heart a lonely, wretched being, who lives
because it is a duty, and with only the hope of finding
happiness in a better world. Would to God we had
never met again!”

The interview between these two beings, after a lapse

-- 101 --

[figure description] Page 101.[end figure description]

of nineteen years, was, if any thing, more painful than the
one already recorded. She freely told him of all her
troubles and sorrows; how her parents, having been
induced to sell their property to enable her husband to
enter into some speculation, had soon been stripped of
all, and had died in poverty; how her husband had since
squandered all he could lay his hands on, and then, falling
into habits of dissipation, had gradually sunk lower and
lower, till crime had been added to his other faults and
errors, and he was now, under the assumed name of
Thomas Calcraft, suffering the penalty of broken laws;
and, finally, how she herself, deserting him never, had,
through good and evil report, in weal and woe, wealth
and poverty, happiness and misery, clung to him as a
guardian angel might cling to the wicked for his salvation.

“Oh! had you only so loved me, Mary!” groaned
Governor Harwood, as he buried his face in his hands,
and gave vent to his emotions in scalding tears. “It is
well,” he added, in a solemn tone, “that we can think
God orders for the best! or else this life of trial and
tribulation would not always be supportable.”

When poor Mary Wilder left the presence of the
Governor, it was with the assurance that her husband
should soon receive a pardon, and the belief that herself
and his Excellency would never meet again on earth.

-- 102 --

[figure description] Page 102.[end figure description]

But “man proposes and God disposes.” That night
Thomas Calcraft, alias Henry Wilder, committed suicide,
by hanging himself to the bars of his cell; and beside
his dead body Mary Ellsworth and Walter Harwood met
again.

The sequel may be told in a few words. One year later,
the even round of twenty years, Governor Harwood was
united, by the holy rite of marriage, to his first and only
love; and it is the earnest prayer of all who know them,
that their future may be blessed with a happiness that
their past has never known.

Oh, what a strange world is this to him who sits down
to note the changes of a few revolving years!

-- 103 --

p480-106 Mad Ann.

[figure description] Page 103.[end figure description]

Toward the close of the last century, there lived in the
interior of Virginia, in the very heart of the Allegheny
mountains, a strange, eccentric woman, who bore the soubriquet
of Mad Ann, but whose rightful name was Ann
Bailey. She was a native of Liverpool, England, and in
her younger, and perhaps better, days, had been the wife
of a British soldier. How she found her way to this
country, and why she chose to spend the remainder of her
life in the backwoods of the frontiers, going on lonely journeys
through the dark, heavy forests, and exposing herself
to hardships and perils innumerable, was never probably
known to many, perhaps to none beside herself.

During the wars of the early white settlers with their
savage foes, Ann Bailey performed much efficient service
for the frontier, in carrying messages between distant forts,
over long and dangerous routes, as between Fort Young
and Point Pleasant—a distance, as the way led, of some
two hundred miles, up steep mountains and down dark
valleys, through deep woods and dense thickets, and across

-- 104 --

[figure description] Page 104.[end figure description]

rocky and dashing streams, and streams that could only be
passed by swimming.

But Ann Bailey seldom went afoot and alone. She was
the owner of a remarkable horse, an animal almost as
sagacious as its singular rider. This beast she had named
Liverpool, in honor of her birth-place, and she bestrode
him in the fashion of a man.

She was a short, dumpy woman, with large, muscular
limbs, and a full, bluff, coarse, masculine countenance; and
her dress was such an odd mixture of the two sexes, that
one would have been puzzled from her appearance, especially
when mounted in the manner described, to say to
which she belonged. She disdained a gown, as being altogether
too feminine for her taste; but after putting on
buckskin breeches, with leggins and moccasins, she effected
a sort of compromise, by adding a linsey-woolsey petticoat;
which was in turn again partially overlaid by the regular
hunting-frock of the opposite sex; and her head, with its
coarse, bushy hair, in that condition which nature must
perforce display it when untouched by a comb, was surmounted
by a raccoon cap.

Thus dressed, and armed with a rifle, tomahawk, and
hunting knife—weapons which she could use with the skill
and strength of the best woodsman of the day—Ann
Bailey, though a woman, was no mean antagonist against
either wild beasts or savages.

-- 105 --

[figure description] Page 105.[end figure description]

She likewise had a few other qualifications, which belong
almost exclusively to the sterner sex. She could swear
like a trooper, drink whiskey like a bar-room lounger, and
box with the skill of a pugilist. She was withal rather
intelligent, could read and write, and could narrate her
wild adventures, trials and sufferings, with a power and
pathos that alternately thrilled, charmed, and deeply
affected her sympathizing listeners, the simple and singleminded
settlers among whom she made her home.

Her strange appearance and eccentric ways led the
mountaineers to bestow on her the appellation of Mad
Ann—but they loved rather than feared her, and she was
always a welcome guest beneath their sheltering roofs and
at their humble boards.

One cold, autumnal night, when the frosty breeze swept
sharp and keen over the high mountains and through
the deep valleys around the almost isolated station of Fort
Young, and while most of its inmates were sitting half
dreamily before their blazing log fires, there came a series
of loud, impatient knocks upon the gate of the pallisades.
For the moment these sounds startled all, both old and
young—for in that lonely region those were days of peril
to the little band of pioneers who had boldly ventured
thither—and the arrival of a stranger was an event to be
followed by a feeling of peace and security, or by a general

-- 106 --

[figure description] Page 106.[end figure description]

exeitement and alarm, according to the report of the new-comer
of good or evil tidings.

“Who's there?” challenged the sentry on duty.

“Mad Ann!” returned a loud, gruff voice.

All had listened eagerly for the response, and breathed
freer when it was heard—though the news might still be
either good or bad—and several of both sexes went forth
into the area, to meet and welcome the messenger.

As the sentry threw open the gate, the heroine of a
thousand perils, astride of her coal-black palfrey, and with
her rifle over her shoulder and her knife and tomahawk
in her belt, rode quietly into the station, and, without
deigning a reply to the dozen eager questions concerning
the news, dismounted deliberately, and strode silently into
the largest cabin of the row which formed one side of the
station.

As she came to the light of the fire, however, there arose
several quick exclamations of surprise and alarm, from
those who were there and those who followed her; for it
was immediately discovered that her face (and much of her
person) was covered with blood, which was even then
slowly oozing and dropping down from a long, ugly gash
that crossed the upper portion of the left temple and
extended from her forehead to her ear.

“Good heavens! what's happened?” exclaimed one.

“There must be Injuns about!” cried a second.

-- 107 --

[figure description] Page 107.[end figure description]

“Is there danger for us?” demanded a third.

“Speak!” almost shouted a chorus of excited voices.

Mad Ann gave no heed to any, however; but taking the
best seat in front of the fire, she bent partly over it, and,
with hands extended to the cheerful blaze, and eyes fixed
steadily upon the glowing coals, proceeded to warm herself
with the indifference of one who was not aware of being
in the least degree an object of interest.

But those around her were too much excited to remain
quiescent; and though fully aware that her eccentricity
would keep her silent till the whim seized her to talk, they
still continued to importune her to reveal what all were so
anxious to know.

“See here, folks,” exclaimed Mad Ann, at length, drawing
the back of her large, rough hand across her face, to
clear away some of the blood, and looking ghastly and
hideous, as she turned her eyes glaringly around upon the
group, who instinctively drew back a pace, as if fearful of
a sudden assault: “See here, folks,” she repeated, slowly
and deliberately, but adding a wicked oath—“if you don't
know me well enough to know that I won't tell you any
thing till I get ready, you don't know me as well as you
ought to, and I'll just keep my mouth shut for a month to
I'arn you.”

“Look you, Ann,” replied a large, strong, robust man,
the commander of the garrison, “if this here matter only

-- 108 --

[figure description] Page 108.[end figure description]

consarned you, we'd give you two months, and say nothing;
but if thar's Injuns about, we ought to know it at once, and
be gitting ready to defend ourselves.”

“Put up Liverpool, and fodder him well, and fetch me
some whiskey,—quick!” rejoined the strange woman, turning
again to the fire, and deigning no reply to the last
speaker.

Knowing that the shortest way to her favor lay in obeying
her instructions, two or three of the group bestirred
themselves actively; and presently it was announced that
Liverpool was in the best of quarters, and that Mrs. Ann
Bailey would much honor her friends by drinking their
healths, the speaker at the same time presenting her a
pewter cup containing nearly half a pint of her favorite
beverage.

Mad Ann seized the cup, looked steadily at its contents
for a few moments, and then poured it down her throat as
if it were so much water. She then turned her attention
once more to the fire, but had not watched it many
minutes, when she suddenly burst into a loud, hoarse laugh,
and exclaimed:

“Cap'n Bolder says if there's Injuns about, he ought to
know it. Why, there's Injuns about somewhere most
always, as Mad Ann knows to her cost; but there's been a
few mean, sneaking devils right nigh, as you can all tell
from these here;” and thrusting her hand into the bosom

-- 109 --

[figure description] Page 109.[end figure description]

of her hunting-frock, she drew forth, and displayed triumphantly
to the astonished gaze of those around her, two
Indian scalps, from which the fresh blood was yet dripping.

“Ha! ha! ha!” laughed Mad Ann; “did you ever see
a cleverer sight than two such topknots, took by a woman's
hand? Beat that if you can, you big, robust, blustering
male fellows, who call yourselves the lords of creation!
Do more'n that, and show it, any one of you, and I'll
eyther beat you ag'in or stand treat. But it's your treat
now, my masters, and so fetch on the whiskey.”

Another drink, nearly equal to the first in quantity, put
Mad Ann in a good humour and communicative mood;
and bidding the anxious and excited parties around her
get seats and listen, she waited till all had complied, and
then began and told her story in her own peculiar way.

“You see, Cap'n Bolder,” she commenced, addressing
individually the commander of the station, “I left here to
go to Point Pleasant, to carry a message from you to the
Cap'n there, somewhere about the last of August, or the
first of September, and a right dreary time I had on't.”

“And what news do you fetch from thar?” inquired the
commander, thinking there might be something important
for him to know.

“See here! am I telling this story, or you?” inquired
Mad Ann, deliberately folding her arms and looking
steadily at the other.

-- 110 --

[figure description] Page 110.[end figure description]

“You, in course.”

“Then,” rejoined Mad Ann, with another wicked oath,
“just s'pose you keep quiet and listen.”

She then proceeded, in a kind of wild, rambling, incoherent
manner, to give an outline sketch of her long
journey out and back—what she had seen, what she had
heard, what she had felt, and what she had suffered—while
her listeners, eager for the sequel, were obliged to wait,
with what patience they could, till she came to it in her
own time and way.

But once she had fairly launched herself upon the incident
of deepest interest, her whole appearance and manner
changed, and she drew the closing picture with that graphic
power for which she was at times remarkable.

“It was about five miles back from here,” she said “just
as dark was setting in, that I first got warning of danger.
I always have warning when there's danger about—not
from man—not always from beast—not from winds, and
trees, and earth—things I can hear, and feel, and see—
but—”

She stopped, looked around mysteriously, and then,
lowering her voice, added, with a strange impressiveness
that caused more than one of the superstitious listeners to
shudder:

—“From the t'other world.

“Yes,” she resumed, “something whispered me, `There's

-- 111 --

[figure description] Page 111.[end figure description]

danger about;' and I whispered it into the car of Liverpool,
who answered me by raising his head and snuffing the
tainted air.

“I rode on further, with my eyes all about me; and then
something come and touched me—something from t'other
world—and I knew the danger was nigh and great—for
when something from t'other world touches us mortals, it's
always for a last warning before death.

“Then I got down ever so gentle and quiet off the back
of Liverpool, and told him in a whisper he mustn't run
away; and if his poor old mistress didn't ever come back
to him, to go on to Fort Young—where the kind folks,
who'd always been good to poor old Mad Ann, God bless
you all for it—would see that he'd never want for attention
and care; and the bonnie black beast (bless his noble
heart!) answered me with a rub of his nose and a whinney,
that said he understood me and good-bye as plain as any
human could.

“Then I started on afoot before the beast, and kept
looking sharp all about me, till I seen the twinkle of what
might have been a dreadful demon's eye in the black wood
before me—but which wasn't, that I knows on—but the
light of a fire, about which was three painted Injuns, that
fetched all my blood to b'iling with rage and fury.

“ `They musn't live to work mischief!' said I; and I
went creeping, creeping, creeping, toward 'em, with my

-- 112 --

[figure description] Page 112.[end figure description]

rifle leveled forward for a sudden aim, and my tomahawk
and knife where my hands could grapple them for close
work.

“Creeping, creeping, creeping, like a painter on to a
deer—I come up, up, up—nigher, nigher, nigher—till I
could see their eyes glisten as they talked, and their faces
wrinkle as they smiled, and their teeth show white as they
laughed—whilst they toasted their meat at the fire, and eat
it like hungry men—and then something whispered to me
and said:

“ `Ann Bailey, them beasts of men are in the road to
take your life, and you must eyther kill them or die yourself.'

“ `Yea, Lord!' I answered the spirit voice; `even so
will I kill or die!' ”

“And I raised my rifle, and looked along the barrel,
and seen the sight, by the light of the ruddy fire, cover the
eye of the middle one, just as he was raising a piece of
meat to his opening mouth; and then I pulled the trigger,
and sent the bullet whizzing through his brain. And
then wildly mad with a kind of fiendish joy, I bounded
forward, crashing through the bushes, and shouting as I
went:

“ `The Lord fights for Mad Ann, and she must slay all
before her!'

“But I like to have spoke with the vain boast of a silly

-- 113 --

[figure description] Page 113.[end figure description]

woman, for I 'spected the t'other Injuns to run. One did,
but t'other didn't; and when I jumped forward into his
camp, the snap of his gun, with the muzzle not more'n ten
feet from my breast, showed me how nigh I'd been to
death without knowing it.

“Then, with a yell of fury, he threw down his gun, and
leaped on to me with his tomahawk. I hadn't time to
guard, or parry, it was so quick and sudden and surprising;
but I did the best I could, and the blow came down
without splitting my skull, as you see here, though it
grazed the bone and stunned me some, and fetched me
down on to my knees. Ag'in the weapon was whirled
aloft, and another blow was coming; but, with all my
might and strength, I jumped forward and wrenched the
legs of the savage from under him, and he fell heavy by
my side. He never got up ag'in—for my right arm was
quick raised in wrath, and my tomahawk came down on to
his skull and laid him quivering.

“I got up then, and took the scalps of the two, to prove
my words—but the coward that run I didn't see ag'in. I
went back for my horse, and here I am; and if you want
to see the bodies of the savages, and get their arms, go out
to-morrow and do so.”

Such was one of the most remarkable adventures and
exploits of Mad Ann, told, in her own peculiar manner, to
a group of excited listeners. A search which was made

-- 114 --

[figure description] Page 114.[end figure description]

by a party of hunters the next day, and which she herself
guided to the scene of the tragedy, proved the truth of her
statement so far as regarded the killing of the savages.

Mad Ann remained for a number of years in the vicinity
we have named, even after the Indian wars were over, and
spent her time in roving about from place to place, and
hunting for wild beasts, whose skins supplied her with the
means of procuring the few necessaries that her somewhat
primitive mode of life required. She was, in the true
sense of the word, a border heroine. She subsequently
removed to the frontier of Ohio, and died, as for many
years she had lived, in the great wilderness, deeply
lamented by those who had reaped the benefits of her
eccentric life of border deeds and border heroism.

-- 115 --

p480-118 The Daring Scouts.

[figure description] Page 115.[end figure description]

In the spring of 1794, while General Wayne, in command
of the Northwestern Army, was occupying Fort
Greenville, which he had constructed the preceding winter,
news was brought to him that a party of Pottawatomies
had surprised and destroyed the block-house of a small
settlement not far distant, and massacred all the inmates
except a young female, whom they had taken prisoner and
were then supposed to be conducting to their village.
This female, a Miss Eggleston, was the daughter of an
officer of some note, who was a friend of Wayne's, and he
determined, if in his power, to save her. At that time he
had some two or three heroic little bands of spies, or
scouts, attached to his division; and he knew if a rescue
could be effected at all, the men to entrust with that
important enterprise could be found among them, and
them only.

Now it so happened that a small party of these scouts
were at that moment in the fort, having come in the night
previous with important information, and were preparing

-- 116 --

[figure description] Page 116.[end figure description]

to set off again immediately. Sending for one of the most
daring of these, Robert McClellan by name, who, though
not the regularly appointed leader of the band, sometimes
acted in that capacity when his commander was absent, the
general briefly informed him of what had taken place, and
asked him if he thought there was a hope of Miss Egglesston
being rescued.

“I can't say as to that, Gineral,” replied the scout; “but
this I will say, ef it kin be done, I kin do it.”

“How many men do you want?” asked Wayne.

“How big is the party?” inquired the other.

“From the report, I should judge there were twenty or
thirty of them.”

“Then it'll never do for us to make a regular stand up
fight on't, Gineral, unless we has the cap'n and the others
all along; and as they won't be in afore to-morrow, ef then,
I reckon it's best to operate by sarcumvention; and the two
that's here with me—Hickman and Hart—will be jest as
good for that thar as a dozen more. Only put me what I
I can git on their trail, and ef the red niggers arn't too far
ahead, I'll soon fetch a good report of them, ef I don't of
the young woman.”

“But you must bring a good account of her!” rejoined
Wayne, in a positive tone. “It's to save her I send you;
for she is the daughter of my friend, and her life and rescue
are above price.”

-- 117 --

[figure description] Page 117.[end figure description]

“Then we'll save her, Gineral,” replied the hardy scout—
“that is, ef the butchering varmints only save her themselves
till we kin get to whar she ar.”

General Wayne gave McClellan some further instructions,
and then bade him set out immediately; and returning
to his temporary quarters in the Fort, and informing
his companions what was required of them, they at once
set about preparing for their new adventure; and in less
than half an hour, the three men were threading the intricate
mazes of a great, dark forest, which then stretched
away, unbrokenly, for many a long league before them.

With long and rapid strides—McClellan, the fleetestfooted
hunter of his time, on the lead—they got over
some twenty miles of ground, and reached the ruins of the
block-house, where the massacre had taken place, just as
the sun was setting. There was light enough to find the
broad trail of the retreating Indians; and with no unnecessary
delay they set out upon it, and advanced some two or
three miles further, when the gathering night compelled
them to encamp and postpone further operations till
another day.

The night, however, passed off without any disturbance;
and at the first streak of day they arose and resumed their
journey; and ere the sun set again, they had travelled far
upon the broad trail of their foes in a northerly direction.

It is not our purpose to follow them in detail. Suffice

-- 118 --

[figure description] Page 118.[end figure description]

it to say, that near the close of the second day, they
reached a point where the trail forked, and it became
necessary to make a careful examination, in order to decide
which party had taken the prisoner with them. To the
best of their judgment, the whole number of Indians was
not much short of thirty; but they were not equally
divided at the point of separation, as was evident from one
trail being much larger than the other. They soon satisfied
themselves that the girl had been taken with the
smaller party; and this to them was a pleasing discovery,
as it gave them more hope of being successful in her
rescue.

This decided, they pushed on rapidly till night, and then
encamped—proceeding on the following morning as before;
and at the close of the third day, just as night was setting
in, they came within view of the camp-fires of their foes.
Waiting some two or three hours, until they thought the
venture perfectly safe, they carefully proceeded to reconnoitre
the Indian camp, which was in a small, pleasant, but
heavily wooded valley, through which flowed a branch of
the Wabash. Creeping up cautiously, under cover of
some bushes, they beheld six Indians carelessly disposed
around the fire—three of them lying down as if asleep, and
the others sitting near together, conversing in low tones,
occasionally laughing, and evidently totally unsuspicious of
danger. A little apart, and bound to a tree, was the poor

-- 119 --

[figure description] Page 119.[end figure description]

captive—a young and beautiful female—whose now pale
and dejected features bespoke the despair of her heart, and,
combined with her disheveled hair and torn and disarranged
garments, rendered her an object of pity even to
men hardened to almost every scene of suffering and
distress.

Having fully ascertained the number and position of
their enemies, and the fact that the prisoner, whom they
had come to rescue, was still alive, the scouts drew stealthily
back to a safe distance, and held a whispered consultation
upon the manner of their future proceedings.

“I don't exactly like either of your plans,” said McClellan,
who had quietly listened to the propositions of the
others. “It's our business to git the gal away—that's the
Gineral's orders—and the way that we kin do that the
best, is the best way. Now, instead of trying to steal thar
guns, one o' you jest creep up and cut her cords, and start
her off toward us as easy as you kin; but ef thar's an
alarm, tell her to break for the nearest thicket, and we'll
stand atween her and harm. I don't think thar'll be any
trouble 'bout our coming out all right, for we've fout
bigger odds afore to-day, without the 'vantage of a surprise,
and licked 'em too.”

After some further discussion, the plan of McClellan
was acceded to as the best, and Hart was selected to enter
the camp and release the girl—the others to be in

-- 120 --

[figure description] Page 120.[end figure description]

readiness to pour in their fire in case of an alarm—which, to
say the least, would be likely to throw the Indians into
confusion, and give our friends so much the advantage—
while the girl would be almost certain to escape, and her
escape was what they now sought rather than the lives of
the savages.

Having thus arranged the matter, the three scouts kept
perfectly quiet and silent some two or three hours longer,
and then began the execution of their final scheme. The
fire, which the Indians had fed while astir, had now gone
down to mere embers; but this only the better served
McClellan's idea, as it would render Hart less liable to be
seen in his approach to the prisoner.

Some quarter of an hour more was spent in arranging
everything for perfect action, and getting into position,
which they finally did in that stealthy and noiseless manner
peculiar to men of their profession. Then leaving his two
companions where their fire would be sure to be effective,
Hart as cautiously and stealthily drew back, and glided
round to the captive. He reached her without causing
any alarm, but found her fast asleep, sitting on the ground,
her back braced against the tree to which she was bound.
To wake her, and warn her, and assure her that deliverance
was at hand—without causing her to start, or cry
out, and so arouse her captors—was a delicate task. He
began, however, by whispering in her ear; and so

-- 121 --

[figure description] Page 121.[end figure description]

continued till she gradually awoke, and heard, and comprehended
his words; when her rare presence of mind came
to his aid, and he was greatly rejoiced and relieved at her
whispered reply:

“I understand you—I thank you—God bless you, whoever
you are! Have no fear! I am a soldier's daughter,
and will do whatever you bid me.”

“Then jest as soon as I cut your cords,” whispered
Hart, in reply, “git up and foller me, and don't make a
bit o'noise; but ef the Injuns do happen to rouse, don't
get too skeered, but run for the nearest thicket, and leave
me and my comrades to settle them.”

He then cut her bonds; and quietly, but with trembling
eagerness, she arose to comply with his directions; but the
first step forward, her long-corded and benumbed limbs
partially giving way under her, she stumbled upon a dry
branch, which snapped beneath her feet.

Instantly one of the Indians nearest the tree started up
into a sitting posture—when Hart, feeling himself called
upon to act, suddenly presented his rifle at the breast of
his foe, and lodged the contents in his body. As he fell
back, the scout, with a yell of triumph and defiance,
bounded over him to attack the next, the whole party
being now fully aroused and alarmed. Snapping his
pistol at the breast of the second, and finding it miss fire,
Hart struck out with his tomahawk, but stumbled at the

-- 122 --

[figure description] Page 122.[end figure description]

same moment, and, missing the warrior in the act of rising,
fell heavily against him. The latter staggered, and was
really much alarmed and confused; but comprehending
withal that he had an enemy within his reach, he quickly
grappled him, whipped out his knife, and plunged it
several times into his body. He was in the very act of
doing this, in fact, when a ball from the rifle of McClellan
piereed his brain, and he fell dead over the dying form
of Hart—Hickman at the same instant shooting down
another—for with loud, terrifying yells, both had rushed
upon the Indians at the same moment with their unfortunate
companion.

There were now three unwounded Indians to two
whites; and had the former known of their advantage,
the day might have been their own; but they were surprised,
alarmed, and half paralyzed with the thought that
they were attacked by overwhelming numbers; and before
they had time to recover, the smaller weapons of our
heroes had done their work upon two more of them, the
sixth one only making his escape with a yell of terror.
The skirmish, from first to last, scarcely exceeded a
minute; and probably no regular battle in the world ever
showed such a proportion of the killed, to the number
engaged, in so short a time.

But it was a dearly-won contest to our two surviving
friends, and sad and gloomy were their feelings as they

-- 123 --

[figure description] Page 123.[end figure description]

lifted their poor comrade from beneath his foe, and listened
to the irregular breathings, which were soon to cease in
death. The girl, who had not fled far, now returned and
joined them in their grief, for she felt that the poor fellow
had fallen in her rescue and defence. An hour later, the
dying man expired in the arms of McClellan, rousing a
little at the last moment, and speaking a few words,
faintly:

“Good bye, boys,” he said, “and remember me wherever
you see the red niggers.”

“We'll do that, Hart, you may rest assured,” replied
McClellan, in an unsteady tone; and over his mortal
remains those two hardy scouts swore undying revenge
against their savage foes.

Drawing the fair girl apart from the bloody scene, and
assuring her that they were as ready to yield their lives in
her defence as the one who had so fallen, they gave her a
blanket, and persuaded her to lie down and get what rest
she could, that she might be prepared for the long journey
homeward, which would commence on the morrow. Then
scalping their slain, and making prize of whatever they
considered of any value, they sat down by their dead comrade,
and passed the night beside him, rehearsing tales of
adventures in which he had taken a part, and renewing their
oaths of eternal vengeance against the whole Indian race.

At daylight the following morning they dug a rude

-- 124 --

[figure description] Page 124.[end figure description]

grave with their hatchets and knives; and having shown
their final respect to their late companion, by interring his
remains as well as their circumstances would permit, they
set out on their return to the fort, which they eventually
reached in safety, and where they delivered their rescued
captive into the hands of General Wayne, who not only
kindly thanked, but liberally rewarded them, and expressed
a soldier's regret for the loss of their brave companion.

It may interest the reader to know that this same young
lady—so providentially preserved at the general massacre
of her friends, and so gallantly rescued at the expense of
the life of one of those brave heroes of the wilderness—
subsequently became the wife of an officer under Wayne,
and the mother of one who now holds a distinguished
position in the councils of the nation..

-- 125 --

p480-128 The Gamblers Outwitted.

[figure description] Page 125.[end figure description]

The following story was narrated by a gentleman who
desires his name withheld from from the public:

“Any man living on the lower Mississippi twenty years
ago, who was not in favor of playing all sorts of games for
all manner of sums, would have been at once pronounced
no gentleman or a minister of the Gospel. I was myself
not a little scandalized, on my first going South, at being
asked by a gentleman to play cards for money; but universal
custom is every thing in settling a man's mind upon
the matter of right or wrong; and I regret to say I soon
found myself as much disposed for the exciting sport as the
most ardent of my companions, though never at any time
so much attached to it as to play with a professional
gamester.

“In this latter respect I materially differed from a friend
of mine—a young planter by the name of Paul Rathbun—
who, having become a great adept in the handling of cards,
rather prided himself on the belief that he could outwit the
most adroit gambler to be found; and he never went

-- 126 --

[figure description] Page 126.[end figure description]

aboard a passing steamer without trying his hand with one
or more of the chance-operating fraternity.

“Now Paul Rathbun and myself had agreed to take a trip
to New Orleans, to enjoy a few week's pleasure and recreation
in that great city of the South; and as he was going
to take down a large sum of money, to meet some notes of
country merchants falling due, his father, knowing his penchant
for cards and adventure, called me aside, and requested
me as a friend to have an eye to him and restrain
him from carrying his proclivities to the extent of ruin.

“It was a cold, dark, stormy night that we embarked
on board a downward steamer, from the then pleasant little
town of Grand Gulf; and though we were in fine sprits,
exhilarated to a highly talkative degree by a few parting
glasses with the jovial friends who had seen us off, yet I felt
nothing like intoxication, and was very much astonished
and mortified to discover that my friend did, and within
fifteen minutes after our appearance in the splendid saloon
of the boat.

“What could it mean? Was it the effect of the liquor
he had drank on shore? or had he been imbibing since? I
had left him but a few minutes only; and now, on my
return to the saloon from the guards, I found him almost
reeling, and surrounded by a group of four or five darkvisaged,
villanous-looking fellows, whom I believed to be
pick-pockets, or gamblers of the lowest order, and with

-- 127 --

[figure description] Page 127.[end figure description]

whom he was conversing with a familiarity that both astonished
and vexed me. Whether sober or otherwise, I felt
in duty bound to withdraw him from such company, and
immediately approached him for that purpose.

“`Come, Paul, my dear fellow,' said I, quietly running
my arm through his, `let us retire to our state-room; I
have something important to communicate to you.'

“`You have?' he replied with a strong emphasis on the
pronoun, and partially turning his face to me, with a
drunken man's quizzical leer. `You've got something to
communicate, have you, old boy?'

“`Yes, Paul, I have something very important to tell
you.'

“`That's a (hic) lie!' returned he, straightening himself
up with drunken dignity, and winking at his delectable
companious, who laughed approvingly, at my expense.
`You've got nothing to tell me—you only think I'm drunk,
and want to be a father to me. But I'm not drunk yet, and
you're not a going to be a father to me. Ain't I right,
(hic) gentlemen, eh?'

“`Of course you are,' chorused the villanous group, with
a general laugh. `You want no father at your age.'

“`Ha! ha! ha!' laughed my friend, in drunken glee;
`it's funny enough, and I know you'll (hic) laugh; but
this old fellow is my paternal progeni-(hic)-tor.' And
griping my arm in a manner to cause pain, he began to

-- 128 --

[figure description] Page 128.[end figure description]

push me around from one to the other, remarking to each:
`I want you to know the old chap that's a father to me.'

“`Paul,' said I sternly, attempting to force him away,
`come with me.'

“He threw me from him with force, and made use of an
insulting expression that I need not repeat.

“`Paul Rathbun,' I angrily rejoined, `if you were sober,
that remark should cost your life or mine.'

“`Oh, don't be afraid!' be rejoined, with a hiccough;
`I'm not so drunk as I look. I know exactly what I'm
saying, and hold myself responsi-(hic)-ble for it.”

“Grieved, angered, and mortified, I left him abruptly,
and went out upon the guards. A furious northeaster was
blowing, bringing wintry airs to a summer clime, but they
felt delicious to my heated brow and burning temples.

“For half an hour I stood there, looking off upon the
blackness, listening to the howling wind, driving sleet,
coughing steam, and gurgling waters, but thinking that
the whole pleasure of my trip, if not of my life, would be
marred by the misfortune that had turned the brain of my
friend. Suddenly it occurred to me that it was my duty
to stand by and protect him till sober, let him be never so
insulting, and forthwith I returned to the saloon.

“I found him, as I did not wish to find him, seated at a
table, with a large pile of money before him, engaged in
playing cards with the five villanous fellows in whose

-- 129 --

[figure description] Page 129.[end figure description]

conpany I had left him. What could result from such a
condition of affairs but his entire ruin, and the ruin perhaps
of others?—for, as I have mentioned, he was taking
down to New Orleans large sums for his friends, which
would probably be as freely staked as his own money.
And should I not, to a certain degree, be held accountable
for this loss, since I had been empowered by his father to
restrain him from the excess of ruin? It was certainly my
duty to act, and my resolution was soon taken. Advancing
to the table, I laid my hand upon his shoulder, and said,
calmly but firmly:

“ `Paul Rathbun, if you are intoxicated, this is no place
for you, and I shall take you away by force; and if you are
sober enough to comprehend the words of a friend, permit
me to inform you, that you are in the hands of the lowest
order of Mississippi gamblers.'

“The five strangers simultaneously started to their feet;
and the one nearest to me said, in a low, threatening tone,
fixing his eyes sullenly upon mine, as he thrust his hand
into his bosom for a weapon:

“ `Take that back, sir, and acknowledge us to be gentlemen,
or I will have your heart's blood!'

“ `Wait a moment,' said I, returning his gaze with an
unquailing eye; `wait a moment, and I will show you how
I recant. Now you dare not touch me, let me say what I
will, and for two reasons: first, you would lose your victim,

-- 130 --

[figure description] Page 130.[end figure description]

and a few thousands; and secondly, what is of less consequence,
you would all lose your unworthy lives; therefore,
I boldly defy you to do your worst, and deliberately repeat
here that you are gamblers and no gentlemen.'

“These remarks were made impulsively, under the
excitement of anger, and with my hand upon a pistol,
which I intended to use should I perceive the least attempt
upon my life. What the consequences might have been,
had not Paul Rathbun interfered, I cannot say; but he
started suddenly to his feet, and, reeling forward a step,
thus effectually covered my person with his.

“ `Gentlemen,' he said to the gamblers, `sit down, and
don't mind this (hic) boy! If there's to be any quarrel
with him, I'm the man for that. Don't let us spoil our
night's sport to please him. There, that's (hic) right, gentlemen—
sit down. And now, boy,' turning to me, `go to
bed, and don't bother (hic) yourself about matters too old
for your compre-(hic)-hension. Here,' he added, producing
a large pocket-book, as I stood looking sorrowfully
into his face, considering what course was best to pursue:
`take this, Frank, and don't bother (hic) me. In there
you'll find all the money that don't belong to me; and the
rest's my own, and I'll do as I (hic) like with it. Take
that, now, and go to bed—that's a (hic) good fellow!

“I seized the pocket-book with avidity, thankful that I
could get possession of what would save my friend from

-- --

“Hold! The first man that lays his hand on a dollar, I will kill as I would a dog!” [figure description] 480EAF. Image of a chaotic card game. The speaker is standing and pointing a gun at the other players, as bystanders look on in horror.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 131 --

[figure description] Page 131.[end figure description]

utter ruin and disgrace; and finding I could do nothing
with him in his present condition, without resorting to
force, I left him, as it were to his fate.

“But I did not retire to bed; it was impossible, under
the circumstances, for me to sleep; and I spent hour after
hour in alternately clambering over the cotton-piled deck,
exposed to a cold, furious storm—in standing on the
guards, dripping with rain—and in walking up and down
the saloon, pitying the weakness of my friend, who still
drank and played with men who had the same regard for
him that so many wolves would have for a lamb.

One round after another of liquor was brought and
drank, pack after pack of cards disappeared under the
table, large sums of money changed hands continually, and
still my poor, demented friend, as I considered him, sat
among five human fiends, the victim of all.

“Almost wearied out with long-continued excitement
and loss of rest, I had at last taken a seat some distance
from the players, and, with my head upon my hand, was
just giving way to an overpowering somnolency, when I
was suddenly aroused, and much astonished, at hearing my
friend exclaim, in that sharp, clear, cold, determined tone
peculiar to him when carrying his point at the point of a
Bowie-knife or the muzzle of a pistol:

“ `Hold! The first man that lays his hand on a dollar, I
will kill as I would a dog!”

-- 132 --

[figure description] Page 132.[end figure description]

“I started up, and beheld an unlooked-for tableau.
The gamblers were all upon their feet, standing around
the table, three with hands extended, as if to grasp a large
pile of money, which one hand of my friend carelessly
covered, while his other held death for the most daring in
the shape of a loaded pistol. He was still seated in his
chair, his cold, penetrating gray eye looking up unflinchingly
from under his massive brow, and turning deliberately
with his pistol from one to the other of those dark
men, whose swarthy features expressed astonishment, rage
and fear.

“ `It's a swindle!' said the boldest, suddenly, with his
hand still extended as if to grasp the money. `You never
got them cards honest; that money's ours, and we'll have
it!'

“ `Take it!' said Paul Rathbun, quietly, without the
change of a muscle; and with the words there came a
sharp click, as his thumb drew back the hammer of his
pistol.

“By this time I was standing at his back, with a Bowie-knife
in my teeth, and a cocked and levelled pistol in
either hand.

“ `Be modest, fellows, and only claim what is your own,'
said I.

“ `Ah, Frank, are you there?' cried Paul, with animation,
partly turning his head to me, though without

-- 133 --

[figure description] Page 133.[end figure description]

removing his eyes from his antagonists. `A thousand
pardons, my dear fellow, for the way I abused and insulted
you! So you thought I was in liquor, eh? Ha! ha! you
may be pardoned for that, considering that these shrewd
sharpers thought the same. But it was necessary to
deceive you, my boy, in order to deceive them—and so
forgive me! Drunk, eh? I tell you, old gamblers, you are
caught for once, and by a mere boy—for I am only a boy;
and so if you were to play with men, where would you be?
It is a swindle, is it? and no honest hand? Look there,
Frank!—four aces against four kings! Is not that honest,
eh? And see, my dear fellow, what those four aces won—
seventeen hundred dollars—all the money these rascals
have, and enough to pay our trip to New Orleans and
back. Go to, for shame! five against one, and that one a
youth! Do me the favor to play next with a mere child,
and never pride yourselves on being the equal of any
Southern gentleman of any age.'

“While Paul Rathbun continued to rattle on in this
manner, sometimes addressing me and sometimes the
gamblers, several gentlemen came out of their state-rooms
and gathered around us. On learning the true state of
affairs, they greeted with a laugh the discomfited villains,
who, in attempting to fleece my friend, had themselves
been fleeced by him.

“Though at first evidently determined to fight for their

-- 134 --

[figure description] Page 134.[end figure description]

money, the gamblers soon became cowed by the appearance
of numbers, gradually slunk away, with crestfallen
looks, and finally left the boat at the next landing, swearing
vengeance.

“Paul Rathbun hugely enjoyed what he termed his
practical joke, but promised me he would never attempt
the like again.

“Poor fellow! I believe he never did. At New Orleans
he spent most of his downward winnings in charity,
and was suddenly recalled home by a letter from his father,
announcing the illness of a beloved sister. He left the
city a couple of days before me, but I arrived first at his
father's mansion. In fact he never arrived; and what
became of him is not certainly known to this day. He had
a state-room to himself on his upward trip, and one morning
he was found missing, with blood on the sheet of his
berth. It is supposed he was stabbed in his sleep, and his
body thrown into the river. The murderer or murderers
rifled his baggage, and probably robbed him of a large
amount in money and jewels.

“But whether or not his death indirectly arose through
revenge of any of the parties who figured in the scenes I
have described, is a matter I have never been able to
decide. All is mystery, and will probably ever remain so.
Peace to his ashes!”

-- 135 --

p480-140 A Fight on the Prairie.

[figure description] Page 135.[end figure description]

It is a wild, glorious life for those who love the sports
of the chase—the life of the mounted hunter on the great
prairies of the Far West!” enthusiastically exclaimed a
friend of mine, who had passed a portion of his life beyond
what was then known as the borders of civilization.

“But then it has its perils and unpleasant passages,
which sometimes make one wish himself safely at home!”
I ventured to reply.

“True, we have our storms as well as sunshine,” he
rejoined; “but all joy has its sorrow, all good has its evil,
all sweet has its bitter, else perhaps the first would pall.
Life is made up of variety and contrast; and so a man has
more pleasure than pain, he is entitled, as things go in
this world, to lay claim to happiness. Speaking of perils,
though, by-the-by, and unpleasant passages, suppose I give
you a rather striking incident in my chequered career?”

“By all means,” said I; “the very favor I would have
asked—nothing could please me better.”

“Well, then, as I am one who always likes to come to

-- 136 --

[figure description] Page 136.[end figure description]

the facts, without any tedious preliminaries, suppose I
jump at once into the very heart of my story?”

“All right—proceed.”

“Well, then,” pursued my friend—who, by the way, was
a finely-built, athletic fellow, some thirty years of age, and
one of the best horsemen I ever saw—“the incident I refer
to, occurred during a buffalo hunt on what is known as the
great prairies, up near the head waters of the Arkansas.
A party of eight of us had opened our day's sport upon a
small herd of buffaloes, and had begun the slaughter in the
regular Western fashion—that is to say, by each singling
out his animal, dashing up alongside on his fiery steed,
discharging his holster pistols into the most vital part, and
so following up the cow or bull to its final fall and death,
and then immediately skinning it, taking a few select
pieces for our camp fare, rolling up the hide, strapping it
to the back of the saddle, mounting our horse, and dashing
on again as before, leaving the remainder of the carcass to
the cowardly coyotes, or small prairie wolves, which, with
an instinct like that of dogs, seldom failed to follow in our
steps,—we were thus engaged, I say, and I had become
separated from all of my companions save one—whose
animal, alike branching off from the herd, had taken the
same direction as mine—when suddenly we were both
startled by the cry of `Indians!' and looking behind us, we
saw, far away, some eight or ten mounted savages, bearing

-- 137 --

[figure description] Page 137.[end figure description]

down for us with all speed, with similar parties chasing
our friends in the distance, who were also scattered and
flying in every direction.

“ `By heavens! here is something more than fun!' cried
young Summerfield, my companion, in alarm, instantly
turning off from his wounded buffalo, and dashing up
alongside of me. `What shall we do, Leland—eh?'

“ `Run or fight, I hardly know which!' said I, drawing
up my horse for a momentary consideration, and sweeping
the prairie with my eye.

“ `Let it be a run, by all means!' he returned, in an
eager, excited tone; `it is our only chance.'

“ `And what chance have we then?' said I, thoughtfully.
`These savages are doubtless better mounted than
we, and will soon run us down; and it will only be fight
or death at last—perhaps both. Doubtless if we were to
dismount, make a kind of breastwork of our horses, and
stand firm, the savages, after a few circles round us, a few
grand flourishes, and a fascinating display of their equestrian
skill, would leave us to ourselves—especially if, with
a careful aim, we should happen to unhorse one or two of
the most daring. Come! what do you say? We have
our rifles already loaded; and we shall have time to load
our pistols also before they get up; and the latter will
serve us even better than the former should it come to a
close encounter.'

-- 138 --

[figure description] Page 138.[end figure description]

“ `I think we can escape by flight, Leland,' returned
Summerfield, in a nervous, agitated tone; `and flight is
my choice. But whatever we do, we must do quickly; for
see! they are coming up furiously; and if we stand here
three minutes longer, it will be too late to choose—there
will be no alternative. If these were all, I would remain
and abide the consequences; but if we permit ourselves to
be surrounded, there is no knowing what moment the
others yonder may join this party; and even you, sanguine
as you are, cannot hope to long withstand such
odds.'

“This last remark struck me with force; it would be
the height of folly to think of holding out against a larger
party than the one in chase; by flight we should probably
draw them off from their companions, and thus have them
to themselves, even if it came to a fight at last; and so I
decided for flight.

“Our conversation had been very rapid, and our halt
had not extended beyond a minute, during which time I
had constantly employed myself in sweeping the broad,
level plain with my eyes, and considering the chances of a
successful run.

“Far, far as my sight could reach, in every direction
save one, the blue horizon shut down to the level earth—
the exception being a black point in the distance, not
unlike a small cloud, which I believed to be a wooded

-- 139 --

[figure description] Page 139.[end figure description]

elevation—one of the lower ranges of the great Rocky
chain, thrown forward like the vanguard of an army.

“Over this plain, less than half a mile distant, but in a
direction opposite to the black point in question, our
mounted foes were swiftly advancing, yelling like demons;
while away to the right, with horses and buffaloes mingled
in strange confusion, our scattered friends were flying in
terror, each hotly pursued by a small band of mounted
savages. It was indeed a moment of peril, and a scene
to make the hair rise with excitement, and the blood to
course swiftly through the veins.

“ `On!” I shouted—`to yonder distant wood! Our
lives may depend upon our reaching that before our enemies.'

“And instantly setting our horses' heads in the proper
direction, we buried our rowels in their flanks, and bounded
forward like lightning, the Indians yelling even more furiously
as they witnessed the result of our determination,
and pressing even more eagerly forward in pursuit.

“Could we reach the point at which we aimed in
advance of our pursuers? It was a long distance—many
a long league; but then our horses were comparatively
fresh; and though not, perhaps, all things being equal,
of the same speed and bottom as those of our foes,
yet sufficiently so, with the start we had, to give us
hope.

-- 140 --

[figure description] Page 140.[end figure description]

“ `At all events,' said I, `we can shoot as quick, and as
far, and as certain as the best of them.'

“ `But not so many times,—for they outnumber us four
to one!' returned my companion, who seemed more alarmed
than it pleased me to perceive.

“ `But once for each mark will do,' I rejoined; `and if
we find them gaining on us, it must be tried. These
savages are a cowardly pack, whenever they see certain
death before them; and my word for it, if we can draw
them away from the main body, and send a couple to their
master, the rest will leave us to ourselves. Meantime let
us load our pistols, and be prepared to take advantage of
all the chances.'

“Accordingly, casting our bridle-reins over the high
pommels of our saddles, we proceeded to put all our
weapons in order, still spurring forward and keeping an
eye to our enemies, who were pressing rapidly on, almost
in a body, and, as I fancied, gaining on us slightly.

“We each had a brace of holster pistols, which would
carry a large ball for the distance of thirty or forty yards,
with the trueness and almost the force of a rifle; and
having loaded these, reprimed our rifles, loosened our
knives, and thus seen every thing in order, and well disposed
for action, we somewhat quietly settled down, and
gave our whole attention to the race.

“On, on, we flew! our gallant animals straining every

-- 141 --

[figure description] Page 141.[end figure description]

nerve, doing their duty nobly, and seeming as it were to
take part in our hopes and our fears; and on came our
pursuers, at the very top of their speed, eager for our
destruction, and now and then causing us to thrill
strangely with their fierce, demoniacal yells.

“On, on, we sped—minute after minute—mile after
mile; the dark spot, the haven of our hopes, rising a little
to our view, but still seeming interminably distant; and
our savage pursuers gaining on us perceptibly, and seeming
to yell more triumphantly as they grew more certain
of securing their victims.

“ `Oh, my God! we are lost, Leland!' cried poor Summerfield,
looking around in horror. `Already the savages
have shortened the distance one-half! and they will certainly
be upon us before we can reach yonder wood, or
even bring it fairly into view. See! Leland, see! our
poor horses are blowing and foaming even now—while
those of our blood-thirsty pursuers seem almost as fresh as
when we started. We can do no more; and an hour, or
even half an hour, will bring them up to us. Ha! those
yells again! those horrid yells! they know we are at their
mercy now! And such a death! shot down—butchered in
the very prime of manhood—our mutilated bodies left to
the ravenous wolves—our fates for ever unknown to our
friends—oh, God! it is terrible! terrible!'

“ `But why talk or think of dying, with so many chances

-- 142 --

[figure description] Page 142.[end figure description]

of life before us?' cried I, roused to something like anger
by what I considered the paltry fears of my companion.
`Cowards are ever dying—the brave man falls but
once.'

“ `Oh, Leland,' replied Summerfield, turning upon me
the most wretched, ghastly, wo-be-gone countenance I ever
beheld—`do not blame me for what I cannot help! A
horrible presentiment is on me, that my hour is at hand;
and I have that to live for which makes life desirable; and
my wandering thoughts have taken in the misery my friends
will suffer when they shall discover that time brings not the
wanderer back.'

“ `Pshaw!' returned I, sharply, though not a little
touched by his singular appearance and the peculiar
melancholy of his tone; `let us think of any thing now
rather than the sentiment of a love-sick swain or a school-girl!
With such fancies in your head, the savages will
kill you, sure enough; but if you will only be the man I
have always taken you for, you will live to go back and
tell your own story.'

“ `How can we escape—what can we do?' he dejectedly
inquired.

“ `Fight!' said I—`just what I intended to do in the
first place. Our foes are gaining on us, as you say; we
cannot outrun them; there is no alternative. But we have
drawn them too far from the main body for them to get

-- 143 --

[figure description] Page 143.[end figure description]

assistance; and now, if we act quickly, in concert, and with
determination, the day may be our own.'

“ `Yours it may be, Leland—but not mine!' he rejoined;
`for I know I shall not survive. However, do as you
think best, and I will stand by you while I do live.'

“ `See!' said I; `there are two of our pursuers already
some rods in advance of the others. Let us slack up
gradually—so that they may suppose they are overtaking
us from our exhaustion—and, when near enough to make
our aim sure, wheel suddenly and try our marksmenship.'

“ `I am ready,' replied my companion, with a melancholy
shake of his head.

“We continued on about a mile further, by which time
the foremost of our pursuers were yelling fiercely within
the distance of a hundred yards.

“ `Now is our time!' cried I. `Rifles ready!—halt!—
wheel!—fire!'

As the words were uttered, each was acted upon with
promptness and decision, and at the last our pieces spoke
together.

“We were both good marksmen, and had long practised
the art of shooting on horseback, even when under
full headway; so that the result astonished us less, probably,
than it did the savages; who, not aware of our intentions,
were not prepared for so sudden a shot. The one
I had selected for my mark immediately fell from his beast,

-- 144 --

[figure description] Page 144.[end figure description]

with a loud yell of rage and pain; but my companion,
being not so sure in his aim, merely lodged his ball in the
brain of the other's horse. The animal dropped suddenly,
and would probably have have seriously injured any rider
less expert than his own; but the agile savage cleared his
back before he touched the ground, and immediately ran
howling back to his advancing comrades.

“Fearfully wild and savage were the yells with which
the Indians greeted our sudden display of heroism; and
quickly spreading out on either side, they began to circle
round us—bending over, keeping their persons concealed
behind their horses, and letting fly their arrows from under
the necks of their rushing animals.

“I now saw there would be little chance for us, if we
dismounted, as we could not guard ourselves on all sides;
and so tclling Summerfield to load up as quick as possible,
and then take a better sight than before, I proceded to do
the same—we keeping our enemies at a distance, meanwhile,
by a display of our pistols—and occasionally dodging
our heads as an arrow whistled closer than usual past our ears.

“Just as we had succeeded in getting our rifles loaded,
primed, and brought to our shoulders, ready for the first
certain mark that should offer, one daring fellow came
swooping round on the side of my companion. The next
moment there was a flash, a crack, and the twang of a bow;
and both marksmen fell; the Indian howling and rolling

-- 145 --

[figure description] Page 145.[end figure description]

in the dust—poor Summerfield silently, alas! with an
arrow drove through his brain between his eyes.

“I saw at once that he was killed—that his presentiment
had proved too real—that I could no longer be of any service
to him—and instantly I resolved to escape upon the
horse of the Indian I had shot, which was still running at
large between me and my foes.

“I had reserved my fire, and the savages knew it; and,
warned by what had occurred, they took care to give me a
wide berth—though still circling round, and sending their
arrows from a distance; and suddenly spurring my horse
forward, my foes retreating as I advanced, I was soon by
the side of the animal I sought. Grasping his halter, I
threw myself upon his back; and the next moment I was
dashing swiftly across the plain—too swiftly for pursuit—
to the utter chagrin of my enemies, who could only impotently
howl forth their rage at the loss of their best racer
and the foe they had counted as a victim. When fairly
clear of them, I turned—gave a loud yell of triumph—fired
my rifle in defiance—and then sped onward like the wind.

“At nightfall I reach Fort Bent, where I found two of
my companions, who reported all the rest killed. But the
next day, one by one, the others dropped in—all save poor
Summerfield—the only victim of that day's chase—to
whose memory we all sadly paid the tribute due to a companion
and a friend.”

-- 146 --

p480-151 An Arkansas Duel.

[figure description] Page 146.[end figure description]

Some years ago, when horse thieves, negro stealers,
gamblers, id est omne genus, were much more common in
the Arkansas country than they are to-day, a party of six
or eight borderers were one cool evening in November
collected around the bar-room fire of the Jefferson House,
in a place well known, but which it suits our purpose not
to name. They were rather a rough-looking set of fellows,
take them all in all; and at the moment we introduce
them, were attentively listening to the wonderful exploits
of one Kelser, who was known in those parts as the leader
of a gang of bullying scoundrels—though the persons to
whom he was talking, being comparative strangers, permitted
him the rare enjoyment of telling his story, spreading
his fame, and making himself a hero in a new quarter.

Winding up the detail of his sixth bloody duel and
rencounter with an oath, he added, by way of a climax:

“I'm one of them as is never afeard of anything - white,
black, or red—and all I want is, (displaying the hilt of his

-- 147 --

[figure description] Page 147.[end figure description]

Bowie-knife,) for anybody to show me the fellow as says I
is.”

As he spoke, he straightened himself up, bent his round,
bullet-head forward, and brought his face, with its pug
nose, thin, sneering lips, and small, black, somewhat
bloodshot eyes, to bear upon each of those present.

No one made any answer; and each eye, if it did not
quail, at least fell before the contemptuous glance of the
braggadocio.

“Yes,” he repeated, with another oath, “I'm one of
them as is never afeard of anything, as I said afore; and
to prove it, I'll tell ye of my fight with Dexter—Rash
Dexter, as we used to call him.”

And then, with the air of one perfectly satisfied that he
was a hero, which no man dared dispute, he was proceeding
with his story, when a tall, slender individual, in the
dress of a Northern traveler, somewhat dusty, and with a
pair of saddle-bags thrown across his arm, quietly entered
the inn.

Approaching the bar—whither the landlord, who was
one of the party at the fire, immediately repaired—the
stranger mildly inquired if he could be entertained for the
night.

“Certainly, sir,” returned Boniface, with a cheerful air.
“A horse, I reckon, sir?”

The traveler nodded; and while he proceeded to divest

-- 148 --

[figure description] Page 148.[end figure description]

himself of his overcoat, and deposit his traveling equipments
with the host, the latter called to a black servant,
and ordered him to attend to the gentleman's beast.

“Supper, sit?” pursued the landlord, with an eye to
business.

Again the traveler nodded; and perceiving the fire was
surrounded by the party already mentioned, and evidently
not wishing to intrude himself among strangers, he quietly
took his seat by a table near the wall.

Meantime he had not escaped notice—as no new-comer
in such a place does; but while most of the company
scanned him somewhat furtively, Kelser, the egotistical
hero of his own bloody exploits, angered by the interruption,
stopped his narration and regarded him with a savage
scowl.

“Another — Yankee—I'll bet high on't!” he said, in
a sneering, grating tone, intended to disconcert, irritate,
and insult the traveler.

The latter, however, seemed to take no notice of the
remark; but turning to the table, upon which there
chanced to be lying an old paper, he picked it up, as it
were mechanically, and soon appeared to be deeply absorbed
in its contents.

This quiet, inoffensive proceeding served to irritate the
ruffian still more; but contenting himself for the time by
muttering something about all Yankees being cowards, he

-- 149 --

[figure description] Page 149.[end figure description]

turned to the others, and proceeded with his story—
speaking somewhat louder than usual—especially when
he came to the bloody details of his narrative—as if to
arrest the attention of the stranger, and impress him unfavorably.

Finding the latter was not in the least disturbed, however,
Kelser closed with a tremendous oath; and then,
turning to the landlord, who had once more joined the
party, he inquired, in a loud tone if the thought there were
any “cussed thieves amongst 'em from abroad?”

“Hush!” returned the host, in a low, cautious tone;
“don't go for to make a muss here, I beg of you--for such
things ruin a man's house!”

“Do you want to take up on that fellow's side?”
sneered the bully, fixing his black, snaky eyes upon the
host, with an expression that made the latter quail.

“Oh, no, Kelser—I don't want to take anything up;
and so I beg you won't say nothing to him. Come! let's
take a drink all round, and call it quits.”

“In course we'll take a drink,” returned the other, with
a coarse laugh; “and as it's to be all round, why, we'll
have it all round.”

Saying this, and rising as he spoke, he walked over to
the inoffensive traveler, with a swaggering air, and,
slapping him somewhat heavily on the shoulder, said,
roughly:

-- 150 --

[figure description] Page 150.[end figure description]

“How d'ye do, stranger?”

The man looked up with something like a start, and displayed
features in striking contrast with those of his interrogator.
He seemed about five-and-twenty years of age—
had a smooth, broad, high forehead—a rather Grecian
slightly effeminate, and almost beardless face,—and mild,
soft, pleasant blue eyes—the general expression of the
whole countenance denoting one of a naturally timid,
retiring, and unobtrusive disposition. Fixing his eyes upon
the bully—rather with the air of one who did not exactly
comprehend the cause of being so rudely disturbed, than
with any thing like anger or resentment at the harsh,
unceremonious interruption- he seemed to wait for the
latter to volunteer some explanation of his uncivil proceeding.

“I said, how d'ye do, stranger?” repeated Kelser; “but
you don't seem to understand the civil thing.”

At this the crowd, in expectation of a quarrel, at
once started up and silently gathered around the bully
and the traveller. This seemed to startle the latter a
little; and glancing quickly from one to the other, he
replied:

“I am very well, if that is what you wish to know; but
really I do not comprehend why you should be so solicitous
about my health.”

“There's a great many things that you — Yankees

-- 151 --

[figure description] Page 151.[end figure description]

don't comprehend!” rejoined Kelser, with a chuckling
laugh.

“What does this mean, gentlemen?” inquired the
traveler, turning a little pale—his mild, blue eye beginning
to gleam with a strange, peculiar light—at the same time
rising and glancing from one to the other, till his gaze
rested upon the troubled visage of his host. “What have
I done that any one here should seek to insult me? Do
you permit this, sir?” he added, addressing the innkeeper.

“He can't help himself,” interposed the bully. “If
there's any body as wants to insult you, it's me; and Bill
Kelser always does what he likes—any where, and with
any body.”

“And why do you seek to quarrel with a man that
never saw or exchanged a word with you before?” quietly
asked the stranger, his lips slightly quivering, either with
fear or suppressed anger—a soft glow diffusing itself over
his whole face—and the pupils of his eyes seeming to
expand, and grow dark, and gleam even more strangely
than before.

“Because I hate all you cussed Yankees; and whenever
I sees one of your tribe, I always feel like cutting his heart
out! for I am one of them as never knowed what it was
to fear eyther man or devil!”

“Come!” interposed the landlord, taking the bully by
the arm—“we was going to take a drink, you know!”

-- 152 --

[figure description] Page 152.[end figure description]

“Yes, I'm in for that, too!” said Kelser; “always good
at eyther a drink or a fight, I am. You hear, stranger?”
he continued, taking hold of the latter's arm somewhat
roughly. “You hear, don't you? We're going to take a
drink with the landlord; and if you can prove you're a
decent white man, we'll honor you by taking another with
you afterwards.”

“I shall have no objection to treat, if the gentleman here
think I ought to do so,” returned the traveler, drawing
himself up with dignified firmness, and speaking in a more
positive manner than he had yet done; “but as for drinking
myself, that is something I never do.”

Nothing at that moment could have pleased the bully
better than to hear the stranger refuse to drink; for he
had long since resolved upon a quarrel with him; first,
from natural malice; secondly, because he believed him
one to be easily disposed of; and thirdly, because he might
thus make a grand display of his fighting qualities, with
little or no risk to himself—a very important consideration,
when we bear in mind that all such characters are arrant
cowards at heart.

“So you don't drink, eh?” he said to the stranger.
“D'ye hear that, gentlemen?” appealing to the crowd.
“Now every body round here has to drink or fight! And
so (walking up to the traveler) you've got to do one or
t'other—which shall it be?”

-- 153 --

[figure description] Page 153.[end figure description]

“I do not wish to do either,” was the reply; “but drink
I will not!”

“Then fight you shall!” cried the other, closing the sentence
with a wicked oath, and at the same time laying his
hand upon the hilt of his Bowie knife, and partly drawing
it from its sheath

“Do you intend to murder me? or give me a chance for
my life?” inquired the stranger, with a coolness that astonished
those who, looking upon his fine, delicate features,
and slender figure, expected to see him shrink back in
alarm and dismay.

“Give you a chance, in course!” returned the bully, in
a less confident tone—for he too had expected to see the
other succumb at once.

“Do you challenge me to a fair combat?” inquired the
other.

In course I does,” blustered Kelser; “we don't do
nothing else, in this country, but the fair thing.”

The affair now began to look serious.

“Gentlemen,” said the traveler, with a polite bow to the
company in general, “you know how quietly I came in
here, and how inoffensively I conducted myself afterwards;
and you have seen how this man has ventured beyond all
rules of good breeding, and stepped out of his way to insult
and fix a quarrel upon me. Now, then, as I am a stranger
here—though one who has always heard much of Southern

-- 154 --

[figure description] Page 154.[end figure description]

chivalry—I wish to know how many of you will agree to
stand by and see fair play?”

“All! all of us!” was the almost simultaneous response.
“You shall have fair play, stranger!”

The bully turned slightly pale, and seemed more discomposed
and uneasy.

“I thank you, gentlemen, for convincing me, by your
offer, that you are governed by justice and honor!” pursued
the traveler; “and now I will prove to you that this
man is a cowardly braggadocio, or else one of us shall not
quit this place alive! It is understood that I am challenged
to a single fight, is it not?”

There was a general affirmative response

“The challenged party, I believe, has the choice of
weapons, time, and place?”

Another affirmative response—the bully looking still
paler and more anxious.

“Well, then, gentlemen, not being handy with the
Bowie knife, and wishing an equal chance for life, I propose
to leave the result to fate, and so test the courage of
my opponent. Any man can stand up for a fight, if he
knows he has the best of it—but only true courage can
coolly face uncertainty—and my insulter boasts of fearing
nothing. My proposition is this: Let two pistols be
selected—one be loaded—and both be concealed under a
cloth upon this table. Then my fighting friend and

-- 155 --

[figure description] Page 155.[end figure description]

myself shall draw one by lot, point the drawn one at the
heart of his foe, and pull the trigger—the unarmed one
standing firm, and receiving the charge or not as Heaven
shall will! Is not this fair?”

“Perfeetly fair!” coincided all except Kelser, who
demurred, and swore that nobody but a Yankee would
ever have thought of such a heathenish way of doing
business.

“Did I not tell you he was a coward—this fellow—who
a few minutes ago feared neither man nor devil?” sneered
the stranger, thus drawing a laugh from the company,
who now seemed to be all on his side.

The landlord now objected to the affair taking place in
his house—but on one of the company taking him aside,
and whispering in his ear, he made no further opposition.

Accordingly, Kelser reluctantly consenting, one was
chosen to prepare the pistols, which were immediately
produced; and in less than ten minutes they were placed
under a cloth upon the table.

“I waive all right to the first choice,” said the stranger,
as he and Kelser were brought face to face in their proper
positions.

The bully, who was really very much alarmed—and who
showed it in his pale face, trembling limbs, and quivering
muscles—at once seemed to brighten at this concession;
and thrusting his hand under the cloth, he drew forth

-- 156 --

[figure description] Page 156.[end figure description]

one of the weapons, presented it at the breast of the
other, and pulled the trigger.

It did not fire; but the stranger, who knew not that
it was unloaded, neither blanched nor changed expression.
The crowd applauded, and the bully grew ghastly
pale.

“It is my turn now!” said the traveler, in a quiet, determined
tone, fixing his blue eyes steadily upon the cowering
form of Kelser.

This was more than the latter could stand.

“No, I'll be — if it is!” he shouted; and instantly
drawing the other pistol, he presented it, and pulled the
trigger also.

But with a like result—for neither pistol was loaded—
the company having secretly resolved to test the courage
of both without bloodshed.

Throwing down the pistol with a bitter curse, amid a
universal cry of “Shame! shame!” Kelser whipped out
his knife, and made a rush for his antagonist. But the
latter, gliding quickly around the table, suddenly stopped,
and exclaimed:

“Three times at my life—and now once at yours!”

And with these ominous words he raised his arm
quickly; the next instant there was a flash, a crack, and
the bully fell heavily forward, shot through the brain.

The verdict of the jury, who sat upon the case, was

-- 157 --

[figure description] Page 157.[end figure description]

justifiable homicide—and the blue-eyed stranger resumed his
journey as if nothing had happened.

Would you know who he is? If we named him, we
should name one who now holds a high official position;
and for many reasons we prefer he should be known only
by those who are already cognizant of the incident we
have recorded.

-- 158 --

p480-163 The Poisoned Bride.

[figure description] Page 158.[end figure description]

A number of years ago, a man by the name of Wallace,
of Scotch descent, emigrated to Texas, and settled at a
small inland village. His family consisted of himself,
wife, daughter, and servant. This daughter, an only
child, was then about eighteen years of age, and very
beautiful—of a graceful figure, regular features, dark hair,
and bright, merry, sparkling black eyes. She had received
a good education, was well accomplished, and soon became
the belle of the place. She had one fault, however—a
fault common to most pretty women—she was a coquette.

Among her numerous admirers was a man some thirty
years of age—tall, dark, and sinister of aspect—of whom
report did not speak altogether favorably. He had come
to the place a short time subsequently to the settlement of
Mr. Wallace, and located himself at the village inn, where
he gave out that he was a man of wealth. Nothing was
known of his history, and there were none who could say
he was not what he represented himself; but there were
many who believed, for various reasons, that he was a

-- 159 --

[figure description] Page 159.[end figure description]

professional gambler. He seemed to have plenty of money,
and, so far as could be seen, conducted himself in an
upright and honorable manner; but still he was not liked;
there was something too stern and forbiding in the man
to make him popular with the people around; and hence
he was regarded with suspicion and distrust, and many
stories were set afloat derogatory to his moral character.
James Vaughan, for so he gave his name, seemed not in
the least disturbed by these evil reports, but continued to
conduct himself as if he believed that all were satisfied
with the report which he gave of himself.

How it was that he first became acquainted with Helen
Wallace, was not known to the gossiping portion of the
village; but they were suddenly surprised to find him
received at the dwelling of her father as a welcome guest;
and it was soon rumored that he was treated by Helen
herself with marked favor.

Time passed on—six months glided away—and still
Vaughan remained at his old quarters; and still his visits
to the house of Mr. Wallace continued, gradually increasing
in frequency, until it was known that scarcely a day
passed without a meeting between him and Helen.

Meantime there were many other gentlemen who called
to see her, and whom she received with polite courtesy;
but Vaughan, it at length became whispered about, was
the favored suitor. She did not deny herself to any; but

-- 160 --

[figure description] Page 160.[end figure description]

he, as a general thing, was her escort wherever she went.
He frequently rode out with her alone, and almost invariably
accompanied her to all the balls, pic-nics, and parties
in the vicinity.

This finally settled the matter in the minds of many;
and it was not strange that a report should go abroad,
whether true or false, that the parties were engaged to
each other for the journey of life. This Vaughan himself
did not contradict, except in a laughing way, which only
tended the more strongly to convince the others of the
truth of their conjectures.

But the persons who had made such wonderful predictions
concerning the future of Helen Wallace, were soon
destined to meet another surprise, which did much to
shake their faith in their own foreknowledge of events; for
one morning it was suddenly discovered, and rapidly
spread abroad to all concerned, that James Vaughan, the
still unknown and unpopular stranger, had disappeared as
mysteriously as he came.

Eager and earnest were the inquiries set on foot, to
know what had become of him. None could tell. The
landlord of the inn, on being questioned, declared that he
had settled his account in good currency, and had stated
that business required his absence—beyond which he knew
nothing—except that he had departed on foot, in the
night, ostensibly for a neighboring town, to take a public

-- 161 --

[figure description] Page 161.[end figure description]

conveyance for parts unknown. The Wallaces could give
no additional information; and Helen herself laughingly
declared that she was not his keeper, and knew not for a
certainty that he would ever return.

Some few of the more wonder-seeking gossips undertook
to raise an excitement, by stating that he had probably
been secretly dealt with, and that his body might sometime
or other mysteriously come to light; but even this supposition,
greatly to their chagrin, was speedily destroyed, by
sending parties to the town in question, where it was
found that James Vaughan mortal, and not James
Vaughan's ghost, had stipulated for a conveyance, and
had taken bodily passage to Nacogdoches. This was all
that could be gleaned, and all that could be known concerning
the man who had been so much talked about; and
the rest, being simply conjecture, soon died out a natural
death.

Three months more passed away, and Helen Wallace
was found to be just as gay and lively as ever—the only
difference to note being, that she now had more suitors
than before. Among these latter there was soon numbered
one, supposed to be more of a favorite than the others, and
who, at the time of Vaughan's departure, was not known
in the village. This was a young man, some five-and-twenty
years of age, of a light complexion, prepossessing
appearance, and agreeable manners, who had recently

-- 162 --

[figure description] Page 162.[end figure description]

come into the place and opened a shop for trade. In that
little village he was dignified by the title of merchant, and
was supposed to be well-to-do in the world, if not absolutely
wealthy.

Henry Cleaveland was a very different personage from
his supposed rival, and made himself popular with all
classes. He, like all the rest, appeared to be smitten with
the charms of the gay Helen; and this time the interested
gossips declared that he ought to be the favorite suitor, and
did all in their power to bring about “the consummation so
devoutly to be wished;” and apparently with success; for
in a few months the report went abroad that he and Helen
were engaged.

He had now become as attentive as his absent rival had
ever been; and at length Helen herself announced that he
was the chosen one, and that a certain day, sometime yet
in the future, was fixed upon for the wedding. This was
confirmed by her own preparations for the great event, and
it was generally believed that the wedding would be a brilliant
affair

Not to dwell upon the matter, we may briefly state, that
the anxiously looked-for day at length arrived, and was as
auspicious of a happy ending as the believers in omens
could have wished. It was near the close of summer, and
the morning beamed as fair and beautiful as the fair and
beautiful bride herself, and the blithe birds sung as gaily

-- 163 --

[figure description] Page 163.[end figure description]

among the leafy trees as if their music had been attuned to
celebrate a day of happiness for all who heard them.

A wedding in those days, and in that section, was oftentimes
a more public affair than in the older and colder
regions of the North. It was a merry-making day, when
both young and old might congregate for festivity, hilarity
and joy. The residence of Mr. Wallace was decorated for
the occasion with evergreens and flowers, and his doors
were thrown open to receive the visitors of the bride elect.
Many servants were called into requisition, and long tables
were spread under arching trees around the dwelling, and
laden with substantial and fanciful viands for the enjoyof
the guests. But one of these, more beautifully and
elegantly set out than either of the others, stood a little
apart from the rest, and was the table of honor, or the
table of the bride and her immediate friends.

As the day in question advanced toward meridian, the
clergyman appeared—the bride and grooms, with their
immediate attendants, took their places—and then, surrounded
by a large number of interested spectators, the
solemn ceremony was performed which united the happy
couple for life. After this, as soon as the many and cordial
gratulations were over, the bridal train led the way
to the festive board, and all were soon engaged in doing
honor to the hospitality of the provident host.

In the midst of these festivities, when the wines were

-- 164 --

[figure description] Page 164.[end figure description]

beginning to circulate, and toasts were being drank with
smiling faces, and joyousness was pervading the whole
assemblage—at this time, we say, like a dark cloud crossing
the bright sunlight, and casting a shade of gloom over
all—there suddenly appeared upon the scene the unwelcome
person of James Vaughan. Each looked at him in
surprise, and then at each other, with a sort of mysterious
wonder; and then all who could catch a view of the face
of the happy bride, perceived that she had suddenly
become deadly pale, and slightly tremulous, as if through
secret fear.

There was no perceptible change, however, in the
appearance of the new-comer; his features wore the same
stern, cold, forbidding, sinister aspect. With a slight nod
of recognition, he passed one after another of the different
groups, and advanced directly to the table occupied by the
bride, her relatives and attendants. Mr. Wallace arose,
and received him with a sort of constrained politeness, and
introduced him to such other of the company as he now
beheld for the first time. He bowed to each with that
same cold formality which was characteristic of the man;
and then advancing to the bride, he extended his hand,
and said:

“Permit me to congratulate you! You know it was
always my desire to be present at your wedding!”

Her face flushed crimson; and it was observed that she

-- 165 --

[figure description] Page 165.[end figure description]

trembled more than ever as she took his hand and in turn
presented him to him who had now acquired the title of
legal protector. A few civilities were exchanged between
the different parties, and Mr. Vaughan was invited to
become a guest at the board of honor. Room was made
for him on the side of the table opposite the bride, and
matters once more resumed their natural course; but not
with the same freedom and hilarity as before—all parties
seeming to act under deep restraint. If Vaughan noticed
this, he appeared not to do so, but now and then exchanged
a few civil words with those around him, and
altogether conducted himself as one who believed himself
a welcome guest.

At length, taking up a bottle of wine—which, it was
subsequently remembered, he for some time held in his
hand in a peculiar way, though it excited no suspicion at
the time - he said, looking directly at the newly-wedded
pair:

“Will you permit me to drink a toast with you?”

Receiving a quiet assent, he reached over, filled their
glasses, and then his own.

“My sentiment,” he continued, “is one which I know
you will not refuse. Here is happiness through life, and
only separation by death!”

The toast was a little singular, and the word death
seemed mal apropos. Why should it have been uttered

-- 166 --

[figure description] Page 166.[end figure description]

then and there? It was the last word of the sentence—
was pronounced distinctly, thongh without emphasis—but
it unpleasantly fixed the mind upon what nobody cared to
think about during a wedding feast.

The wine was drank in a kind of ominous silence, the
bride turning a shade paler as the ruby liquid passed her
lips; but it was noticed that the giver of the toast only
slightly wet his lips, and, making some apology for his
abstemious habits, set his glass down nearly full.

For a few minutes after this, nothing unusual was perceived.
Conversation in all quarters was resumed; and it
was evident that, in spite of the new presence, the old feeling
of convivality was gradually being restored; when
suddenly Mr. Wallace started up and called out, in a tone
that sent a chill to every heart:

“Good God! what is the matter with Helen?”

The words brought the attention of all directly upon her,
and more than one cry of alarm arose as the different
guests sprung up in confusion.

The bride was indeed deathly pale—her eyes were closed—
her beautiful features were working almost convulsively—
and she was gradually sinking back in her seat and
falling therefrom.

Her husband, turning to her in alarm, was in the act
of reaching out his arm to save her, when he himself was
suddenly seized in the same terrible manner; and both

-- 167 --

[figure description] Page 167.[end figure description]

would have fallen together, had not some of the excited
and now terrified spectators rushed forward and caught
them.

For a few minutes a scene of the wildest confusion
ensued. Young and old came hurrying up from the different
tables, and crowding around in horror; and then,
in a tremulous, fearful, shuddering whisper, dark words
began to float through the collected crowd, and gradually
swell out into one long, loud, wild, chilling, heart-piercing
wail:

They are poisoned! poisoned! poisoned!

Then suddenly uprose another, a louder, and a wilder
yell—the out-bursting shriek for vengeance, quick and
terrible, upon the inhuman author of the dark and damnable
deed.

But he was gone—James Vaughan was gone,—amid
the awful excitement and confusion he had suddenly disappeared.
Yet he must not escape!—the very earth
would groan to hold upon her fair bosom such a monster!

“Ah! then and there was hurrying to and fro,” indeed!
with sounds of joy all changed to shrieks of woe! and
sounds of merriment to yells of vengeance! Some ran
away in horror, some wrung their hands with irrepressible
grief, some hurried to seek medical aid, and others flew to
arm themselves and follow the damnable author of all this
misery.

-- 168 --

[figure description] Page 168.[end figure description]

We need not prolong the tale of woe. Three days later
a solemn funeral procession wound slowly through that
mourning village, following that lovely bride and her noble
husband to their last dark and narrow home. But long
ere the clods of the valley fell upon their coffins—“united
in life, and in death not divided”—the breeze of the forest
swayed to and fro the dangling body of their inhuman murderer,
whom summary vengeance had overtaken, and sent,
“all unanointed and unaneled,” to his awful reckoning in
the eternal world!

-- 169 --

p480-174 Attacked by Indians.

[figure description] Page 169.[end figure description]

General Lee, in his Memoir of the Southern Campaigns,
makes frequent and honorable mention of one
Captain Joseph Kirkwood, of the Delaware line, whose
regiment, at the battle of Camden, was reduced to a single
company, of which the latter remained the commanding
officer. Owing to the fact that Delaware could not raise
another regiment, Captain Kirkwood, though truly deserving,
could not by military rule receive promotion, and
therefore remained in command of a single company
throughout the revolutionary struggle—taking a gallant
and distinguished part, not only in the bloody encounter
at Camden, but also in the battles of Hobkirk's, Eutaw,
and Ninety-Six.

After the declaration of peace, there being no other
military service for this gallant officer, he removed with
his family within the limits of the present State of Ohio,
for the purpose of a permanent settlement. He chose a
locality nearly opposite the present city of Wheeling, on
the right bank of the Ohio, and erected his cabin on a

-- 170 --

[figure description] Page 170.[end figure description]

commanding knoll, where, though greatly exposed, he
remained unmolested for a couple of years. It was his
intention to have built a block-house for further security,
and he actually commenced one; but, from one cause or
another, it was still unfinished in 1791, when the events
occurred which we are about to relate.

One evening, in the spring of the year just mentioned,
a small party of soldiers, under the command of one Captain
Biggs, on their way into the country, stopped at the
humble residence of Kirkwood, and asked permission to
remain through the night, which was cheerfully granted.

The evening was spent in a sociable manner, in talking
over the various events of the times—Captain Kirkwood
depicting some of the more striking of the military scenes
which had occurred in his experience, and also speaking,
with a soldier's sensitiveness, of his chagrin at seeing
officers younger, and of inferior rank, promoted over him,
simply because his little State could not furnish a sufficient
quota of men to give him the rank to which he was honorably
entitled.

When the hour came for retiring, most of the men were
assigned the loft beneath the roof, where, with the aid of
straw and blankets, they disposed themselves very comfortably
upon the rude flooring—Captain Kirkwood, with his
family and the officer mentioned, remaining below.

All gradually fell asleep, and the house continued quiet

-- 171 --

[figure description] Page 171.[end figure description]

for several hours, not a soul dreaming that a merciless
enemy was even then stealing through the surrounding
woods in the darkness, bent upon the destruction of the
building, and the death of all it contained.

Sometime late in the night, Captain Biggs, being restless,
concluded to get up and take a walk in the open air.
Passing leisurely once or twice around the dwelling, he
advanced to the block-house; and, after examining it a
few minutes, and wondering why the captain did not complete
it, he turned his steps to the bank of the river. Here
he stood a few minutes longer, in quiet meditation, looking
down upon the dark, gliding stream—the rippling of
whose waters, the slight rustling of the leaves, the plaintive
hoot of the owl, and now and then the far-off cry of
some wild beast, being the only sounds that broke the
otherwise solemn stillness.

Once he fancied he heard a movement, as of some heavy
body in the bushes near him; and knowing he was in a
region of country not safe from Indian molestation, he
started and turned quickly in the direction of the sound,
looking steadily for some moments, and prepared for
sudden flight, should he discover any further grounds for
his partially aroused fears. But he neither saw nor heard
anything to justify alarm; and turning away, he quietly
repaired to the dwelling, re-fastened the door, laid himself
down, and fell asleep.

-- 172 --

[figure description] Page 172.[end figure description]

Soon after this the whole house was startled by a loud
cry of fire, which proceeded from one of the men who
lodged in the loft. Captains Kirkwood and Biggs instantly
sprung from their beds, and, rushing up the ladder, made
the startling discovery that the roof was all in flames. A
scene of the wildest confusion now prevailed—the men,
thus suddenly aroused, and half choked with smoke, not
fairly comprehending their situation, and the wife and
children all shrieking with terror.

As soon as he could make his voice heard, Captain
Kirkwood ordered the men to push off the burning slabs;
and while in the act of doing this, a volley of balls rattled
in among them, followed by those terrific yells which ever
proved so appalling to those awakened by them in the still
hours of night. Two of the men were wounded by the
first discharge of the Indians—whose position, on the top
of the block-house, situated still higher on the knoll, commanded
the roof of the dwelling—and being greatly
terrified, they all drew back in dismay, and some declared
that their only safety was in immediate flight.

“Your only safety is in throwing off the roof before the
whole house takes fire!” returned Captain Kirkwood, as
he pushed in among them, and put his own hands actively
to the work.

“We'll risk all that,” said one, as he hurried to the

-- 173 --

[figure description] Page 173.[end figure description]

ladder. “I'm not going to remain cooped up here to be
shot at.”

“By heavens! you shall remain here till I give you
leave to go down!” cried the enraged captain, as he sprung
forward, seized the fellow, and threw him back violently.

“Let us pass!” cried two or three of the others, advancing
toward the captain—the shots of the Indians meanwhile
rattling like hail against the walls and burning roof,
and their wild yells now and then resounding afar through
the gloomy wilderness around.

“What! mutiny!” exclaimed Captain Kirkwood. “For
shame, men! for shame! Turn back this moment, and do
your duty! Is it not enough that we have a common
enemy without, but we must have a civil strife within!”

“Who dares rebel against Captain Kirkwood's orders?”
shouted Captain Biggs from below, whither he had gone
for his rifle. “Shoot down the first rascal that attempts
to escape, Captain, or refuses to obey you!”

“Quick, then, pass me up my rifle!” shouted Kirkwood,
who kept his position at the head of the ladder.

“Ay, here it is,” returned Captain Biggs.

Just as he was in the act of reaching it up, a ball passed
through a small window, and, striking his arm, so disabled
it that he let the weapon fall. Ripping out an oath, he
picked it up with his other hand, and passed it to

-- 174 --

[figure description] Page 174.[end figure description]

Kirkwood. The moment the latter got hold of it, he turned to
the mutinous men, and exclaimed:

“Now let me see who will refuse to do his duty! Back,
there, and finish your work of throwing off the burning
roof! The first man that attempts to leave this house, I
swear to send this ball through his brain!”

The more mutinous of the number, finding the captain
determined, and that there was no chance for them to
escape, at once began to take an active part with those who
were already doing their duty; and in a very short time
the burning portions of the roof were dislodged and thrown
to the ground—the Indians all the while keeping up a
steady fire, and slightly wounding one or two more.

Thus far our besieged party had no opportunity to return
the fire of the enemy; but now the latter, finding that their
first attempt to burn the house was likely to prove unsuccessful,
rushed forward in a body, with still wilder and
more terrific yells, and at once began a vigorous assault
upon the door and windows, the former of which they
nearly forced open at the first onset.

The danger now being chiefly below, Captain Kirkwood
hurried down, and ordered the greater portion of the men
to follow, leaving a few above to defend the open roof, in
case the savages should attempt to climb the walls and
make an entrance there.

At once tearing up several puncheons from the floor, a

-- 175 --

[figure description] Page 175.[end figure description]

party of men proceeded to brace the door in the most
effective manner, the others keeping watch near the two
small windows, and firing whenever they could get a
glimpse of an Indian.

In this manner the attack and defence was continued
some little time longer—another of the party inside being
slightly wounded—when suddenly the sound of a heavy
gun came booming through the air.

“Courage, men!” cried Captain Kirkwood, in an animated
tone; “they already hear us at Wheeling, and
doubtless assistance will soon be here.”

“Let us give three cheers!” said Captain Biggs; “just
to show the attacking scoundrels that we are not the least
intimidated.”

Three cheers were accordingly given; and were answered
by the Indians, by the loudest, wildest, and fiercest
yells of furious rage.

“Ay, yell away! you mean, cowardly, thieving vagabonds!”
shouted one of the men, tauntingly, as he recklessly
advanced close to one of the small windows, which
had not been so boarded up inside as to render his position
safe from the balls of the enemy.

“Have a care there, Walker!” exclaimed his commander,
in alarm.

Scarcely were the words spoken, when the man, clapping

-- 176 --

[figure description] Page 176.[end figure description]

his hands to his breast, staggered back, reeled, and fell to
to the floor, groaning out:

“Oh, God! the fiends have killed me!”

Some two or three of his companions immediately lifted
the poor fellow, and placed him upon a bed, while the two
officers hurried up to examine his wound, which with deep
regret they discovered to be mortal. As they turned sorrowfully
away, the firing and yelling of the Indians, which
up to this time had been almost continuous, suddenly
ceased.

“Ah! they are about to depart,” said Captain Kirkwood,
joyfully; “probably they fear a reinforcement.”

“More likely they have stopped to plot some new deviltry,”
said Captain Biggs, who was more familiar with the
Indian mode of warfare.

All kept silent for a few minutes—waiting, hoping and
fearing—so that the suspense itself was not a little painful.
Suddenly one of the men uttered an exclamation of alarm;
and on being questioned as to the cause, replied:

“Listen! Don't you hear the devils piling brush around
the house? They're going to burn us out!”

“In that case we may be compelled to make a sortie,”
returned Captain Biggs.

“It must be at the last moment, then,” said Captain
Kirkwood; “for once beyond these walls, my wife and
children would stand little chance of escape. If they set

-- 177 --

[figure description] Page 177.[end figure description]

fire to us, we must endeavor to put it out. We have
considerable water in the house, thank Heaven! and before
they can burn through these thick logs, I trust assistance
will arrive from the Fort.

Almost as he said this, a bright sheet of flame shot up
round the cabin, shedding a lurid and fearful light upon
those within. This was accompanied by a series of terrific
and triumphant yells, and a general discharge of fire-arms
on the part of the savages.

There was not sufficient water in the house to justify the
inmates in throwing it over the roof; and all they could
do, therefore, was to wait, in the most gloomy suspense,
till some presence of the fire could be seen between the
crevices of the logs, and then attempt to check its headway
within.

Some half-an-hour was passed in this manner—the Indians
continually fetching and piling on more brush, until
the lapping and writhing fire had ascended to the very
roof—keeping up the while their yells of triumph, and
occasional shots of musketry; which, combined with the
lurid and ghastly light in which each saw the other, the
loud and awful roaring of the flames, and the groans of
the wounded, made a most terrible scene for the imprisoned
inmates—a scene that cannot be fully described, and the
horrors of which can only partially be comprehended by
the most vivid imagination.

-- 178 --

[figure description] Page 178.[end figure description]

At length the fire began to dislodge the heated clay—
which had been used to stop the chinks and crannies
between the logs—and the furious flames to send in their
devouring tongues in search of new material for destruetion;
and then all who were able set eagerly to work,
dashing on water, and so checking in some degree the
progress of the consuming element.

This was continued until the water became entirely
exhausted; and then recourse was had to what milk there
chanced to be in the house; and, after this, to some fresh
earth, which they dug up from beneath the floor—the
Indians still keeping up their yells, and firing through
every crevice, (by which some more of the inmates were
wounded, though none mortally,) and Captains Kirkwood
and Biggs moving about from point to point, and animating
all parties with their own heroism and the hope
of speedy deliverance.

The attack began about three o'clock in the morning,
and lasted till dawn; when the Indians, finding they could
not succeed in their fell purpose without carrying the
siege far into the day, and probably fearing they might
suddenly be surprised by a large party from the Fort,
uttered another series of wild, discordant whoops, poured
in upon the building one regular volley, and then suddenly
retreated—the men inside calling after them in the

-- 179 --

[figure description] Page 179.[end figure description]

most taunting manner—the voice of the poor fellow mortally
wounded being heard among the loudest.

About an hour before sunrise the whole party, having
succeeded in subduing the flames, ventured forth cautiously,
and immediately crossed the river to Fort Henry—Walker,
the only one who lost his life, expiring on the way. Here
all the living were properly cared for, and the gallant soldier
was buried with military honors.

A few days after, Captain Kirkwood set out with his
family for his native State; but meeting on the way some
Delaware troops, who were marching to the Indian country,
and who offered him the command of their body, he
took leave of his family and turned back. In the November
following, he took part in the bloody action known as
St. Clair's Defeat; “where he fell,” says his chronicler,
“in a brave attempt to repel the enemy with the bayonet,
and thus closed a career as honorable as it was unrewarded.”

-- 180 --

p480-185 The Trapper's Story.

[figure description] Page 180.[end figure description]

“Boys,” said old Reuben Hardinge, as, with three of his
companions, he sat before his camp-fire in the deep wilderness
of the Far West, “it's right amazing how old recollections
will plump down on a feller every now and then,
and make him about as fit for his business as a turkey-buzzard
is for a singing bird.”

“What's up now, Rube?” inquired one of the others, as
he lazily inhaled and puffed out a volume of tobacco
smoke.

“Well, Joe, I war jest thinking back to the time I fust
put out for these here diggings, and the right smart chance
of a muss that made me do it.”

“I never heerd the story, Rube.”

“I reckon none of us ever did,” said another.

“S'pose you tells it, ef you're in the mood for't,” put in
the third.

“Wall,” rejoined Rube, “I s'pose I mought as well tell
it as think about it—though thar's mighty few as ever
heerd it—for it arn't one o' the things as I likes to hev cut
across my track purty often.

-- 181 --

[figure description] Page 181.[end figure description]

“Let me see now!” pursued the old mountaineer,
musingly; “thirty year, I reckon, would take me back to
a right smart-looking young man. Now you needn't grin
so about that, boys—for it's a fact, by thunder! I warn't
al'ays the scarrified, stoop-shouldered, grizzly-faced, gray-headed,
grunting old beaver you sees me now, I can tell
you—but a right smart chance of a sapling—six foot high
in my moccasins, hair as black as a crow's, eye like a
young eagle's, and with everything about me as limber and
supple as a two-year old buck. Yes, that's what I war
thirty year ago—but that thirty year has tuk it all down
amazing.”

The trapper paused for a few moments, as one lost in
contemplation, and then resumed:

“Yes, thirty year ago,—it don't seem a great while,
nyther, though I've done a heap o' tramping and seen a
heap o' rough and tumble sence then,—thirty year ago it
war; and yit I can fotch it all back as cl'ar as ef it war
yesterday; and the way he looked, and the way she
looked, and the way I felt, all stand out afore me as plain
as the nose on your face, Joe—and your wost enemy'll be
apt to allow that you've got some nose.

“But you won't understand me, boys, onless I begins a
little back o' that partickerlar time, and so I'll do it.
You see the way of it war this: I war raised down in
Tennessee, on to a plantation that would hev been my

-- 182 --

[figure description] Page 182.[end figure description]

father's ef he'd only had all his debts paid, which he
hadn't; and on another plantation, about a half a mile off,
thar lived Neil Waterman, who war a colonel in the
militia, and a squire-in-law, and some punks ginerally all
round.

“Now Colonel Squire Waterman had a darter named
Lucy, that war the purtiest speciment of a duck in them
parts—slim, straight, plump-lipped, rosy-cheeked, and
silky-haired, with two blue eyes that 'ud fotch the tallest
brute of a human right down on to his marrerbones afore
he knowed what ailed him.

“Wall, to git along into the meat of the thing, I fell
head over heels in love with Lucy, from the time I war big
enough to say boo to a b'ar; and I kept on that way, only
gitting wusser as I growed older; and ef Lucy didn't love
me back agin, she made believe to do it, and that did me
jest as well for the time.

“But the difference 'tween me and Lucy, as we both
growed older, war, that I'd only one to pick from, and
she'd everybody—for every scamp in the diggings war
arter her—and some o' the fellers I used to think mought
be a heap better looking to her than Rube Hardinge—
though I could out-run, out-jump, out-shoot, out-holler,
and out-lick the hull kit, and stood ready to do it any
minute that anybody wanted to try it.

“Wall, the p'int I'm coming to, ar' this: Things had

-- 183 --

[figure description] Page 183.[end figure description]

gone on one way and t'other purty considerable—and me
and Lucy had quarrelled and made up agin about a hundred
times—and I'd kicked the clothes off o' my bed every
night for two months, in dreaming as how I war kicking
some mean sneak as war trying to get on to the blind side
o' the gal of my affections: things war gitting on this way,
I say, when Colonel Squire Waterman he gin a cornhusking,
and axed in all the boys and gals around them
parts.

“I war thar, in course; and I went thar determined to
keep poor Lucy from being bothered with palavers from
them as she mou'tn't like; but, for some reason or other,
the gal had tuk a notion jest then that nobody war no
bother to her 'cept me, and that I war al'ays in her way
when I happened to git along side o' her. That thar sort
o' thing naterally riled me up and made me feel wolfish;
and when I spoke, I ginerally said so'thing that didn't
altogether set well on the stomachs of the crowd—though
as to who liked it, and who didn't, I never stopped to ax.

“Now, amongst the ugly mugs as war trying to tote off
the affections of Lucy, thar war one called Pete Blodget,
that I'd tuk a mortal hate to; and jest as ef they'd both
planned out how they could best fotch the catermount into
me, he squeezed himself up along side o' Lucy; and she
talked and joked and laughed with him, jest as ef no sech
a man as me had never been born.

-- 184 --

[figure description] Page 184.[end figure description]

“Wall, for me, I reckon I stood it purty well for a good
while; but I felt Satan coming into me as I husked away;
and I sometimes pitched the corn on to the pile, and sometimes
over my head amongst the stalks and husks—for
somehow blood war dancing afore my eyes, and I couldn't
al'ays see right well what I war doing. At last the boys
and gals all round me began to titter and laugh, and nod
and wink, and I knowed it war all about me. Still I
husked away, and didn't say nothing often, and then al'ays
so'thing sharp and sassy.

“Now ef Pete had jest a minded his own business and
treated Lucy respectful, and hadn't said nothing aggrawating
to me, it's like he mought be living now to laugh over
his triumph; but he couldn't be contented, the fool! when
he war well off; and began to ax ef anybody had seed
anybody as had chawed a green persimmon lately, meaning
me. All the fools, Lucy amongst the rest, laughed at this,
and pretended to wonder who he could mean; and as I
still held myself down, (though I felt the seat gitting
powerful hot, and seen little red things dancing afore my
eyes,) he still kept on, gitting wusser and more p'inted
like, till at last he says, says he, `I'm the chap as goes in
for ripe persimmons,' and he throwed one arm around
Lucy's waist and drawed her over and kissed her.

“Now, boys, I've come to a spot that's al'ays been kind
o' blank to me. I don't remember gitting up—but I 'spect

-- --

“Pete, lying down, his head all bloody, and a stove-in whiskey keg alongside of him.” [figure description] 480EAF. Image of Pete lying on the ground, bloody, with a shattered whiskey keg at his side. He is surrounded by a group of men, one of whom is kneeling next to him in concern.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 185 --

[figure description] Page 185.[end figure description]

I did—for I remember finding myself standing up amongst
a mighty excited crowd, with Pete lying down, his head all
bloody, and a stove-in whiskey keg along side o' him, that
all said I'd jest smashed agin his upper story; whilst
Lucy, all fainted and stretched out limpsy, war being toted
off by her father and two others, and follered by all the
rest o' the gals, crying and screaming.

“The boys around now tuk different sides, and some
said I war right and some said I warn't. But I soon
fixed the matter. Stepping out from the crowd, I says,
says I:

“ `Let them as thinks I've done right, foller me; and
them as don't, stay and take keer of Pete, till he gits well
enough to ax for a settlement with rifles, which I s'pose
he'll do ef he arn't a coward.'

“Wall, as I said, the party divided off, and some went
home with me, and some staid and tuk keer o' Pete. I
got my rifle down and cleaned her, and run some balls,
and filled up my powder-horn, so's to be ready and not
keep any body waiting as mought want to hev the thing
settled arter a gentleman's fashion.

“By the time I'd got this done, a friend of Pete's comes
over, and says as how he'd 'spect me to meet him at a
place he named at daylight next morning.

“ `I'll be thar!' says I: `tell him I'll be thar, and give
him so'thing wusser'n a whiskey-keg to git over!'

-- 186 --

[figure description] Page 186.[end figure description]

“Wall, I war thar; and so war Pete, and everybody
else round about them diggings, 'cept the women folks;
and they'd a been thar, too, ef they'd only been allowed to
come. It didn't take long to fix things for the fight—for
all we wanted war a level piece o' ground and a chance to
blaze away.

“Rifles at forty paces war the word in them times to
settle all such trifles as ourn; and arter measuring off the
ground, they sot me and Pete face to face, with the butts
o' both our pieces standing by our feet; and then all
drawed back out o' the way, and some one gin the word to
fire.

“Up went our rifles at that word, and both pulled
trigger at the same time. I felt so'thing queer about my
neck; and putting up my hand, I found Pete's ball had
gone through within a hair's breadth of my life; and I
seen Pete at the same time clap his hand to his breast, and
knowed by that he'd got so'thing to look arter too.

“But thar warn't no time to be spent in hunting balls—
for it war a fight till death; and the fust man that could
git his rifle loaded now, would hev the best chance o'
talking about the muss arter it war over; so I went in for
loading as fast as I could.

“Now I claims to be some at loading a rifle, and you'd
better believe I done my best jest then; but in spite o' all
I could do, Pete got ahead o' me, and I begun to feel that

-- 187 --

[figure description] Page 187.[end figure description]

my time had come. Pete I knowed war a dead shot; and
ef he could hev ten seconds for an aim, it war all up with
this coon; and so when I seen him shaking in the priming,
whilst I war only ramming down the ball, I jest looked
round to the rising sun to say good-bye to daylight.

“I don't think I'm any more o' a coward than any other
man; but when I seen Pete steadily raising his piece, and
knowed when it come to a dead level that I'd not know
nothing, I'll own up I felt powerful queer; and ef the
little money and traps I had, could hev bought me about
ten seconds, I don't think I should hev waited long afore
making the trade.

“Wall, boys, that thar rifle come up slow and steady;
but jest afore it got so as I mought hev looked straight
into the muzzle, it war jerked one side, and went off in the
air; and Pete Blodget fell down dead in his tracks, killed
by my first shot, jest when two seconds more o' his life
would hev ended mine.

“As soon as I found he war dead, I knowed I'd hev to
quit them diggings sudden—for he'd got friends enough to
set the sheriff arter me, and it warn't pleasant to think o'
being cooped up in jail. So I broke round to Colonel
Squire Waterman's house, and got a sight o' Lucy, who
war jest about as white as a snow-bank.

“`Lucy,' says I, `you're a critter as has kicked up a
good deal o' mischief with me—but I forgive you. I come

-- 188 --

[figure description] Page 188.[end figure description]

to tell you that Pete Blodget won't trouble nyther of us no
more, and that I'm jest a breaking for tall timber. Goodby,
Lucy—I'm bound to quit—I've got to go—and on this
here 'arth we'll never meet agin.'

“I war going on with so'thing more; but Lucy fell
down fainty like; and so I left her, and put off for strange
parts. I got to the Massissip that day, and got a passage
to St. Louis, whar I soon got in with some old trappers,
and started out for the life I've follered ever sence.”

“And what became of Lucy?” inquired one of old
Rube's interested listeners, as the trapper ceased and
dropped his head upon his hands.

“Ah me, boys! that's what I can't answer!” sighed the
old mountaineer; “and when a spell comes over me like
thar done to-night, I ginerally sets and wonders. Ah!
Lucy—poor, dear Lucy—nobody never loved you like this
here old grey-headed beaver done when he war a kitten—
never—never, Lucy—never!” and the old trapper dropped
his head still lower, and drew his rough, hard hand more
than once across his eyes.

-- 189 --

p480-196 A Miraculous Escape.

[figure description] Page 189.[end figure description]

It was just after General Wayne's great victory of the
Fallen Timbers, (said an old pioneer,) that I became acquainted
with Captain Robert Benham, who had been quite
a prominent actor in all the principal battles of the frontier.
His name had long been familiar to me in connection with
a very peculiar and remarkable affair which had occurred
on the Ohio, at the mouth of the Licking river, as far back
as the year 1779; and as I had heard his singular adventures
at that place related differently by different parties, I
felt no little curiosity to arrive at the exact facts; and
therefore took an early occasion to get the particulars
from his own lips; which I now give, as near as I can
recollect, in his own words:

“It was in the autumn of 1779,” began the captain,
“that quite a party of us left the Falls of the Ohio, in keelboats,
under the command of Major Rodgers, for the purpose
of making an attack upon the Indians at the old town
of Chilicothe. On our way up the river, we met with no
remarkable adventure till we approached the mouth of the

-- 190 --

[figure description] Page 190.[end figure description]

Licking, which we did about sunset of a delightful day;
when we observed a few Indians standing upon a projecting
sand bar, at the point where the two streams unite,
apparently watching some companions in a canoe, who
were crossing to them from the opposite bank of the smaller
stream. If they saw us, there was nothing-in their manner
to indicate the fact; and thinking it possible to take them
by surprise, Major Rodgers ordered the boats to be run
up under some bushes along the shore, and all the men
save five—some seventy in number—to advance cautiously
through the wood, and completely surround the spot where
the savages were.

“We all set off in fine spirits, thinking only of the surprise
we should give the enemy, and never once dreaming
of the surprise they might give us in return. Quietly,
stealthily, we pushed onward, spreading out as we advanced,
till at length we reached and fairly encircled the fatal spot;
when, just as the order was being given to rush in upon
the foe, we were startled and thrown into the greatest confusion
by the uprising on every side of us of several hundred
yelling Indians.

“We had been drawn into a complete ambuscade—had
been taken by our enemies in the very trap we had set for
them. Instantly they poured in a destructive fire, and then
fell upon us with knife and tomahawk; when the panic on
our part became fearful, and the slaughter tremendous

-- 191 --

[figure description] Page 191.[end figure description]

Like frightened sheep we huddled together; and then, finding
ourselves hemmed in by our foes, who hewed us down as
fast as they reached us, we turned at bay, and poured back
a volley from our side. Then, with yells as wild and savage
as their own, we broke through their lines, and rushed
for our boats. But the Indians, comprehending our design,
reached them before us, and made a capture of all save one,
in which the men left in charge had made their escape.
Our only chance now was to break their lines again, and
start through the forest to the station of Harrodsburg.
Favored by the gathering shades of night, some twenty of
our whole party escaped, though hotly pursued by our
blood-thirsty foes.

“But I was not one of that fortunate few; for, as I was
in the act of clearing some five or six of the enemy, who
barred my way to a dense thicket, and just as I had cut
down a couple of the nearest, a ball passed through my
hips, shattering the bones. At once I fell, but luckily
among some thick bushes which for the moment concealed
me; and the others, probably thinking me dead or escaped,
immediately darted off in pursuit of my flying friends. I
had my rifle still in my hands; and wounded and suffering
as I was, I proceeded to load it as I lay on the ground—
my only hope now being that I should succeed in killing
one or more of the bloody wretches before a terminus should
be put to my own existence.

-- 192 --

[figure description] Page 192.[end figure description]

“As minute after minute went by, however, and the yells
of the savages grew more and more distant, and night
began fast to envelop me in her welcome pall of darkness,
a new hope sprung up in my breast, that I might possibly
so secrete myself as to escape the observation of the enemy
altogether. Slowly dragging myself through the bushes
to a fallen tree, which lay within a few feet of me, I, with
the most exeruciating pain, crept up under the branches,
which I disposed above my person in the best manner I
could.

“Here for hours I lay, suffering agonies of body and
mind which no language has power to describe. I dared
not stir again, scarcely to breathe. I heard the Indians
return, and I could tell by the sounds that they were going
over the ground and butchering all the wounded they could
find. About midnight, as near as I could judge, they once
more drew off and lit their camp-fires, the glimmering of
which I could faintly perceive through the thick foliage
which surrounded me.

“Let me pass over that night of horror. If any one
would have the faintest idea of what I suffered, he must
imagine himself in my situation—there—in the branches
of that tree—with both hips shattered—surrounded by my
dead friends—and, worse still, my living foes. I dared
not change my position, nor give vent to a single groan;
and at times it seemed that nature must compel from me

-- 193 --

[figure description] Page 193.[end figure description]

some expression of pain, in spite of my utmost will. Oh,
it was a horrible night! and may God deliver me from ever
passing such another.

“But the end was not yet. Horrible as that night was
I dreaded to see the morrow. How could I expect to
escape the lynx eyes of so many savages, when they should
begin to beat over the ground for plunder? And at times
the thought of this so worked upon my feelings, that I was
more than once tempted to shriek out, and let my position
be known, and thus bring upon myself the relief of a speedy
death—for I knew, from my disabled condition, that the
Indians would not think of taking me prisoner, but butcher
me at once. And yet the instincts of life were greater than
the temptation I speak of. And these same instincts, by
the way, seem wisely set for our preservation—to act when
reason tells us that all hope is lost and we had better end
our woes at once.

“How painfully I watched the dawning of the day!
how eagerly and tremblingly I listened to every sound!
At length I could hear the Indians astir; and soon after
they began to traverse the scene of slaughter, and gather
up the arms of my companions, and strip their bodies of
every garment. They were hours at their work—and to
me those hours were ages. At times, when some of them
drew near the spot where I lay, I felt my heart in my very
throat, and it seemed as if I should die of suffocation.

-- 194 --

[figure description] Page 194.[end figure description]

Twice a small party of them came so close that I could
see their half-naked, hideously-painted forms through the
leaves; and once a single warrior stalked by me, within
reach of my rifle. Up and down, and over the ground
they passed and re-passed many times, till they were evidently
satisfied that none of the dead or the wounded had
escaped their notice. They then drew off in a body along
the bank of the river, where they remained for hours—in
fact, till late in the day—when, being joined by the rest of
their companions, who had probably made a long journey
in pursuit of the fugitives, they repaired to the boats.

“With a feeling of thankfulness which I cannot express,
I heard them put off from the shore, and every sound
gradually die away to silence. And yet, shortly after,
there came an awful revulsion of feeling; for I now felt
that I was alone—alone in the wilderness—after from
friends—so crippled that I could not walk—could only
move my body, in fact, by a great effort—suffering all
the time the most excruciating agonies, and in danger
of perishing from starvation. Had I been able to move
about, even though never so slowly and feebly, I could
have rejoiced in my good fortune; but situated as I was,
I felt that only an overruling Providence, such as had so
far preserved me, could still save me from even a more
terrible doom than I had escaped.

“As I thus lay on my back, in a position which had

-- 195 --

[figure description] Page 195.[end figure description]

scarcely been changed for more than twenty hours, I
looked up through the leaves, and, to my surprise, I might
almost say joy, I beheld a raccoon in the act of descending
the trunk of a large tree, some of whose branches even
canopied the spot where I lay. Was this poor animal a
messenger of hope? Had Providence directed it hither
for my preservation? I fancied so then—I almost fancy
so still. At all events, I cautiously raised my only
remaining friend, my rifle, took a quick but certain aim,
and fired. The ball sped to its mark, and the animal
dropped dead within a few feet of me; and as I raised
myself among the limbs, with the intention of dragging
myself to it, I was startled by hearing a human cry.

“Fearing the Indians had not all gone, I hastily reloaded
my rifle, and then remained perfectly still, fairly
trembling at the thought of what I might next behold,
but determined to sell my life dearly, and shoot the first
human figure I should see approaching me. Presently I
heard the same loud, startling cry repeated, but this time
much nearer than before. Still I kept silent, my rifle
firmly grasped, for I could recognize nothing like the
voice of one of my race. Again I heard the same singular
sound, but still nearer yet, and a rustling among the
underbrush, apparently at a distance of twenty yards. I
now cocked my rifle, and poised it, resolved to shoot the
first object that should appear. But fortunately nothing

-- 196 --

[figure description] Page 196.[end figure description]

did appear, till my heart had been made to leap for joy,
by the utterance of words, in my native tongue, which fell
clearly and distinctly upon my ear, and assured me it was
a countryman, perhaps a companion.

“ `Who are you? where are you? for God's sake, speak!'
cried the voice.

“I now gave an answering shout; and soon I was gratified
by the sight of a human figure, pushing rapidly
through the bushes, whom, notwithstanding his haggard
and blood-stained features, I at once recognized as Peter
Brent. On getting sight of me, he stopped and exclaimed:

“ `My God! Captain Benham—is this you? How did
you escape? I thought I was the only being left alive by
the butchering wretches!'

“ `Alas!' I returned—`I'm as good as dead—for I'm
badly wounded in my hips, and cannot walk a step.'

“See!” he rejoined—`I'm no better off—both my arms
are broken!
and I've no power to use a weapon, and
couldn't feed myself if I had any thing to eat. I think,
of the two, Captain, you're the best off, after all—for you
at least can shoot game, and so won't starve.'

“ `Aye,' said I, `but how am I to get it when I have
shot it?'

“ `I see,' he replied, with a sort of laugh, `the two of
us only make one decent man. You've got arms and I've
got legs; and if ever we get out of this infernal scrape at

-- 197 --

[figure description] Page 197.[end figure description]

all, I reckon we'll have to work out together. And if
Heaven is willing, and the red devils will let us alone, we'll
be able to do it yet, and cheat the howling imps of two
scalps any how!'

“It was a very singular and remarkable occurrence, that
only two men should have escaped from that scene of
slaughter; and of these, the one with his hips broken, and
the other with his arms. Brent, like myself, had had
nothing to eat for more than twenty-four hours. And
like myself, too, he had escaped, after being shot, by
crawling into a thicket, and laying flat upon the earth,
at a point where the Indians had passed and repassed
within a few feet of him. Here he had remained concealed
through the night, and the day, till the savages
had departed; when the pangs of hunger had brought him
forth in search of food; which he had little hope of finding,
and knew not by what means he might get it into his
mouth if obtained.

“On hearing the report of my rifle, a faint hope had
sprung up in his breast that a companion might be near;
but whether it should prove to be a friend or an enemy, he
determined to make himself known, and risk captivity, or
even death, rather than remain in his helpless condition.

“We now began our singular mode of living, which
probably has never been paralleled in the world's history.
The first thing Brent did, was to search for the raccoon

-- 198 --

[figure description] Page 198.[end figure description]

I had shot, and push it along to me with his feet. I
then dressed it; and kindling a fire with dry sticks, which
he also pushed up to me in the same manner, I broiled
it, and on this we made our supper—as hearty and as
palatable a meal as I ever ate in my life - I feeding him
as he sat beside me. Our hunger appeased, we felt more
sensibly the pangs of thirst; and at first we could devise
no means for obtaining the water so near us. Necessity,
however, is the mother of invention; and luckily bethinking
me of my hat, I placed the rim in my companion's
mouth, and told him to wade into the river, until he should
be able to dip the hat under; and then, by returning
quickly, I fancied a good portion of the water might be
retained after allowing for the leakage. The plan succeeded;
and taking the half-filled hat from his teeth, I held
it for him to drink, and then drank myself, the most refreshing
and invigorating dranght that ever passed my
lips.

“The immediate wants of nature being now fully supplied,
we began to be more cheerful and hopeful, though
still suffering extreme pain from our shattered limbs, which
I next proceeded to dress as well as our circumstances
would permit. Making some rude splints with my knife,
I took off my shirt and tore it into strips; and then putting
the bones of Brent's arms together as well as I could, I

-- 199 --

[figure description] Page 199.[end figure description]

bound the splints around them. This done, I proceeded
to dress my own wounds in the same incomplete way.

“Another night now set in, which we passed together,
lying close in the thicket, and suffering a great deal of
pain. We slept little, but spent the tedious hours in talking
over the dire events which had happened, and mourning
the loss of our brave companions.

“The second day, beginning early in the morning, and
keeping a sharp lookout for game, I was fortunate enough
to shoot two squirrels and a wild turkey, the latter being
quite numerous in that region. This served us for food
through the day; and on the third I succeeded in shooting
a couple more squirrels and a few birds; my companion
always kicking the game to me with his feet, and pushing
up sticks and brush in the same manner, and I dressing and
cooking the animals and feeding him.

“So matters went on for several days, the game gradually
becoming scarcer, and requiring a great deal more
labor on Brent's part to drive within reach of my rifle.
Days thus passed on, and even weeks, before my wounds
were so far healed as to permit me to hobble about on
crutches; and during all this time we saw not a human
soul, though anxiously watching for some chance boat to
pass down the river and take us off.

“Our garments being thin, and our shirts torn up for
bandages, and the weather setting in cold, our future

-- 200 --

[figure description] Page 200.[end figure description]

prospects looked cheerless enough, and we were much concerned
lest we should be obliged to winter where we were. To
be prepared for any emergency, we, with much labor, put
up a rude shanty, which served in some measure to protect
us from the almost wintry blasts which now began to sweep
over the desolate scene.

“As the season grew colder and more inclement, the
game became so scarce that my companion with difficulty
drove enough within rifle-shot to give us a single meal
a day; and, with all the rest, our powder got so low in
the horn that I could count the charges, and dared not
fire except when certain of my mark: then it was we
began to feel the horrors of despair, and sometimes to
regret that we had outlived the dead around us. Almost
naked, with unshaven, haggard faces, hollow cheeks and
sunken eyes, we now indeed looked pitiable, even to each
other; every day, too, our condition seemed to grow worse
instead of better; and at last, with a sinking heart, I
informed Brent we had but four charges of powder in our
horn.

“ `God help us!' was his reply.

“Matters were thus at their very worst, when, one day,
Peter burst suddenly into our shanty, where I sat shivering
over a few embers, and, with tears in his eyes, exclaimed:

“ `Blessed be God! Captain Benham, we're saved!
there's a flat boat just turning the bend above us!'

-- 201 --

[figure description] Page 201.[end figure description]

“Who shall describe my feelings then! I started up
and hobbled down to the bank of the river, shouting
wildly as I went, lest the boat, scarcely yet within sight,
should pass us ere I could reach the beach.

“Oh! how painfully anxious we watched its slow approach!
continually shouting, to attract the attention of
the men too far distant to hear us, and making every kind
of signal we could possibly think of for the same purpose.

“Gradually the boat neared us; and at length we could
see its crew gathered together, and pointing toward us.
But, oh Heaven! imagine, if you can, our horror, when
we saw them suddenly betake themselves to their oars, and
push over to the Ohio shore, and then row past us with all
their might, notwithstanding our frantic gesticulations and
piteous prayers for help! On they swept down the river;
and then Brent and I, looking at each other with silent
horror, sunk down together upon the cold beach, and
mentally prayed for death to end our sufferings.

“Suddenly—oh, sight of agonizing joy!—we saw a
canoe put off from the larger boat and approach us; and
then we got up, and fairly screamed and begged for assistance.
When the rowers had come near enough to converse
with us, they stopped, and told us they feared we
were decoys, put there to draw them to the shore, that the
Indians might fall upon and murder them; and it took no

-- 202 --

[figure description] Page 202.[end figure description]

little time, and the most earnest asseverations and piteous
appeals, to convince them to the contrary.

“At last, after rowing past us two or three times, and
closely inspecting the shore, and getting us to come far
out on a sand bar, they ventured to take us aboard. We
were kindly treated by these men, when they came to hear
our story; and being taken by them to the garrison at the
Falls, (now Louisville, Ky.,) we were placed under the
care of a skillful surgeon, and soon restored to our usual
health and strength.”

Such was the remarkable story of Captain Benham—
remarkable for the fact that two men should so singularly
escape from the savages, and live six weeks in the wilderness—
the one with useless arms, and the other with useless
legs—the two together making as it were only one whole man!

Whoever shall to-day stand upon the levee of the now
large and flourishing city of Cincinnati, and glance his
eye across the beautiful Ohio, shall behold the very spot
where these remarkable events occurred, at a time when
all around, on either shore, was a wild, howling wilderness.

-- 203 --

p480-210 A Mother's Courage.

[figure description] Page 203.[end figure description]

It was in the spring of 1785, and on a clear, beautiful
day, that a party, consisting of two men, a woman and a
child, were passing down the Ohio in a conveniently-sized
boat, for the purpose of joining some friends at a settlement
below. This party bore the surname of Marston,
and the relationship of husband, brother, wife, and
daughter. They had come from the interior of Pennsylvania,
transporting their goods by horses to the Alleghany,
and thence descending that river and the Ohio in the boat
they now occupied.

The eldest of the four was a large, tall, fine-looking man,
some thirty years of age, and the husband of the female
and father of the child. The wife appeared to be some
six or eight years the junior of her partner, was small,
slender and graceful, and possessed a countenance of more
than ordinary intelligence and beauty. The brother was
younger than the husband, and inferior in size and
strength, but comely of feature, and evidently a man of
considerable muscular power. The youngest of the party

-- 204 --

[figure description] Page 204.[end figure description]

was a sweet, chatting, blue-eyed, golden-haired little girl
of four summers, the favorite of all, and especially the idol
and joy of its fond and almost girlish mother, both of
whom seemed much out of place in journeying through
that wild, unsettled, and perilous region.

Thus far our adventurers had met with no material
accident or misfortune; nor had they seen any of those
fierce enemies of their race, who were then known to be
prowling through the great forests which stretched away
on either hand for hundreds of miles; but now they were
more directly entering the country inhabited by their
swarthy foes, and which had been more distinctly marked
by the aggressions of the latter upon their white invaders;
and as they turned their eyes toward the green and flowery
banks of the delightful stream, upon whose placid bosom
they were floating, it was less to admire the solemn
beauties of nature, than in dread of what those mighty
forests might conceal. Yet the men, as was natural they
should, relying upon their strength, and their skill in
the use of weapons, seemed less uneasy than the girlish
mother, who, at every unusual sound, would clasp her
offspring to her heart, and glance around her in fearful
apprehension.

“Mary,” said her husband, approaching her on one of
these occasions of alarm, which became more frequent as
she advanced on her journey, “how is it that you. who

-- 205 --

[figure description] Page 205.[end figure description]

have been so courageous all along, have now of a sudden
become so timid?”

“I hardly know myself, William,” she replied, in a
sweet, musical tone, looking up with a smile, “unless it is
that we are entering a more dangerous region, and that I
am every moment growing more fond of our pretty little
Ada, and more fearful on her account;” and bending over
the child, which she now held in her arms, she imprinted a
mother's kiss of love upon its ruby lips.

“But I'm not afraid, mamma, when you and papa are
with me,” prattled the blue-eyed pet; “for I know nobody'll
hurt me where you are.”

“Ah, God bless your trusting innocence!” cried the
father, impulsively catching her up in his arms and covering
her cherub face with kisses. “No one shall hurt you
where I am—and may the good God keep us all from
harm!”

During their voyage down the river, it had sometimes
been necessary to lay up at night, especially in foggy
weather; but they had generally managed this matter with
great caution; securing their boat near, rather than at, the
shore, by making a line fast to some overhanging branch
and dropping a sort of rude anchor. At these stopping
places our voyagers had been the most apprehensive; yet
it was not at these that they were really most in danger,

-- 206 --

[figure description] Page 206.[end figure description]

but while floating along in the bright light of day, as the
sequel of our narrative will show.

On the very day that we introduce them to the reader,
but some two or three hours subsequent to the conversation
recorded, the little girl, in looking toward the Ohio
shore, became much attracted to a long line of beautifullyflowered
shrubbery, which so overhung the stream that a
branch might easily be broken in passing; and with
infantile glee she clapped her hands and exclaimed:

“Oh, papa, do get little Ada some pretty flowers!”

The boat was not far from the land, and the current set
in close to the bank, so that it was an easy matter to
comply with her wish; and the fond father, giving directions
to this effect, and himself taking an oar, was about to
push in toward the thicket, when the mother, with what
seemed to be a premonition of danger, quickly interposed,
saying, eagerly and earnestly:

“Nay, William, do not think of such a thing, but keep
further out in the stream! From some cause I am frightened—
I feel that danger lurks in every thicket, and I
know we cannot be too cautious.”

“Pooh, Mary, you are too easily alarmed!” replied her
husband; “no one would be more cautious than I, if I
thought there was danger; but there is none here, surely;
and little Ada might as well have a bunch of flowers to
please her.”

-- 207 --

[figure description] Page 207.[end figure description]

So saying, and without heeding the remonstrances of his
more timid companion, he, assisted by his brother, turned
the boat up alongside the shrubbery; and both were in
the act of plucking a flowering branch—the little girl,
meanwhile, in her mother's trembling arms, clapping her
tiny hands with delight—when suddenly two sharp reports,
almost blended into one, rung out upon the still air; and
the brothers fell back together, the one shot through the
heart and the other through the brain.

At the same instant there came a series of terrific yells,
a rustling among the bushes, and two hideously-painted
savages came leaping into the boat. First making sure
of their victims, by plunging their knives several times
into their bodies, they next tore off their scalps, and
tauntingly shook the trophies in the very face of the now
petrified and horror-stricken wife and mother, who stood
like a statue of marble, as motionless and seemingly as
cold, her eyes glaring wildly, and the little girl clinging
to her in a terror she could not comprehend. Then attaching
each his scalp to his girdle, they made a flourish of
their tomahawks over the head of the mother, rather as it
seemed with the intention of terrifying than of striking
her. But finding her unmoved—for she was still paralyzed
with horror—one of them rudely snatched the
child from her arms, and made as if to dash out its brains
on the gunwale of the boat. This he might indeed have

-- 208 --

[figure description] Page 208.[end figure description]

done—for his basilisk eyes were gleaming with fiendish
malice—but the other interposed, and said something in
their native tongue; when, turning to the still immovable
mother, he struck her a blow with his fist, knocked her
down, and threw the shrieking child upon her.

The two Indians now proceeded to secure the boat, by
working it up under the overhanging bushes, and so disposing
of them as to completely conceal it from the view
of any party passing up or down the river, or looking out
from the opposite shore

By the time this was completed, poor Mrs. Marston had
in some degree recovered the use of her faculties, and had
begun to bemoan her hard fate in low, choking sobs, the
while straining her trembling child as tightly to her
anguished bosom as if she thought that her maternal
arm could shield it from her merciless foes.

One of the Indians now advanced to her side, and,
rudely pushing her with his foot, made signs that she must
get up and follow him ashore. She understood and complied
with his desire—for she had now some little hope
that her child would be spared to her—and with a mother's
undying love, she felt that she would willingly struggle
through any thing, endure every thing, for its sweet
sake.

We may not dwell upon her feelings, for none but a
mother so suddenly and terribly afflicted, and so

-- 209 --

[figure description] Page 209.[end figure description]

hopelessly placed, could comprehend the bitter anguish of
her heart.

At a little distance back from the river, the Indian
bound his prisoner to a sapling, leaving the child free
beside her, and then returned to his companion, and
assisted him in securing their captured spoil.

They now seemed disposed to be merry—those grim,
inhuman monsters—as they gloated over their not invaluable
prize—stripping the dead of their garments, securing
their weapons and amunition, and reveling, like hungry
beasts, in the palatable edibles which their explorations
exposed—chatting glibly in their native tongue, and now
and then laughing merrily, but cantiously, as here and
there they fell upon what they considered a prize of more
than usual value—the last of these being no other than
a mysterious-looking keg, which they were not long in
discovering to be fire-water, and over which they not only
laughed, but around which they fairly danced, in fiendish
glee.

At length, placing the keg in the middle of the boat,
they knocked in the head with their hatchets, and began
to indulge in the exhilarating poison, gradually increasing
their at first light potations to a kind of drunken carousal,
which lasted for several hours, and finally ended in a state
of comple intoxication.

Meantime the poor mother had remained bound to her

-- 210 --

[figure description] Page 210.[end figure description]

tree, listening to the fierce revelry of her captors, and all
the time in trembling apprehension lest something might
direct their thoughts to her, and she and her darling Ada
become fresh victims of their now liquor-maddened passions.
But as time wore on, and their potations grew
deeper, and their carousal more drunken, if not less
boisterous, a wild hope sprung up in her breast, that
through their final inebriation she might providentially
effect her escape; and from that moment she became more
intensely excited than ever, and listened with a still more
wildly palpitating heart, hushing the very murmurs of her
poor child by looks and whispers of terror that it seemed
instinctively to comprehend.

At last, just as the bright sun was setting, the long
wished-for moment seemed to arrive, the drunken sounds
having gradually died away to silence; and she reasoned
that her foes were now no longer in a condition to prevent
her escape, which peradventure she might effect, provided
she could immediately get free of her bonds.

But how was this to be done? Her hands were corded
behind her back, and her body made fast to the tree. She
tried to work herself loose, but her efforts only served to
tighten the cords and give her pain; and she was upon
the very point of uttering a shriek of despair, when she
remembered in time that the sound of her voice might fall

-- 211 --

[figure description] Page 211.[end figure description]

upon the obtuse senses of her drunken foes and mechanically
arouse them to action.

But stay! another strange, wild hope enters her breast!
Can she make use of Ada! Can she venture the poor child
to the fearful risk of returning alone to the boat, and procuring
a knife! It is a thought as trying as death itself,
though less fearful than a long and hopeless captivity, and
it seems to be their only salvation. Time is passing—her
captors have become still—and something must be done!
Shall she risk the only alternative in her power? Something
seems to urge her to do so; and finally, wrought up
to a pitch of desperation little short of madness, she explains
to the trembling little creature what she needs of
her, and gives her directions how to proceed.

And that innocent little thing comprehended her, and
finally set out on her fearful mission. Oh! what a trial
was that to the tender nerves of that poor mother! and
from the moment of her departure, till that of her return,
the brief suspense was to her an age of horror. But the
child went, and returned in safety, and brought back a
knife, which she had stealthily taken from the very side of
one of the murderers of her father and uncle, and which
was even yet red with their blood.

The poor captive shuddered as she looked upon the fearful
weapon; and yet she experienced a faint gleam of joy,
at the thought that it would be the means of setting her

-- 212 --

[figure description] Page 212.[end figure description]

free, and thus, under God, the means of saving herself and
child.

Little Ada, by her mother's direction, soon cut the
binding cords; and the moment Mrs. Marston found herself
at liberty, she caught the heroic little girl in her arms,
covered her sweet face with kisses, and then, with an
almost bursting heart, knelt upon the ground, and poured
forth a fervent prayer of thanksgiving to the Great
Unseen.

Strengthened by this, she arose and prepared to act;
but the thought of what was before her, and the still
slender thread upon which her own life and that of her
child depended, brought back a sinking of the heart, and a
trembling of every nerve. What was to be done now?
She was alone in the great wilderness—a weak, feeble
woman—far from home and friends, and surrounded by
dangers of every imaginable description. Could she
escape on foot with her child? Impossible! they would
either starve or fall a prey to wild beasts or Indians. What
course then? for they must escape. There was the boat—but
then there lay the murderers of her husband and his brother—
and what could she do with them? Should she in turn
murder them, while they slept their drunken sleep? A
cold, icy shudder crept through her veins at the bare
thought! But then her child must be saved! and to save
that, by any means, was imperatively her duty.

-- 213 --

[figure description] Page 213.[end figure description]

We will not follow her thoughts. Enough that she at
last, carrying the child in her arms, resolutely but cautiously
returned to the fearful scene, where still lay the
dead bodies of her friends; and, almost beside them, but
upon some bales and boxes, nearly on a level with the gunwale,
their now drunken murderers.

With the knife firmly clasped in her hand, that widowed
mother reached the boat; she entered it; she stood over
her foes; they were in her power; she raised the knife;
should she strike? She hesitated—trembled—grew faint
of heart—her hand fell. She thought of her child, and
the arm was again nerved, and again raised, but again fell
powerless.

Ha! another thought! She hurried forward, placed
the child near the bow, and warned it not to speak or stir;
and then, seizing an oar, pushed the boat from the shore,
and set it drifting down the stream. Then darting forward
and securing the weapons of her enemies, she nerved
herself for the great trial, and, using all her strength, suddenly
rolled them both into the river.

On striking the water, one of the two Indians sunk
almost immediately; but the other, who perhaps had drank
less deeply, and was not so much intoxicated, began to
struggle for life, and soon appeared to recover sufficient
consciousness to comprehend what had happened, and
struck out fiercely for the boat. But that girlish mother,

-- 214 --

[figure description] Page 214.[end figure description]

nerved by the thought of her child, her own wrongs, and
the instinct of self-preservation, prepared to defend herself
even at the cost of life. She had pushed the Indians over,
because it was not in her heart to slay them in cold blood,
if she could escape by other means; but she was firmly
resolved not to be taken again; and bringing a rifle to bear
upon the struggling savage, she waited till she saw him
about to make a lodgement astern, and then pulled the
trigger. A flash, a report, a groan followed, and the
bubbling waters grew red above the grave of her foe.

All that long, terrible night that heroic mother watched
by her living child and its dead and gory father, and
labored hard to keep the boat from drifting to either
shore; but what pen may portray her mingled emotions
of grief for the dead and joy for the living—her hopes and
fears—her horror and despair? She lived through her
trials, however, and the next day was discovered by a
party of hunters, who, at her cries of distress, came to her
relief, and thus she was saved.

We will simply add, that that heroic little child, Ada
Marston, in after years became the wife of one of Kentucky's
most distinguished and chivalric sons.

-- 215 --

p480-222 A Daring Exploit.

[figure description] Page 215.[end figure description]

That the names of brave and noble heroes are sometimes
allowed to sink into oblivion—while others, far less
meritorious, but far more vain-glorious, are permitted

“To fill the speaking trump of future fame—”

the following most gallant exploit, performed by one whose
memory should have been more honorably preserved, is a
striking case in point. What we here present is but a
narration of simple, though thrilling, facts, which we have
obtained from a strictly authentic source, and to which a
few still living can bear testimony.

On the twenty-third day of October, 1812, Daniel Stellwagen,
as Master of the brig Concord, received his instructions
from Francis Jacoby, the owner of the vessel, and
sailed from the port of Philadelphia, bound for Lisbon,
Portugal War between the United States and Great
Britain had even then been declared; but the blockading
squadron of the latter power had not yet taken possession
of American ports; and Captain Stellwagen made a safe and

-- 216 --

[figure description] Page 216.[end figure description]

peaceful voyage out; and entered Delaware Bay, on his
return, sometime in March of the following year, heavily
freighted with a valuable cargo.

Little intelligence of what was actually taking place had
reached him on the ocean; but enough to make him anxious
concerning his safe arrival at the port of Philadelphia,
and doubly cautious and watchful as he neared the mouth
of the Delaware, where he had reason to believe the enemy
would have a small fleet stationed for the purpose of intercepting
and overhauling all vessels either outward or homeward
bound, and making prizes of such as should lay claim
to the protection of the American government.

Drawing near the dangerous point under cover of darkness,
the captain took soundings, hugged the Jersey
shore, and signalled landward for a pilot to run him
through the Cape May Channel Toward morning the
signal appeared to be answered; and at the first gray
touch of dawn, a little skiff was seen bounding over the
waves, bringing the long-looked-for pilot, who received a
cordial greeting from the master of the brig.

In reply to a dozen eager questions concerning the most
important news, the pilot informed the captain that affairs
looked dreary enough. A British blockading squadron—
composed of the Poictiers, seventy-four, Admiral Beresford,
and several smaller vessels—even then had possession
of the bay, almost within gun-shot, and stopped every

-- 217 --

[figure description] Page 217.[end figure description]

thing going out or coming in, and it was rumored that they
would soon attempt to burn Philadelphia.

“This is serions news, Pilot—very serious news!”
rejoined Captain Stellwagen: “I was afraid of this, and
took good care to keep my signal lights from the observation
of the enemy. But what chance have we of escaping
the blockade?” he anxiously inquired, peering eagerly
about him in the dull, gray, foggy light, but catching no
glimpse of the fleet.

“A mighty slim chance, I'm afeard, Captain—but I'll do
my best. If we was only an hour earlier, I reckon I could
take her safe through, and I may do it yet—though I'm
afeard daylight will expose us before I can show the
thieves a clean pair of heels. But fill away, lads!” he continued,
turning to the anxious crew, and assuming the full
command: “make sail and brace in the yards! It's a little
past high water, and we've got to run her through the
Cape May Channel, and hug still closer the Jersey
coast, to keep out of notice of the ships as long as we
can.”

His orders were promptly obeyed; and in a few minutes,
guided by that seemingly intuitive skill which a good pilot
seldom fails to possess, the heavily-laden brig began to
thread the narrow and winding passages before her; while
he, as one master of her fate, took a commanding position,
and eagerly watched every oil-spot and tide-rip, and now

-- 218 --

[figure description] Page 218.[end figure description]

and then glanced at the yet dimly seen shore for his
familiar landmarks.

Meantime a fair breeze sprang up, and the Concord
began to make good headway; and calling the anxious
captain's attention to the fact, the sympathetic pilot
added:

“Don't be down-hearted! we may pass the heavy ships
without being discovered after all; and if it wasn't for a
smart little craft called the Paz, of some five or six guns,
which it's like is above us—though she may be in at Lewistown
Roads, as I hope she is—I'd be willing to insure her
for a small per centage.”

“May Heaven favor us!” said Captain Stellwagen,
solemnly; “for setting aside the loss of my vessel, I have
a dear wife and children in Philadelphia; and the thought
of being taken prisoner, and parted from them for years,
almost unnerves me.”

“Well, keep a stout heart, and we'll get through all
right yet!” returned the pilot, encouragingly.

For a few minutes after this, a deep and anxious silence
was maintained by all—the Concord gliding slowly but
steadily onward, still hugging the Jersey shore, and passing
unharmed over the deeper portions of Crow Shoal.
But every minute it was growing lighter and more light;
and presently the tapering masts and spars, and the dark,
sullen-looking hulls of the British squadron, could be

-- 219 --

[figure description] Page 219.[end figure description]

clearly perceived away to the left, quietly riding at anchor
near what was termed the Brown Buoy.

“There they are, and my curses on 'em, for a mean, kidnapping,
robbing set of Johnny Bulls!” muttered the pilot,
in the same breath that he issued some rapid orders concerning
the management of the brig. “But they don't see
us yet, the sleepy heads!” he added, in a more hopeful tone;
“and if they'll only fool away their time a half hour
longer, I'll show 'em a Yankee trick that'll give 'em something
to swear about for a month.”

Great was the anxiety of the gallant Captain Stellwagen
and his men for the next fifteen minutes—every breath they
drew, while unperceived, seeming to add to their security
and hope; but suddenly, to their dismay, a wreath of white
smoke was seen to issue from the gun-deck port of the
seventy-four, followed by the heavy boom of a gun, and
then by another and another, together with the flutter of
several flags from her fore-royalmast, and a repetition of
the signals from the rest of the fleet—all proclaiming that
the escaping Concord had all at once become an objeet of
interest to those who hoped for gain by her capture.

“There they go! they have discovered us, and are signalling
their Tender to give chase!” said Captain Stellwagen,
with a deep sigh, but firmly compressed lips.

“Let 'em blaze away, gall-blast 'em!” cried the now
excited pilot; “we don't mind no such barking as that;

-- 220 --

[figure description] Page 220.[end figure description]

and if their confounded jackall is only down near Henlopen,
it's little she can do now to hurt us eyther.”

“Send a man with a sharp pair of eyes to each masthead,
to look about for the man-of-war schooner, Mr.
Rawlins!” cried the Captain, turning to his mate. “Be
awake now, and move lively!”

Several minutes of intense anxiety were now passed by
those on board the Concord, in keeping a sharp look-out
for the dangerous schooner—and a faint hope was
beginning to spring up in every breast, that she was at
anchor at some place below them—when suddenly the
pilot, who was carefully surveying the scene with a glass,
exclaimed, with an oath:

“There she is, with her two bare poles run up so innocent
like, (the _____ thief!) just above the Brandywine,
where she's playing 'possum, pretending to be dead or
asleep, like a spider watching a fly, and calculating to
take us as soon as we git up to her! Yes, I'm afeard
they've catched us finely, after all, Captain!” he added,
looking down the stream; “for the fleet is pouring out
its armed boats to cut us off from the sea, and this sneak
is waiting to nab us as we go up.”

“What we cannot cure we must endure!” said Captain
Stellwagen, in a seemingly calm tone of resignation, as he
took the glass, and for a few minutes quietly surveyed the
scene around him. “She does not move yet,” he added,

-- 221 --

[figure description] Page 221.[end figure description]

with some slight degree of hope, as he once more brought
his glass to bear upon the schooner, “and we are almost
on a line with her. Perhaps—Ha! there she goes!”

As he spoke, the fore and topsail yards of the schooner
were suddenly swayed aloft and crossed; her sails, one
after another, were run up and set; and almost immediately
she began to fill away and run before the breeze, in
a direction to cut off the more heavily-laden Concord.

“Well, Pilot, there is but one course for us now!” said
the Captain, in a firm, even tone of voice, as he glanced
around upon the gloomy faces of his disappointed men,
with an expression of mingled determination and desperation;
“we must face this she-devil and stand her fire—for,
while a chance remains, I will never surrender”

This determination met with a hearty approval from all;
and the pilot hopefully suggested that, by keeping among
the shoals and flats, where the schooner could not safely
venture without a native of the coast to guide her, the
brig might even yet go clear.

The chase, which was now fairly begun, was excitingly
maintained for some considerable time—the Paz gliding
steadily up the more smooth and open channel, into which
the fugitive Concord must eventually turn—and the latter
essaying every art to escape, by crossing ridges and banks,
or boldly ploughing the deeper water of narrow channels
between dangerous shoals.

-- 222 --

[figure description] Page 222.[end figure description]

As the space occupied by the dividing shoals and
sand-spits gradually narrowed, it brought the two vessels
nearer together, till at length the schooner opened her fire,
and sent her shot whistling around the brig and through
her rigging and sails, though without inflicting any material
damage.

Crow and Deadman's Shoals were safely passed by the
Concord, and good fair sailing might have given her the
victory; but the time had now come for her to find her
way into the main channel, or run aground; and in
attempting to do this, her heel suddenly caught and
ploughed the sand beneath her; she stopped—started—
caught again; and then, with every timber groaning, she
thumped hard aground, and fell partly over on her side.

All was over now, and so groaned the disappointed
Captain, as he gloomily surveyed the faces of his disappointed
men. The Paz, perceiving the discomfiture
of the Concord, at once ceased firing, and dispatched
some twenty men in cutters to take possession of what
was now her prize.

“Steward,” said the Captain, addressing a bright-eyed
mulatto, as the foremost cutter, containing an admiralty's
mate, came alongside the brig, “hand the officer the manropes!”
and he himself walked quietly to the gangway, to
receive his captor with the same polite dignity he would
have welcomed him as an honored guest.

-- 223 --

[figure description] Page 223.[end figure description]

“Who commands this brig?” demanded the officer, as
he sprung on deck from the rail.

“I did, sir, before you came,” returned the Captain, with
a polite bow.

“Your papers, if you please,” said the other.

“They are American, sir,” replied the Master, as he
quietly handed them to his captor.

“Then,” returned the midshipman, merely glancing at
the manifest, clearance, and crew-list, “I take possession
of this vessel, and lay claim to her as lawful prize, in the
name of His Britannic Majesty.”

He then proceeded to give the necessary orders for
securing the crew of the Concord, furling her sails, hoisting
English colors to her main peak, and preparing her to
float off with the next tide; and as soon as these commands
were executed, he dispatched the cutters back to
the schooner Paz, bearing the pilot and crew of the Concord
prisoners, and a hasty report to the lieutenant-commanding—
he himself remaining as master of the prize,
and retaining Captain Stellwagen as his guest, the mulatto
steward as a general waiter and cook, and seven of his
own men to make every thing secure.

The day passed off with no remarkable occurrence—the
Concord being got afloat at the next high tide and anchored
in the main channel—where she remained till the
second morning after; when, there springing up a fresh

-- 224 --

[figure description] Page 224.[end figure description]

breeze from the south-east, with a flying mist, indicating
the commencement of a “smoky south-easter,” she was got
under way, and beat down the bay to within some quarter
of a mile of the fleet, where she was again brought to
anchor, directly under the guns of the seventy-four.

Here, feeling himself perfectly secure, and the storm
which had sprung up rather increasing than abating, the
young officer gave himself up to the enjoyment of good
eating and good drinking, and the happy illusion that he
was supreme commander of all he surveyed, and might
perhaps be sent home with the prize, to receive a lieutenant's
commission and be made a lion of for his distinguished
services.

The crew, too, became rather elated at their good
fortune; and the rigid discipline of the service being somewhat
relaxed, and good wine, direct from Lisbon, being
easily procured from the stores around them, they gradually
became careless to a degree that at length awoke a
strange, wild hope in the breast of Captain Stellwagen,
that perhaps, with the assistance of his steward, he might
yet, by a bold, desperate step, retake his vessel and escape
from the very clutches of his foe.

Till this thought and this hope entered the mind of the
captain, he had been very much cast down and depressed;
as indeed he well might be; for he had by this capture
not only lost his all of worldly goods, his position as

-- 225 --

[figure description] Page 225.[end figure description]

commander of a goodly ship, but his own personal liberty, and
the ardently-cherished hope of soon meeting with the dear
beings of his fondest affection and solicitude; and though
he had seemingly appeared cheerful and resigned when
conversing with his polite and gentlemanly captor, it had
been the cheerfulness which one sometimes assumes to
cover grief, and the resignation which as often springs
from the very depths of despair. But now, with the bare
hope of escape—the bare hope of regaining all he had
lost, and again greeting, with the fond kiss of a husband
and father, all he loved on earth—a new life seemed
infused into his veins—a new spirit seemed animating his
body—and he felt as if, in some bold attempt for freedom,
he would have the physical strength of a dozen men.

He now, though apparently indifferent and at his ease,
began to watch closely everything taking place around
him; and it was with a secret joy he could scarcely
conceal, that he observed the remissness of the officer in
command, who spent most of his time below in eating,
drinking, and smoking—and the careless negligence of the
men, who, with their arms rolled up in a tarpaulin and
placed under the long-boat, passed a large portion of the
day under a temporary awning, which they had stretched
along the deck to secure themselves from the fine, driving
Scotch mist, and where, with plenty of wine and small
chat, they appeared to be both happy and oblivious.

-- 226 --

[figure description] Page 226.[end figure description]

Under pretence of giving his faithful steward, Richard
Douce, some directions about his supper, Captain Stellwagen
easily found an opportunity to touch him upon the
matter nearest his heart. Briefly mentioning what he had
seen, and what, if Heaven favored them, they might hope,
he added, in a low, earnest tone:

“Richard, how much are you willing to risk for your
freedom and mine?”

“My life, Captain Stellwagen, for my freedom—and my
life, twenty times over, for yours, sir—God bless you!”

“Thank you, Richard; you are a brave, noble lad, and
I trust will have your reward. I have a plan in view,
which, should it succeed, will perhaps give us both our
liberty, and restore us to our friends.”

“Ah! Heaven bless your honor!” said Richard, his
eyes sparkling with hope.

“But if it fails, Richard—” and the captain paused
and fixed his dark eye steadily upon the other.

“What then, sir?” asked the steward, holding his
breath and turning somewhat pale.

“We shall either be cut to pieces by yonder men, or be
swung from the yard-arm of a man-of-war!” rejoined the
other, with impressive solemnity. “So, Richard, my
brave lad,” he gravely added, “think well and seriously
before you decide upon what must result in liberty or
death!”

-- 227 --

[figure description] Page 227.[end figure description]

“Captain,” said the brave mulatto, after a momentary
pause, “I'm with you for life or death! What you dare,
I'll dare—and what you suffer, I'll suffer—and God bless
you for the kindest master I ever sailed under.”

“Your hand, Richard!”

The captain then briefly made known his plans, which
would not require action before the flood tide of the
following morning, and established signals between himself
and faithful servitor, by which the latter would know
exactly when and how to act, even should there be no
further communication between them.

The following was a trying night to the two prisoners—
a night of alternate hopes and fears—but the next morning,
to their unspeakable delight, they found everything
favorable to their purpose. The wind was blowing
almost a gale in their favor; the rain was fine and misty;
the tide was running up; the men were under their
awning, with their arms, as on the previous day, rolled up
in the tarpaulin and placed under the bow of the long-boat;
and the Prize Master was below, thinking about
anything rather than the capture of himself and the escape
of his prisoners.

Soon after this, the Midshipman came on deck, and
exchanged a few words with his prisoner, on the state of
the weather, and the prospect of their being left unmolested
by the Admiral for at least another day; and then

-- 228 --

[figure description] Page 228.[end figure description]

the Captain went below, and was followed by the steward,
with some hot coffee, as was previously agreed upon.

The Midshipman's pistols and cutlass were in his berth;
and these Richard Douce now hurriedly secured, handing
the former to his master and hiding the latter. This done,
he again went on deck, and took his station by the cook's
galley, to await the final signal of life or death; while the
captain, hastily swallowing a cup of coffee, called to the
officer to come down and take his ere it should cool.

As the latter complied, the captain made an errand on
deck; and on reaching it, he remarked that he would
draw over the hatch, to keep out the rain; and having
done so, he quietly fastened it with the hasp, and thus
secured the officer a prisoner without his being aware
of it.

Glancing quickly around, and perceiving that everything
was favorable to his desperate purpose, the captain
now gave the signal agreed upon, a twist of his neckcloth;
and the mulatto, bounding upon the tarpaulin,
caught it up in his arms, and darted back to the quarterdeck,
where he succeeded in arming himself with another
brace of pistols before the astonished crew had time to
take any action whatever.

Both the captain and steward, pistols in hand, now
rushed forward together, the former exclaiming, in a voice
of thunder:

-- 229 --

[figure description] Page 229.[end figure description]

“Down into the forecastle, every man of you, before I
blow your brains out!”

Three of the surprised and astonished men fled precipitately
down the fore-castle hatch—two seemed irresolute—
and two, the boatswain's mate and quarter-master, made a
show of resistance. Instantly each was covered by a pistol
in the determined hands of Stellwagen and Douce, and the
captain again thundered forth:

“Back, I tell you, and down with you below, or, by the
living God above us, I will scatter your brains where you
stand! I am a desperate man, and will have possession of
this vessel or die!—so down with you—down—ere I send
your souls to your Maker!”

As he uttered this threat, his fine commanding form
seemed to tower aloft; and the bright, stern gleam of his
dark, eagle eye, proclaimed that his was an oath that
would not be broken. The petty officers, awed by his
look, began gradually to quail before him; and then,
exchanging glances, they sullenly turned on their heels,
and slowly followed those who had preceded them. The
moment their heads were below the deck, the hatch was
closed and secured by some heavy coils of rope, which the
gallant captain and his steward now drew upon it.

“Quick, now, Richard!” exclaimed the captain; “cut
the hempen cable, and let her drift beyond the guns of the
fleet! The wind is in our favor—the tide is running up—

-- 230 --

[figure description] Page 230.[end figure description]

and if they do not perceive us in this cloud-like mist, we
shall soon be beyond their reach. God send we may! for
our lives depend upon it.”

He had scarcely finished his order, when the mulatto
severed the cable, and the laden brig was once more in
motion. A few minutes of the most intense anxiety
followed; and then there boomed a signal-gun from the
seventy-four, to warn the Prize Master of the Concord
that something was wrong. It was of course unheeded,
and was presently followed by another.

“Now then for our lives!” cried the captain, as he
sprung forward and seized a rope. “Cut loose the jib,
Richard! Now hoist away! There—there—up she goes!
Now, my brave lad, spring up and cut the gaskets of foresail
and foretopsail, while I take the helm and keep her off
before the wind!'

The two men both worked hard and fast; and in a few
minutes the sails were spread and sheeted home, and the
noble vessel was speeding away from her foes, favored by
wind and tide. Gun after gun now thundered from the
Poictiers, and shot after shot came whistling past the brig
and through her rigging; but in fifteen minutes more she
was beyond the reach of her enemies, and bearing safely
homeward the brave master and steward, who had recaptured
her by one of the boldest and most daring exploits
on record.

-- 231 --

[figure description] Page 231.[end figure description]

We need only add, that in due time she safely arrived in
Philadelphia, where Captain Stellwagen had the honor of
transferring to the legal authorities the first prisoners
brought thither during the war of 1812—a commissioned
officer and seven men—captured by himself and colored
steward, and taken, together with the vessel which contained
them, right from under the guns of an Admiral's
fleet.

History does not furnish a bolder or a braver deed than
this.

Captain Daniel Stellwagen subsequently entered the
United States Navy, and commanded the Third Division
of Galley's at Commodore McDonough's celebrated victory
on Lake Champlain. He was afterward honored by Congress
with the presentation of a sword and a vote of
thanks, and died at Philadelphia in 1828, respected by all
who knew him, and beloved by those who knew him most.

-- 232 --

p480-239 Rocky Mountain Perils.

[figure description] Page 232.[end figure description]

The life of the trapper in the Far West, in earlier
times, was one of almost constant peril. Setting off alone,
or with only a companion or two, into the great, lonely wilderness,
whose only denizens were wild beasts and savages,
and pursuing an occupation which led him into the wildest
and gloomiest retreats among the mountains, he was compelled
to be ever on the watch, night and day, to protect
his life against foes who often lurked in deep thickets, or
behind projecting rocks, awaiting an opportunity to cut
him off and carry his scalp and effects in triumph to their
barbarous homes. This wild life naturally made the trapper
wary, suspicious, and ferocious—a sort of semi-savage;
and regarding his rifle as his truest friend, and the Indian
as his greatest foe, he took care to keep the former ever by
him, and kill the latter whenever opportunity presented.

One of the most daring, and for many years successful,
of these mountaineers, was a man by the name of Markhead.
He was a finely-built, athletic fellow, and was probably
as devoid of fear as it is possible for any human being to

-- 233 --

[figure description] Page 233.[end figure description]

be and retain the natural instincts of life. There was no
personal risk, at one period of his career, that he seemed
afraid to venture; and probably, the renowned Kit Carson
alone excepted, there never was so bold and reckless a
hunter, trapper, and guide, who lived so many years to
boast of his almost incredible exploits. He managed for a
long time to escape with life; though his body and limbs
were covered with ugly scars, which told the tale of many
deadly conflicts, and how near he had more than once been
to the very jaws of death itself.

As a single instance of what he had been known to dare,
it is related of him, that, while accompanying Sir William
Drummond Stewart in one of his expeditions across the
mountains, a half-breed absconded one night with several
animals; and Sir William, being greatly vexed and annoyed
at the occurrence, remarked that he would give five hundred
dollars for the scalp of the thief. Soon after, it was
discovered that Markhead was missing; but the next day
he rode into camp, with the scalp of the half-breed dangling
at the end of his rifle.

Markhead was by profession a trapper, and boldly ventured
into every region where he thought he might be most
successful in taking the beaver, having no regard whatever
to the dangers he would be compelled to encounter in his
lonely explorations. On more than one occasion he was
himself taken by outlying savages, who were only

-- 234 --

[figure description] Page 234.[end figure description]

prevented from immediately dispatching him by their fiendish
desire of burning him at the stake; but he always succeeded,
sometimes in an almost miraculous manner, in
effecting his escape, and always embraced every opportunity
of a vindictive revenge upon the hated race.

The Yellow Stone and its numerous branches, from its
source among the mountains to its junction with the great
and turbid Missouri, was the favorite trapping-ground of
this daring individual; and one of his most remarkable
adventures in this region of country it is our present
purpose to record.

Setting off alone, as was frequently his custom, with his
riding horse, pack-mules, “possibles,” “traps,” and camputensils,
himself well-armed and equipped in mountain
style, Markhead penetrated far into the territorial possessions
of his savage foes, and at last fixed his camp in a
wild, romantic valley, and set about his vocation with the
same careless indifference to danger that the angler would
cast his line in the tranquil waters about his peaceful home.

Here he remained unmolested for several weeks, and
found beaver so plenty as to gladden his heart at the
thought of the “glorious time” he would have when he
should return to the “rendezvous,” that paradise for such
mountain men as happen to bring sufficient “peltries”
to indulge largely in its luxuries, its games, and its general
dissipations.

-- 235 --

[figure description] Page 235.[end figure description]

But going one morning to examine his traps, the gallant
mountaineer, to his great annoyance, discovered the fresh
print of a moccasin a little distance back from the stream;
and the sight so roused his ire, that he at once gave vent
to it in a very uncomplimentary apostrophe to an individual
he had not yet seen; and using all due caution to
guard against a surprise, he continued on down the stream
to his different traps; and found to his great delight, that
each one held a prize, in the shape of a plump, fat beaver.
Having dispatched the animals, and reset his traps, he
cautiously, but proudly, returned to his camp, muttering as
he went along:

“The sneaking fool! to come and put his foot into my
mess in that way, and think to outwit me! But I'll fix
him yit, and every son of an aboriginee that comes with
him; for whilst I find beavers coming in this handsome,
and begging to be tuk by a gentleman what appreciates,
I'll be dogged ef I'll be druv from my position by all the
greasy, copper-colored rascals in North America!”

Markhead spent much of the day in hunting for “Indian
signs,” but without discovering any thing to excite fresh
uneasiness. He found a few more moccasin prints, it is
true, but evidently made by the same feet; and he came
to the conclusion that some stray Indian, perhaps a solitary
hunter, had been near his camp and departed—it might be
with, and it might be without, the knowledge of a white

-- 236 --

[figure description] Page 236.[end figure description]

man being encamped in the vicinity. If the former, and
the savage had friends near, he thought it more than likely
an attempt would soon be made to waylay and kill him;
and if the latter, that he had nothing unusual to fear; but
as he could not determine this point satisfactorily, he
permitted prudence for once to have entire control over
his actions; and he took the trouble to secrete his peltries,
lead his animals to a new grazing spot, and pass the following
night in another place himself.

The next morning, Markhead, by a new and roundabout
course, went down to his first trap most cautiously, reconnoitering
the ground as he neared it; and much pleased
was he with himself at having taken this precaution; for
right in the very path along which he would otherwise
have approached the spot, he now discovered three
Indians, crouched down among some bushes behind a
projecting rock, patiently awaiting his appearance. By
the course he had prudently taken, he had come upon the
stream a little below, and consequently behind them; and
he now, without being himself perceived, had them in fair
range.

“That's the way you painted heathens watch for a white
gentleman, is it?” chuckled the trapper, as he slowly and
deliberately brought forward his long, unerring rifle, and
took a steady aim at the nearest, who nearly covered the
one beyond him.

-- 237 --

[figure description] Page 237.[end figure description]

Markhead recollected the old proverb of “killing two
birds with one stone,” and a grim smile partially relieved
the harshness of his vindictive expression as he pulled the
trigger. True to its duty, the piece sent forth its leaden
messenger, and with such force as to drive the ball clean
through the first savage and mortally wound the second.
The instant he fired, the daring mountaineer grasped his
long knife, and bounded forward with a ferocious yell;
while the unharmed Indian, starting as suddenly to his
feet, with a wild yell of surprise and terror, darted quickly
away, leaving his wounded, floundering, and groaning
friends to the mercy of a foe who was never known to
spare one of the hated race.

On coming up to the wounded savages, neither of whom
was dead, Markhead proceed to dispatch and scalp them
with the same ferocious satisfaction that he would have
butchered and skinned two wounded wild beasts; after
which he coolly reloaded his rifle, without the least compunction
of conscience, and with a self-complacent chuckle
at his own caution and triumph.

“Wonder how fur that thar other skeered Injun 'll run
afore he stops!” he grinned, as he spurned his dead enemies
with his foot, and gathered up, as further trophies of
his exploit, the weapons with which they had intended to
destroy him. “Thar!” he continued, as he moved away
from the dead bodies; “I reckon I'll see to my traps now,

-- 238 --

[figure description] Page 238.[end figure description]

without axing no leave of you, whilst you stop here to
feed wolves and buzzards, that maybe is wanting a breakfast
this fine morning.”

He then, believing there was no further danger set off
boldly, and somewhat carelessly, down the stream, to visit
his traps. As on the preceding day, he found his success
had been somewhat remarkable; and, fairly loaded with
beaver he returned toward his camp in fine spirits. On
his direct route, was a wild, romantic glen, with steep,
high, rocky hills on either hand, and between which
dashed, foaming and roaring, a clever mountain stream.
He had reached nearly the centre of this valley, and was
walking leisurely along, when he was startled by the sharp
report of several muskets, instantly followed by the fierce
exultant yells of a small party of savages, who sprung up
suddenly from behind different concealments and darted
toward him in a body.

The instant the Indians fired, Markhead felt a sharp
twinge in his left arm; and glancing toward it, he perceived
the blood streaming through his garments, and
knew he was wounded; but finding, on trial, he could use
his arm, he gave no further heed to it, and concentrated
his every thought upon the saving of his life.

The Indians, some six or eight in number, were now
bounding forward to finish their work; and instantly
throwing down his beaver, the trapper brought his deadly

-- 239 --

[figure description] Page 239.[end figure description]

rifle to bear on the foremost; and he was in the very act
of firing, when the latter, perceiving his danger, uttered
a short cry of surprise, and dodged behind a tree—an
example which his cowardly companions took care to imitate
as speedily as possible.

This gave the intrepid hunter a moment to look about
him and calculate his chances of escape; and perceiving,
on the hill to his left, an opening among the rocks, as it
might be the mouth of a cave—and knowing if he gave his
foes time to reload, they could certainly kill him where he
stood—he suddenly turned, and dashed across the stream,
and up the steep acclivity; his enemies immediately bounding
after, with yells of triumph, but being deterred from
venturing a too rapid pursuit by a wholesome fear of his
deadly rifle, which every now and then was steadily brought
to bear upon the nearest.

In this way Markhead reached the point at which he
had aimed, some considerable distance ahead of his pursuers;
and for a few moments he stood and debated with
himself whether he should secrete himself within the opening,
which appeared large and deep, or continue his flight
over the mountain ridge. He decided on the former, as
the readiest means of giving him immediate time for cool
and deliberate calculation; and the next moment he disappeared
from the sight of his yelling foes; who, fearing

-- 240 --

[figure description] Page 240.[end figure description]

his ultimate escape, now sprung up the hill more nimbly
and boldly.

The opening, as the trapper had conjectured, was the
mouth of a cave of considerable dimensions; and was so
guarded, by winding passages among projecting rocks, as
to secure to him, from the moment of entering it, a feeling
of safety; and darting back a few paces, he ensconced
himself behind a sharp angle, and waited for his foes to
come up.

Presently he saw the Indians appear, one after another,
at the mouth of the opening, and cautiously peer into the
gloom within; but neither seemed possessed of courage
sufficient to lead the way to what would probably be certain
death to the foremost. From where they stood, the
savages could not discern the fugitive, though he could
perceive them distinctly; and it required all his selfcontrol
to restrain his desire of firing upon them, and
trusting the rest to chance.

Soon after, the Indians withdrew from the view of the
trapper, and for a few minutes all was silence within and
without. He conjectured they were now holding a consultation;
and when he thought that his very life might
depend upon the result, he could not but feel anxious to
have an end put to his suspense by an attack or retreat.

Suddenly, while he was wondering how he should get
safely out of his present “scrape,” even with the loss of his

-- 241 --

[figure description] Page 241.[end figure description]

animals and furs, the mouth of the cave was darkened by
several Indians, and lightened by the flash of several
muskets, while half a dozen balls flattened themselves
against the rocks, and the reports reverberated strangely
as the sounds were thrown back from the farthest recesses
of his subterranean retreat.

Markhead was untouched by their fire, but enraged at
what he considered their audacity; and, with a yell of
defiance, he instantly raised his own rifle and poured back
its contents. His shot, fortunately, took effect in the
breast of a warrior, who fell over, and rolled yelling down
the rugged hill, to the great chagrin and dismay of his
companions, who made haste to get beyond the reach of so
dangerous an enemy.

After this, the savages, though remaining in the vicinity,
and keeping a close watch upon the mouth of the cave, to
prevent the escape of the prisoner within, took good care
to keep out of his sight. And so the day wore away—
Markhead fretting and swearing at what he termed his
ill-luck, in being “cooped up in sich an infernal hole,” but
not caring to venture out in the face of almost certain
death.

At last, toward night, he was suddenly surprised by
seeing a large pile of brush thrown down in front of the
cave, and was not slow in comprehending
that his foes
intended to smoke him out, as he himself had aforetime

-- 242 --

[figure description] Page 242.[end figure description]

smoked out some wild beast. This pile was rapidly
augmented by fresh combustibles; and in the course of an
hour it had become quite formidable—the trapper sitting
and watching, and considering which might be the safest
proceeding for him—to remain and let them fire it, or
attempt an escape by suddenly breaking through it.

“But I'll let the cusses do it,” he muttered, at length;
“for I can break through arterward as well as now, and
night'll soon be here to kiver me as I run.”

Had the savages thought of this plan and acted upon it
sooner, the history of the trapper might have ended with
that eventful day—for an escape in daylight would have
been almost impossible; but fortunately for him, they did
not set fire to the combustibles till the forest had begun to
grow dusky with the advancing shadows of night. The
materials they had collected being old, dry brush, ignited
like so much tinder; and in a minute after the application
of the match, the whole pile was a crackling and roaring
flame—the heat and smoke at once penetrating far back
into the cavern, and soon rendering it an untenable
place.

Seeing the time had come for him to make another
desperate effort for his life, Markhead secured his powder-horn
in his bosom, wrapped the skirt of his hunting-frock
around the lock of his rifle, grasped his knife firmly, drew
in his breath for a start, and, concentrating his whole will

-- 243 --

[figure description] Page 243.[end figure description]

upon his single purpose, suddenly bounded forth, directly
through the scorching flames.

So sudden was his exit from the cavern, that the
Indians, though looking for the event to take place, and
standing prepared to fire at and fall upon him with their
knives and tomahawks, did not even get their guns to bear
till he was half way down the dangerous declivity; and
then they discharged their muskets almost at random, and
set yelling after him with a degree of uncertainty and
confusion that gave him an additional advantage.

On reaching the bank of the stream, Markhead turned
quickly down it, darted into a favoring thicket, thence into
the water, and threw himself flat down close up under the
overhanging foliage. Here he quietly remained, favored
by the fast gathering shades of night, till his enemies, who
believed he was still in flight, had run yelling past in fierce
pursuit; and then, as they gradually grew more distant,
he started up and ran in an opposite direction.

An hour later he had reached in safety the spot where
he had deposited his pelts. Gathering up as many as he
could carry, he next sought and found his horse, mounted
him, and escaped—leaving his mules, traps, and camp
utensils as the spoil of his foes.

Three days after this, he boldly revisited the spot, and
found the remainder of his furs; but all the rest of his
property had been discovered and taken away by the

-- 244 --

[figure description] Page 244.[end figure description]

savages. At this Markhead sought relief to his feelings,
by what in Western parlance would be termed “some
pretty tall swearing;” but concluded at last to make the
best of what he possessed, and set off to the nearest station
to get a new outfit.

That same season, notwithstanding all his misfortunes,
Markhead might have been found trapping along the
different streams, in the vicinity of his losses and thrilling
adventures; and when he repaired to the “rendezvous,”
in the following autumn, no single trapper could out-count
him in peltries, or out-talk him in exploits.

But this man of daring finally met a terrible fate. At
the fearful uprising of the treacherous Mexicans, in the
Valley of Taos, at the time of the massacre of Governor
Bent and other Americans, Markhead, and a companion
named Harwood, who had gone thither to exchange some
peltries for whiskey, were captured by the blood-thirsty
mob, and shot down like dogs.

So perished, in the full vigor of manhood, one of the
very bravest, boldest, and most reckless of that hardy and
daring little band known as the Trappers of the Far West.

-- 245 --

p480-252 The Dead Alive.

[figure description] Page 245.[end figure description]

We Doctors sometimes meet with strange adventures,”
once said to me a distinguished physician, with whom I
was on terms of intimacy.

“I have often thought,” I replied, “that the secret history
of some of your profession, if written out in detail,
would make a work of thrilling interest.”

“I do not know that I exactly agree with you in regard
to detail,” rejoined my friend; “for we medical men, like
every one else, meet with a great deal that is common
place, and therefore not worthy of being recorded; but
grant us the privilege of you novelists, to select our
characters and scenes, and work them into a kind of plot,
with a view to a striking denouement, and I doubt not
many of us could give you a romance in real life, comprising
only what we have seen, which would equal, if not
surpass, any thing you ever met in the way of fiction. By-the-by,
I believe I never told you of the most strange and
romantic adventure of my life?”

“You never told me of any of your adventures, Doctor,”

-- 246 --

[figure description] Page 246.[end figure description]

I replied; “but if you have a story to tell, you will find
me an eager listener.”

“Very well, then, as I have a few minutes to spare, I
will tell you one more wildly romantic, more incredibly
remarkable, if I may so speak, than you probably ever
found in a work of fiction.”

“I am all attention.”

“Twenty-five years ago,” pursued the Doctor, “I entered
the medical college at F—as a student. I was then
quite young, inexperienced, and inclined to be timid and
sentimental; and well do I remember the horror I experienced,
when one of the senior students, under pretence
of showing me the beauties of the institution, suddenly
thrust me into the dissecting-room, among several dead
bodies, and closed the door upon me; nor do I forget how
my screeches of terror, and prayers for release from that
awful place, made me the laughing-stock of my older
companions.

“Ridicule is a hard thing to bear: the coward becomes
brave to escape it, and the brave man fears it more than he
would a belching cannon. I suffered from it till I could
stand no more; and wrought up to a pitch of desperation,
I demanded to know what I might do to redeem my
character, and gain an honorable footing among my fellowstudents.

“ `I will tell you,' said one, his eyes sparkling with

-- 247 --

[figure description] Page 247.[end figure description]

mischief; `if you will go, at the midnight hour, and dig up
a subject, and take it to your room, and remain alone with
it till morning, we will let you off, and never say another
word about your womanly fright.'

“I shuddered. It was a fearful alternative; but it
seemed less terrible to suffer all the horrors that might be
concentrated into a single night, than to bear, day after
day, the jeers of my companions.

“ `Where shall I go? and when?' was my timid inquiry;
and the very thought of such an adventure made my blood
run cold.

“ `To the Eastern Cemetery, to-night, at twelve o'clock,'
replied my tormentor, fixing his keen, black eyes upon me,
and allowing his thin lips to curl with a smile of contempt.
`But what is the use of asking such a coward as you to
perform such a manly feat?' he added, deridingly.

“His words stung me to the quick; and without further
reflection, and scarcely aware of what I was saying, I
rejoined, boldly:

“I am no coward, sir, as I will prove to you, by performing
what you call a manly feat.'

“ `You will go?' he asked, quickly.

“ `I will.'

“ `Bravely said, my lad!' he rejoined, in a tone of
approval, and exchanging his expression of contempt for
one of surprise and admiration. `Do this, Morris, and

-- 248 --

[figure description] Page 248.[end figure description]

the first man that insults you afterward makes an enemy
of me!'

“Again I felt a cold shudder pass through my frame, at
the thought of what was before me; but I had accepted
his challenge in the presence of many witnesses—for this
conversation occurred as we were leaving the hall, after
listening to an evening lecture—and I was resolved to
make my word good, should it even cost me my life: in
fact, I knew I could not do otherwise now, without the
risk of being driven in disgrace from the college.

“I should here observe, that in those days there were
few professional resurrectionists; and it was absolutely
necessary to have subjects for dissection, the unpleasant
business of procuring them devolved upon the students;
who, in consequence, watched every funeral eagerly, and
calculated the chances of cheating the sexton of his charge
and the grave of its victim.

“There had been a funeral, that day, of a poor orphan
girl, who had been followed to the grave by very few
friends; and this was considered a favorable chance for the
party whose turn it was to procure the next subject, as
the graves of the poor and friendless were never watched
with the same keen vigilance as those of the rich and
influential. Still, it was no trifling risk to attempt to
exhume the bodies of the poorest and humblest—for not
unfrequently persons were found on the watch even over

-- 249 --

[figure description] Page 249.[end figure description]

these; and only the year before, one student, while at his
midnight work, had been mortally wounded by a rifle ball;
and another, a month or two subsequently, had been rendered
a cripple for life by the same means.

“All this was explained to me by a party of six or eight,
who accompanied me to my room—which was in a building
belonging to the college, and rented by apartments to
such of the students as preferred bachelor's hall to regular
boarding; and they took care to add several terrifying
stories of ghosts and hobgoblins, by way of calming my
excited nerves, just as I have before now observed old
women stand around a weak, feverish patient, and croak
out their experience in seeing awful sufferings and fatal
terminations of just such maladies as the one with which
their helpless victim was then afflicted.

“ `Is it expected that I shall go alone?' I inquired, in a
tone that trembled in spite of me, while my knees almost
knocked together, and I felt as if my very lips were
white.

“ `Well, no,' replied Benson, my most dreaded tormentor;
`it would be hardly fair to send you alone, for
one individual could not succeed in getting the body from
the grave quick enough; and you, a mere youth, without
experience, would be sure to fail altogether. No, we will
go with you, some three or four of us, and help you dig
up the corpse; but then you must take it on your back,

-- 250 --

[figure description] Page 250.[end figure description]

bring it up to your room here, and spend the night alone
with it!'

“It was some relief to me to find I was to have company
during the first part of my awful undertaking; but
still I felt far from agreeable, I assure you; and chancing
to look into a mirror, as the time drew near for setting
out, I fairly started at beholding the ghastly object I saw
reflected therein.

“ `Come, boys,' said Benson, who was always, by general
consent, the leader of whatever frolic, expedition, or undertaking
he was to have a hand in: `Come, boys, it is time
to be on the move. A glorious night for us!' he added,
throwing up the window, and letting in a fierce gust of
wind and rain: `the very d—I himself would hardly venture
out in such a storm!'

“He lit a dark-lantern, threw on his long, heavy cloak,
took up a spade, and led the way down stairs; and the
rest of us, three besides my timid self, threw on our cloaks
also, took each a spade, and followed him.

“We took a roundabout course, to avoid being seen
by any citizen that might chance to be stirring; and in
something less than half-an-hour we reached the cemetery,
scaled the wall without difficulty, and stealthily searched
for the grave, till we found it, in the pitchy darkness—the
wind and rain sweeping past us with dismal howls and

-- 251 --

[figure description] Page 251.[end figure description]

moans, that to me, trembling with terror, seemed to be
the unearthly wailings of the spirits of the damned.

“ `Here we are,' whispered Benson to me, as we at
length stopped at a mound of fresh earth, over which one
of our party had stumbled. `Come, feel round, Morris,
and strike in your spade, and let us see if you will make
as good a hand at exhuming a dead body as you will some
day at killing a living one with physic.'

“I did as directed, trembling in every limb; but
the first spade-full I threw up, I started back with a
yell of horror, that, on any other but a howling, stormy
night, would have betrayed us. It appeared to me as if
I had thrust my spade into a buried lake of fire—for the
soft dirt was all aglow like living coals; and as I had
fancied the moanings of the storm the wailings of tormented
spirits, I now fancied I had uncovered a small
portion of the Bottomless Pit itself.

“ `Fool!' hissed Benson, grasping my arm with the gripe
of a vice, as I stood leaning on my spade for support, my
very teeth chattering with terror; `another yell like that,
and I'll make a subject of you! Are you not ashamed of
yourself, to be scared out of your wits, if you ever had any,
by a little phosphorescent earth? Don't you know it is
often found in graveyards?'

“His explanation re-assured me; though I was now too
weak, from my late fright to be of any assistance to the

-- 252 --

[figure description] Page 252.[end figure description]

party; who all fell to with a will, secretly laughing at me,
and soon reached the coffin. Splitting the lid with a
hatchet, which had been brought for the purpose, they
quickly lifted out the corpse; and then Benson and another
of the party taking hold of it, one at the head and the
other at the feet, they hurried it away, bidding me follow,
and leaving the others to fill up the grave, that it might
not be suspected the body had been exhumed.

“Having got the corpse safely over the wall of the
cemetery, Benson now called upon me to perform my part
of the horrible business.

“ `Here, you quaking simpleton,' he said; `I want you
to take this on your back, and make the best of your way
to your room, and remain alone with it all night! If you
do this bravely, we will claim you as one of us to-morrow,
and the first man that dares to say a word against your
courage after that, shall find a foe in me. But, hark you!
if you make any blunder on the way, and lose our prize, it
will be better for you to quit this town before I set eyes
on you again! Do you understand me?'

“ `Y-ye-ye-yes!' I stammered, with chattering teeth.

“ `Are you ready?'

“ `Y-ye-ye-yes,' I gasped.

“ `Well, come here, where are you?'

“All this time it was so dark that I could see nothing
but a faint line of white, which I knew to be the shrond

-- 253 --

[figure description] Page 253.[end figure description]

of the corpse; but I felt carefully round till I got hold of
Benson, who told me to take off my cloak; and then rearing
the cold dead body up against my back, he began
fixing its cold arms about my neck—bidding me take
hold of them, and draw them well over, and keep them
concealed, and be sure and not let go of them, on any
consideration whatever, as I valued my life.

“Oh! the torturing horror I experienced, as I mechanically
followed his directions! Tongue could not describe
it!

“At length, having adjusted the corpse so that I might
bear it off with comparative ease, he threw my long, black
cloak over it, and over my arms, and fastened it with a
cord about my neck, and then inquired:

“ `Now, Morris, do you think you can find the way to
your room?'

“ `I-I-do-do-don't know,' I gasped, feeling as if I
should sink to the earth at the first step.

“ `Well, you cannot lose your way, if you go straight
ahead,' he replied. `Keep in the middle of this street or
road, and it will take you to College Green, and then you
are all right. Come, push on, before your burden grows
too heavy; the distance is only a good half mile!'

“I set forward, with trembling nerves, expecting to
sink to the ground at every step; but gradually my terror,
instead of weakening, gave me strength; and I was soon

-- 254 --

[figure description] Page 254.[end figure description]

on the run—splashing through mud and water—with the
storm howling about me in fury, and the cold corpse, as I
fancied, clinging to me like a hideous vampire.

“How I reached my room, I do not know—but probably
by a sort of instinct; for I only remember of my
brain being in a wild, feverish whirl, with ghostly phantoms
all about me, as one sometimes sees them in a dyspeptic
dream.

“But reach my room I did, with my dead burden on my
back; and I was afterwards told that I made wonderful
time; for Benson and his fellow-student, fearing the loss
of their subject—which, on account of the difficulty of
getting bodies, was very valuable—followed close behind
me, and were obliged to run at the top of their speed to
keep me within hailing distance.

“The first I remember distinctly, after getting to my
room, was the finding myself awake in bed, with a dim
consciousness of something horrible having happened—
though what, for some minutes, I could not for the life of
me recollect. Gradually, however, the truth dawned upon
me; and then I felt a cold perspiration start from every
pore, at the thought that perhaps I was occupying a room
alone with a corpse. The room was not dark; there were
a few embers in the grate, which threw out a ruddy light;
and fearfully raising my head, I glanced quickly and
timidly around.

-- --

“For there—standing up in its white shroud—was the corpse.” [figure description] 480EAF. Image of a man leaping fearfully from his bed, as a white shrouded ghostly woman approaches.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 255 --

[figure description] Page 255.[end figure description]

“And there—there, on the floor, against the right hand
wall, but a few feet from me—there, sure enough, lay the
cold, still corpse, robed in its white shroud, with a gleam
of firelight resting upon its ghastly face, which to my
excited fancy seemed to move. Did it move? I was
gazing upon it, thrilled and fascinated with an indiscribable
terror, when, as sure as I see you now, I saw the lids
of its eyes unclose, and saw its breast heave, and heard a
low, stifled moan.

“ `Great God!' I shrieked, and fell back in a swoon.

“How long I lay unconscious I do not know; but when
I came to myself again, it is a marvel to me, that, in my
excited state, I did not lose my senses altogether, and
become the tenant of a mad-house; for there—right before
me—standing up in its white shroud—with its eyes wide
open and staring upon me, and its features thin, hollow
and death-hued—was the corpse I had brought from the
cemetery.

“ `In God's name, avaunt!' I gasped. `Go back to
your grave, and rest in peace! I will never disturb you
again!'

“The large, hollow eyes looked more wildly upon me—
the head moved—the lips parted—and a voice, in a somewhat
sepulchral tone, said:

“ `Where am I? Where am I? Who are you? Which
world am I in? Am I living or dead?'

-- 256 --

[figure description] Page 256.[end figure description]

“ `You were dead,' I gasped, sitting up in bed, and
feeling as if my brain would burst with a pressure of
unspeakable horror; `you were dead and buried, and I
was one of the guilty wretches who this night disturbed
you in your peaceful rest. But go back, poor ghost, in
Heaven's name! and no mortal power shall ever induce
me to come nigh you again!'

“ `Oh! I feel faint!' said the corpse, gradually sinking
down upon the floor, with a groan. `Where am I? Oh!
where am I?'

“ `Great God!' I shouted, as the startling truth suddenly
flashed upon me; `perhaps this poor girl was
buried alive, and is now living!'

“I bounded from the bed and grasped a hand of the
prostrate body. It was not warm—but it was not cold.
I put my trembling fingers upon the pulse. Did it beat?
or was it the pulse in my fingers? I thrust my hand upon
the heart. It was warm—there was life there. The
breast heaved; she breathed; but the eyes were now
closed, and the features had the look of death. Still it
was a living body—or else I myself was insane.

“I sprung to the door, tore it open, and shouted for
help.

“ `Quick! quick!' cried I: `the dead is alive! the dead
is alive!'

“Several of the students, sleeping in adjoining rooms,

-- 257 --

[figure description] Page 257.[end figure description]

came hurrying to mine, thinking I had gone mad with
terror, as some of them had heard my voice before, and all
knew to what a fearful ordeal I had been subjected.

“ `Poor fellow!' exclaimed one in a tone of sympathy;
`I predicted this.'

“ `It is too bad!' said another; `it was too much for
his nervous system!'

“ `I am not mad,' returned I, comprehending their
suspicions; `but the corpse is alive!—hasten and see!'

“They hurried into the room, one after another; and
the foremost, stooping down to what he supposed was a
corpse, put his hand upon it, and instantly exclaimed:

“Quick! a light and some brandy! She lives! she
lives!'

“All now was bustle, confusion and excitement—one
proposing one thing, and another something else, and all
speaking together. They placed her on the bed, and gave
her some brandy, when she again revived. I ran for a
physician, (one of the faculty,) who came and tended upon
her through the night, and by sunrise the next morning she
was reported to be in a fair way for recovery.

“Now what do you think of my story so far?” queried
the Doctor, with a quiet smile.

“Very remarkable!” I replied; “very remarkable,
indeed! But tell me, did the girl finally recover?”

-- 258 --

[figure description] Page 258.[end figure description]

“She did; and turned out to be a most beautiful creature,
and only sweet seventeen.”

“And I suppose she blessed the resurrectionists all the
rest of her life!” I rejoined, with a laugh.

“She certainly held one of them in kind remembrance,”
returned the Doctor, with a sigh.

“What became of her, Doctor?”

“What should have become of her, according to the well-known
rules of poetic justice of all you novel-writers?”
returned my friend, with a peculiar smile.

“Why,” said I, laughing, “she should have turned out
an heiress, and married you.”

“And that is exactly what she did!” rejoined the
Doctor.

“Good heavens! You are jesting!”

“No, my friend, no,” replied the Doctor, in a faltering
voice: “that night of horror only preceded the dawn of my
happiness; for that girl—sweet, lovely Helen Leroy—in
time became my wife, and the mother of my two boys.
She sleeps now in death, beneath the cold, cold sod,” added
the Doctor, in a tremulous tone, and brushing a tear from
his eye: “and no human resurrectionists shall ever raise
her to life again!”

-- 259 --

p480-268 Fight with a Bear.

[figure description] Page 259.[end figure description]

At Independence, Missouri—that grand rendezvous for
traders, trappers, travelers, emigrants, Indians, and, in
short, for all going to, or returning from, the Far West—
I once met an old mountaineer by the name of Glass—
John Glass—though he looked as little like glass as any
substance I can think of. In fact, John clearly showed, in
his weather-beaten, scar-disfigured face, that his had been
“a hard road to travel.” Indeed, on second thought, I
hardly know as I am justified in saying that John Glass
had any face at all; but he had a head, and the front part
of that head much resembled one side of an overgrown,
badly-whitewashed gourd—a portion of the nose and
original skin having been removed, leaving in place a kind
of cicatrized surface, which a great amount of weather, and
a total abstinence of soap and water, had turned to a color
that I find comparable with nothing except the aforesaid
vegetable.

I was not at that time acquainted with John personally;
but being somewhat fascinated by his appearance, I

-- 260 --

[figure description] Page 260.[end figure description]

begged an introduction, which was readily accorded by
one having the honor of some familiarity with this nondescript
specimen of the wilderness.

“I say, old hoss, hyer's a settlement chap as wants to
know you a few,” were the words which brought the
attention of John Glass fully upon myself, and was my
only form of presentation to the scarified mountaineer.

“Wall, stranger, you kin know me a heap, ef you're
civil,” was the reply of my new acquaintance, spoken in a
tone that sounded not unlike the gurgling of water from a
jug. “Chaw, hoss?” he added, inquiringly, having, like
many another individual I wot of, an eye to the profits
which might accrue from my acquaintance.

I instantly took the hint, and a plug of tobacco from
my pocket, and handing the latter to my new friend, I
observed that he had better keep the whole of it, as I had
a sufficiency left.

“Hurraw!” cried the old trapper “You're a trump,
you ar, and I'd play you agin any amount of dandified
jimcracks I ever seed. You're a hoss as has bottom, or
else I'm a wolf—hurraw!”

I saw I had made a good impression on my outre friend
of the wilderness; and I naturally argued, that if a plug
of tobacco could do that much, a little whiskey would do
more. So, after a few exchanges of civilities, in which I
endeavored to compliment John as much as he had

-- 261 --

[figure description] Page 261.[end figure description]

me, I mildly suggested that we might as well take a
drink.

“Hurraw!” he cried, in his broadly accented dialect;
“you're one on 'em, stranger! and old peeled Jack is one
as likes to know you. Drink? In course I will—and ef
you kin jest find the fellow as says John Glass ever was
knowed to refuse to drink when ax'd, you'll see a fight.”

Accordingly, we adjourned to one of that kind of institutions
in which these rough borderers most do congregate;
and having called together a few of John's friends,
we chartered a corner of the shanty for that especial
occasion. The whiskey having been brought forward, in
due proportion to the number and quality of the guests,
who at once paid their respects to it, pipes were next in
order; and each man having loaded, prepared to fire—and
did fire—and such a volume of smoke I never before
beheld except at the discharge of a regular battery.

My sole object in this operation was to hear from the
lips of John Glass himself how it had happened that his
figure head had become so seriously damaged; and so,
seizing the first favorable opportunity, I broached the
subject in a quiet way.

“Wall, stranger,” said John, “that was one o' the
scrapes. Hey, Bill,” he added, turning to one of his companions,
“you remember that thar, I reckon?”

“Wall, I does, hoss,” returned the other; “and ef I

-- 262 --

[figure description] Page 262.[end figure description]

didn't think you war dead that time, may I never see the
Rocky agin!”

“Yes, Bill,” pursued Glass, “you thought as how I war
dead: and it's like you wern't glad to find it different, for
you'd got my hoss and gun all snug enough. But you see,
when John Glass goes under, thar's gwine to be an 'arthquake;
and thar warn't nary 'arthquake then. Stranger,”
he added, filling his glass and turning to me, “I'll just tell
you how it war, for you're right decent for a settlement
feller, and decency ought to be encouraged. You see,
stranger, it war a good many years ago—I don't exactly
remember how many—that me and a party war gwine out
to the mountains. Wall, we'd fixed up for a reg'lar
trapping expedition, and had our hosses and mules, and all
the rest o' our kit along, for a reg'lar three months' hunt.
We got over onto the Black Hills without any accident,
which war some'at to talk about for us, kase we didn't
often go fur without them things. I say we got over onto
the Black Hills, and pitched our camp in one o' the
purtiest places I ever seed, whar we kind o' spread ourselves
to make beaver come. Me and Bill, here—the old
hoss—paired off, kind o' partner like, and did business in
our own way, and that thar way war some.

“One day, as we war off that thar way together, setting
our traps along a stream whar the beaver rayther seemed
to like the fun—for they allers kim smelling round and

-- 263 --

[figure description] Page 263.[end figure description]

looking pleased and curious—we got kind o' tangled up
in a thicket o' wild cherry, which growed along the stream.
I war pushing along a leetle ahead o' Bill, when all at
once't, as I kim to a kind o' opening, I seed a big grizzly,
as quiet as a kitten, turning up the arth with his nose for
the roots as laid below.

“ `Hurraw, Bill!' says I, `hyer's fun, and thar's meat.'

“ `What's the muss, Jack?' says Bill, hurrying up to me.

“I showed him the b'ar about twenty yards off, and we
agreed as how we'd draw his blood.

“Now, stranger,” continued the old trapper, turning to
me, “them thar grizzlys is some.”

“In a bear fight?” I quietly suggested.

“Exactly—haw! haw! haw!” laughed the mountaineer.
“They're some in a b'ar fight—just so; and you're some
punks, any whar. Wall, as I was a saying, we fetched our
rifles to an aim, and both spoke together. We both hit
old grizzly plum centre: but them is critters as don't mind
hitting, and our shots didn't seem to do no more nor jest
kind o' rile up his dander. He kind o' started up and
looked round, as savage as Old Nick; and then, seeing
our smoke curling up from the thicket, he know'd thar
was some'at for him thar, and broke for us like a streak o'
greased lightning.

“ `Hurraw, Bill!' says I; `we're in for't now. We'll
be made meat on, sure as shooting.'

-- 264 --

[figure description] Page 264.[end figure description]

“ `Wall, we will, old hoss,' says Bill, `onless our legs is
longer nor the b'ars.'

“ `It's a run now, any way,' says I, as we both on us
made a break through the thicket.

“Bill was behind me afore, but he was ahead o' me
now; and ef he didn't do some tall walking then, I never
seed snakes. Hey, Bill?”

“Wall, I did, Jack,” grinned Bill, who was himself
nearly as pretty a specimen of the wilderness as the
narrator.

“We both on us tore through the bushes like mad,”
resumed the old mountaineer; “but they was awful thick
together, I tell you, and we didn't get along not nigh so fast
as I has afore now, tumbling down hill; and we didn't git
along not nigh so fast as the cussed old b'ar, who kim
plunging arter us like a mad bull, gaining on us at every
jump. Maybe as how I didn't swear some at them thar
old bushes, which stuck into me at every leap, and kind o'
kept me from gitting any war, with old grizzly puffing up
close behind.

“At last we got to t'other side o' the thicket, whar thar
was a patch o' prairie, and a big steep bluff on t'other side
on't, about a hundred yards off.

“ `Hurraw, Bill!' says I; `it's bluff or die; for old
grizzly has got kantankerous; and he ain't so fur behind

-- 265 --

[figure description] Page 265.[end figure description]

but what he mout hear us holler. `Leg it, Bill!' says I;
`let your pegs do their duty.'

“And Bill, here, he did leg it, for he'd got the
legs as could leg it; and I didn't keep a great ways
behind. But the old varmint, he gained on us all through
the bushes; and when I struck that thar prairie, I hadn't
more'n twenty feet the start o' him. I'd hev cleared
old Bruin, though, easy enough; but jest as I got half
way to the bluff, I struck my infernal foot agin a stone,
and kim down headlong. I got up agin right sudden;
but it war too late for running now; for jest as I got on
my feet, the old seamp stood straight up alongside o' me,
and reached out his paws for a hug, like some o' the old
Frenchmen I've seed out thar. I know'd old grizzly's hug
warn't for any good, though; but seeing as thar warn't no
help for't, I kind o' made up my mind to it, and gin him
the contents o' the only pistol I had, at the same time
yelling to Bill to load up and settle him.

“I'd jest got the words out, when old grizzly got his
paws onto me, and, with one infernal rake downwards,
tore off skin enough for a leather apron. I drawed my
knife, said some'at o' prayers, and pitched into him with
all my might; and we went rolling over and over on the
grass, sometimes the b'ar topmost, and sometimes me.

“That thar, boys, is purty much all I know about the
fight,” pursued Glass; “but some time next day I opened

-- 266 --

[figure description] Page 266.[end figure description]

my peepers agin, wiped off the blood, and found I war the
wust-looking human you ever seed. My old scalp hung
clean over my face—the skin o' my face, and the most o'
this here nose, war spread out all around me; I'd been
dug into clean down to the ribs, which looked as ef they'd
been peeled; and more'n all that, some thieving scamp—
(Bill, here, kin tell you who that war)—had stripped off
the most o' my clothing, and tuk my pistol, and rifle, and
every_____thing away.”

“Yes,” said Bill, “I'll jest tell you how it war, boys—I
jest thought as how Glass war dead, and I run down to
camp and told 'em so, and old Sublette told me and Rube
to go back and bury him. We went back, and tuk his
things; but concluding thar warn't no use o' settling him
into the turf, we put back and told the boys as how we'd
done it; but we hadn't, and Jack warn't dead, he
warn't.”

“No, sir-ee!” chimed in Glass—“nor I didn't want to
die, nuther. Wall, I kind o' looked around like, and seed
as how old grizzly had got rubbed out, and that thar was
some satisfaction, anyhow.”

Here Glass took still another glass, smacked his lips,
and continued.

“Ef I war to tell you all that happened arter that, I'd
keep you here till morning—so I won't. The short on't
is, I jest tore up my shirt, and did up my wounds as well

-- 267 --

[figure description] Page 267.[end figure description]

as I could; and then lay round thar, feeding on old grizzly
for a good many days, till I got strength to crawl away.
The boys, I reckoned, had changed their camp, and so I
sot out for a fort as I knowed was about ninety miles off;
and I tell you what it is, that thar war one o' the wust
tramps as ever this hyer old beaver seed; for I war all cut
up, almost skinned, and had to feed on roots and berries
all the way.

“At last I got to the fort, and some jimcrack of a
doctor sot to work on me; and, stranger, I kim out as
good as new, as you kin see for yourself. I managed to
git another hoss, and then started for another fort, whar I
knowed the boys would be coming in to winter. We both
got thar about the same time; and a skeerder-looking set
o' white niggers nor them war, when they seed me, as they
knowed war dead and buried, coming up astraddle o' that
thar old hoss, this hyer child never put his eyes on.

“ `Hurraw, Bill!' says I, as I seed him quaking, and
trying to git out o' sight—for the scamp knowed as he war
guilty, and I guessed it—`I'll jest kind o' trouble you for
that thar hoss, and gun, and the rest o' my fixings.'

“Bill handed 'em over, and I tuk my place amongst the
boys, ready for the next thing as mought turn up.

“Thar, stranger,” concluded the old mountaineer, “you
knows now why I looks so purty; and so now let's liquor
agin, afore we spile.”

-- 268 --

[figure description] Page 268.[end figure description]

I subsequently ascertained that this story of John Glass
was true in every particular; and I give it as a specimen
of what human nature—and especially human nature as
found in the wilderness of the Far West—can endure and
survive.

-- 269 --

p480-278 The Haunted House.

[figure description] Page 269.[end figure description]

I once had a friend—I say had, for he is dead now,
poor fellow—by the name of Lance Walters, who possessed
the most remarkable nerve of any one I ever saw.
Nothing seemed to alarm him—nothing could frighten
him. I have seen him, when the pestilential scourge was
taking down nearly every other individual, as calm, collected,
and apparently as cheerful as one at a wedding
feast. I have seen him, when the lightning flashed with
blinding vividness, and the thunder was crashing with a
stunning power, sit coolly and collectedly by a window,
quietly reading, apparently without being aware that any
thing unusual was going on around him. When the
cholera was here, in 1832, it gave him no uneasiness.
When that wise savant of Europe startled the world with
the prediction that all sublunary things were about to be
brought to a close by an erratic comet, my friend laughed.
When, a few years subsequently, all the stars of Heaven
seemed shooting from their spheres and falling in one fiery
shower, and hundreds were quaking with terror, believing

-- 270 --

[figure description] Page 270.[end figure description]

the last day had come, Lance was one who stood looking
at the phenomenon, and thought it a very pleasant and
beautiful sight. When the day drew near which that soi
disant
prophet, Father Miller, had so rampantly preached
as the end of time, and thousands of frightened fanatics
were preparing to put on their ascension robes, for a
glorious, saintly, ærial flight, Walters treated his friends
to an essay on the philosophy of fools. In short, nothing
disturbed him; he had an easy digestion, and slept
soundly; and he could at any time—before meals or
afterward, morning, noon, or night, or in the middle of
the night—balance a glass full of wine on a single finger,
and neither spill a drop of the liquid nor show a tremor
of his own nerves. He had a good eye, and was a dead
shot; and if he ever failed to put a ball in the bull's-eye
at a hundred yards, without rest, the fault was in the rifle
and not in him.

I think I have said enough to show that Lance Walters
was a man of remarkable nerve; and a man of remarkable
nerve, let me observe, is a man remarkable for never knowing
what it is to fear—for real fear is something which
always springs from a disturbed condition of the nervous
system. Lance had traveled a good deal; and, in the
course of his career, had met with a number of startling
adventures. He had been in Texas in his earlier days,
and had seen men coolly shot down as dogs; he had seen

-- 271 --

[figure description] Page 271.[end figure description]

them fight with knives, and both fall in the contest,
covered with ghastly wounds; he had more than once had
a loaded pistol presented at his breast, and fully believed
that the next moment would be his last; and yet in all
these trials of nerve, his features had scarcely paled, his
eye had never quailed, and not a quiver of a single muscle
had ever been perceived.

The bravest, however, have their weak points, and
Lance Walters had his, as my story, or perhaps I should
rather say his story, will show.

“Were you ever afraid?” I once said to him, as we sat
conversing upon kindred subjects.

“Once,” he replied, “never but once—I never knew
what fear was but once.”

“And pray,” said I, “on what particular occasion was
that?”

“A particular occasion, indeed!” he rejoined, as he lit
a fresh Havana and threw himself back in his easy chair,
while the cloud of smoke which soon enveloped him
seemed to indicate that even the recollection brought with
it some little nervous excitement. “Do you know,” he
pursued, “I was never a believer in the supernatural!”

“You were never a believer in any thing, except a kind
of iron immobility, which you were pleased to term
courage,” I replied.

“I say, my friend, I never was a believer in the

-- 272 --

[figure description] Page 272.[end figure description]

supernatural up to a certain period; I do not say I am a believer
in it now; but this much I shall say, that there are
some things I have seen, belonging either to Heaven or
earth, or both, which far surpass my comprehension, and
seem unexplainable by any known law.”

“Well, go on,” said I, with interest, “and give me the
particulars of that particular occasion, when for once, and
only once in his life, Lance Walters was scared.”

“Well, scared is a term I am not partial to,” smiled my
friend; “but no matter. To begin, then, you must know
I was once traveling through the interior of Alabama; and
being one day belated in reaching my destination, I concluded
to ask a night's entertainment of a planter, whose
dwelling loomed up invitingly on my way. I rode up to
the door, and found the proprietor himself quietly sitting
on the piazza, indulging in the luxury of what, had I been
among the Choctaws, the original proprietors of the soil, I
should unhesitatingly have pronounced a calumet of peace.
Having passed the usual salutations of the day, and replied
to his inquiry, that I was neither a pedlar nor a relation to
one, I quietly made the proposition of passing the night
beneath his roof. He gave a cordial assent, and some
half a dozen negroes very speedily disposed of my horse
and valise. I next proceeded to make myself agreeable to
mine host—a hale, hearty man of fifty, of a pleasant and
sociable turn of mind—and soon we were in full blast,

-- 273 --

[figure description] Page 273.[end figure description]

chatting away on all sorts of matters pertaining to all
parts of the country—east, west, north and south.

“A summons to supper interrupted our conversation;
and forthwith mine host conducted me to a bountifully-supplied
table, where I flatter myself I did ample justice
to any quantity of broiled chicken, bacon, eggs, etc.
After supper we took a smoke; and the feelings of my
Southern entertainer having by this time risen to fever
heat in favor of his Northern guest, he proposed that we
should silently indulge in a stimulating distillation called
peach-brandy. I assented; and I think I am justified in
adding, that neither of us drank more than a quart. One
thing is pretty certain, however; in the exact ratio that
the liquor went down, our spirits and fancies went up;
and from beginning with the practical, we glided into
the poetical, advanced to the terrible, and wound up with
the marvelous; that is to say, from talking of crops and
cattle, we proceeded to quote Shakspeare and Byrou,
pushed on to duels and street encounters, and ended with
ghost stories. I did not believe in the last—not even with
the assistance of the brandy—but my Southern friend did.
I could tell as marvelous tales as he; but then, unlike him,
I could not swear to them; and I came near getting
myself into trouble by doubting that he believed all he
said he did.

-- 274 --

[figure description] Page 274.[end figure description]

“ `So you are incredulous?' he queried, looking me
steadily in the eye.

“ `Most assuredly, sir,' I replied. `What! talk of
ghosts, and believe in them? Upon my soul, that is a
little too much for a man that has traveled! I have
always heard of these things as being at a distance, or else
as having happened in some demolished structure, and so
I have pretty much settled it in my own mind that their
ghostships are always a great way off from an enterprising
mortal, or else have long since gone quietly and snugly to
rest.'

“ `Would you like to see a ghost?' he inquired.

“ `If it is convenient,' said I.

“ `Come! what do you say to my own house, here,
being haunted?'

“ `I should like to hear what you say to it first,' returned
I.

“ `Well, sir, I say then, that one room is nightly visited
with something supernatural.'

“ `I am very happy to hear it,' I rejoined; `and if that
room is to let, I should like to engage it, for one night at
least.'

“ `But are you really serious,' he inquired, `in wishing
to lodge in a haunted room?'

“ `Serious as a judge, if not as sober as a priest,'
laughed I.

-- 275 --

[figure description] Page 275.[end figure description]

“ `Well, then, young man, I will try your mettle; you
shall have the room, for one night at least—that is, if I
can get my darkies into it long enough to attend to the
sleeping arrangements.'

“ `Do you really pretend to say,' pursued I, somewhat
quizzingly, `that there is a ghostly performance there every
night?'

“ `Well, I will let you report in the morning whether
there is one there this night or not.'

“ `But it must really be ghostly,' said I, `for any human
performer will be likely to get what he will not want to
keep.'

“ `Use your weapons in any way you please, he rejoined;
`only be careful and not damage my house and
furniture more than is necessary.'

“After some further conversation, during which I
puzzled myself not a little to ascertain whether my host
was really in earnest or not, he ordered his head female
domestic to see that the bed in the haunted room was
in proper condition, and the furniture well dusted. I
watched her, as he gave these directions, thinking to
detect something like a covert smile; but so far from it, I
even fancied that the wench turned a shade lighter; and
her exclamation of, `Oh, Marse John! ef de gen'lman's
gwine to sleep dar, de Lord help him!' seemed to be
spoken with something like horror. Could it be possible

-- 276 --

[figure description] Page 276.[end figure description]

there was anything in it? Were they indeed in earnest?
Was there such a thing as a real ghost out of Shakspeare?
Pooh! pshaw! nonsense!

“All things must come to an end, and so did our
smoking, talking, and drinking. At last I rose, with my
nerves less steady than usual; and my host himself conducted
me to my supernatural chamber, through a row of
rolling eyes and ebony faces, which were turned upon me
with the expression of beings who believed I had sold
myself to the Evil One, and was about to hand him over
his bargain.

“ `Well,' said I, as my host set down the light upon the
table, which I saw had recently been dusted, `how soon is
this performance to begin? for, thanks to that brandy of
yours, I shall be asleep in something like a quarter of an
hour.'

“ `Young man!' solemnly replied my superstitious
friend; `you jest now—but if you jest to-morrow morning,
I will give you the best boy on my plantation, and say
you are the bravest man that ever rode through Alabama!'

“With this he very gravely shook me by the hand,
wished me a safe deliverance from the woes to come, and
retired with the dignity of a state functionary, leaving me
in a frame of mind something between a grin, a yawn, and
a horror.

“Finding myself entirely alone, I took a quiet survey of

-- 277 --

[figure description] Page 277.[end figure description]

the apartment, but discovered nothing remarkable. In
one corner stood a bed, and near it an old-fashioned
burean; a table, a settee, and two or three chairs, were
ranged along the walls; at the windows hung white
muslin curtains, and the floor was covered with a sort of
matting—the whole apartment, in fact, having the appearance
of a genteel, country sleeping-room. I looked out
of the windows, and found they opened upon the garden.
I then examined the walls carefully, the matting, every
corner, crack, and crevice, to be certain there was no
chance of playing a trick upon me, though I hardly
thought my host was one to sanction anything of that
kind. I next locked the door, and then examined my
pistols, and placed them with my knife under my pillow.
Then, having arranged the means of striking a light in a
case of emergency, I proceeded to undress and turn in;
and finding all right, I finally put out the light. The
room was now quite dark, and I looked to see my supernatural
operators begin their nocturnal orgies; but having
looked in vain till my heavy eyelids began to droop, I
gradually yielded to the somnific influence, and a kind of
forgetfulness succeeded.

“I am not certain whether I slept or not; but I was
suddenly aroused by feeling something like a cold hand
placed upon my mouth, followed by a kind of stifling
sensation, not unlike that produced by nightmare.

-- 278 --

[figure description] Page 278.[end figure description]

“ `Well,' thought I, `this is cool, certainly. I am in
for it now, at all events; and so let us see who will come
out second best.'

“My first idea was to carefully raise my hand, and
suddenly grasp the hand of the unknown; and then, if I
found a body to it, to put that particular body in a condition
not to play tricks upon travelers any more. But in
attempting to raise my hand, I made the startling discovery
that it was paralyzed.

“This was the first shock of any thing like fear which
my system ever received; and I freely admit the sensation
was not a pleasant one. What could it mean? Was
it in reality nightmare, or something else? I knew
nothing human could paralyze me, and for the first time
I began to think there might be some foundation for the
stories of my host. But, pshaw! it was a dream—I knew
it was a dream—a kind of waking dream—a dyspeptic
dream—superinduced by a hearty supper, some over-indulgences
afterward, and the ideas fixed upon my mind when
I went to rest.

“I made another effort—a stronger and more determined
effort—and brought up my hand like lightning;
but just as I grasped for the intruding hand, it seemed to
be removed, and I felt something like a light blow upon
my temples.

-- 279 --

[figure description] Page 279.[end figure description]

“ `Have a care, whoever you are!' said I; `for I am
armed, and will not be trifled with!'

“As I spoke, I fancied I heard a low, mocking laugh;
and at the same instant the bed seemed to be raised up
from the floor, and rocked like a cradle.

“Nothing daunted, though somewhat mystified, I
grasped my knife and pistols, sprung out of bed and under
it, but found nothing. Then, strangely enough, the room,
which had till now been very dark, suddenly appeared
slightly illuminated, so that I could see all over it. I
came out from under the bed, and heard a heavy jar, as if
the latter had suddenly been lifted and then dropped back
to its place. This was strange! very strange! but I
would find out the secret; and I hurried about the apartment,
examining every object by the new and gradually
diffused light, which was not unlike that of early day.

“But, then, whence came this light, which was of itself
as much a mystery as the rest? I hastily drew back the
curtains of the windows—but all was dark without—not a
ray came through the glass—and this astonished me
exceedingly. Where could this light come from? and
what could be the cause of it? If there was a lantern, a
lamp, or a fire, in an adjoining apartment, I knew I should
more distinctly perceive the light through a crevice than in
the body of the room itself—yet I could discover nothing
to lead me to suppose that any other place was illuminated.

-- 280 --

[figure description] Page 280.[end figure description]

“I spent some quarter of an hour in looking over and
under every thing I could find, and then went and sat down
on the bed; but just as I did so, the apartment suddenly
became dark again, and I distinctly felt a hand grasp my
ankle. As I cautiously glided my own hand down to it, it
seemed to be removed, and the same instant I felt a
smart blow upon my forehead, followed by another low,
taunting laugh.

“I now began to feel strangely. This was a species of
jugglery that passed my comprehension. Had the room
not been mysteriously lighted at all, I fancied I might
account for the rest as a trick; but that light was something
for which I could fix upon no rational cause; and
not being able to discover the source of the light, the rest
became alike mysterious and inexplicable.

“Next followed sounds, not unlike the rushing and
moaning of winds—the very room itself seemed to rock—
and I heard a slow, steady, measured tread, with a clanking
noise as of chains. With my pistol and knife firmly
grasped, and both ready for action, I waited for the steps
to approach me; but though they seemed to be continually
advancing, they apparently came no nearer. Presently
I felt a cold air blowing upon my face; and believing
that some trap-door had been opened near me, I reached
for my matches, struck a light, and looked eagerly around

-- 281 --

[figure description] Page 281.[end figure description]

me; but every thing was exactly as at first—nothing
seemed to have been disturbed in the least.

“I now made another thorough search around the
walls for a secret door; and then, lifting the matting by
degrees, I also carefully examined the floor underneath;
and having thus fully satisfied myself that there was no
entrance to the room except through the door and windows—
and the door was still locked, with the key remaining in
it, and the windows I knew had not been opened—I threw
myself down upon a seat, and pondered the mystery for
more than an hour, occasionally pinching myself to be certain
I was awake.

“At last, finding I could not settle the matter to my own
satisfaction, I proceeded to make another thorough examination
of every thing and every place—actually opening the
drawers of the bureau to see that no one was concealed
within—and then once more put out the light. The very
instant I did so, however, I felt myself touched in twenty
places at the same time, by what appeared to me to be
twenty hands; while something like a brush was drawn
rapidly up and down and over my face several times. I
now began to grow uneasy—to be in some degree alarmed—
to believe indeed there might be more things in heaven
and earth than had been dreamed of in my philosophy.

“ `In the name of God,' said I, solemnly—`if this be

-- 282 --

[figure description] Page 282.[end figure description]

aught from the other world, make known your wish, and
depart to your rest!'

“From that moment, for something like half an hour, I
neither heard a sound, nor felt a touch; and throwing
myself once more upon the bed, I resolved to sleep out the
night, let it be what it would, and make such a report in
the morning as I might see proper.

“With this intent I closed my eyes, and gradually fell
into a drowsy state as at first; but suddenly a bright flash,
like that of the most vivid lightning, brought me up with
a start, and I found the room illuminated as before, and
heard several strange noises all around me. My feelings
at that moment I can only describe as a kind of mingled
impression of awe and terror—of something wild and
weird-like—a secret sensation of something fearful and
unearthly. A weak, faint, sickening feeling came over me;
and closing my eyes, I fell back, completely exhausted.
On looking up again, the room was as dark as the blackest
night, except in one single spot overhead, where there
seemed to burn a kind of small, bluish light, that illuminated
nothing around it.

“This was too much. I felt I would rather acknowledge
myself vanquished, than courageously remain involved in
such terrible mystery through the night; and tremblingly
I rose, with the intention of finding my way out of the
apartment.

-- 283 --

[figure description] Page 283.[end figure description]

“I had scarcely touched my feet to the floor, however,
when I experienced a kind of paralyzing shock, followed by
a sensation of being lifted and swung in the air. The next
moment I seemed to drop heavily; and as I advanced a step,
with my hair fairly standing on end, a cold, clammy hand
grasped mine. Determined to know what it belonged to,
my fingers closed upon it like a vice; while with the other
hand I felt along an arm that seemed to end in air, without
other form or body attached. The very acme of horror
now seized me; this could belong to nothing human; it
was indeed a creation of the invisible inhabitants of the
invisible world; and with a long, loud, despairing shriek,
I fell.”

Here my friend, Lance Walters, brought his narrative
to a pause.

“Well!” I exclaimed, in no little excitement; “what
then?”

“I hardly know what then,” he replied. “The next
I remember, I found myself in bed, with the old planter
and his wife and some half a dozen negroes standing around
me, and a neighboring leech taking blood from my arm.
I recovered in the course of the day, and in the afternoon
took leave of my entertainer, fully determined never to
spend another night beneath his roof. You perceive,”
he concluded with a smile, “I did not get a darkey for a

-- 284 --

[figure description] Page 284.[end figure description]

present, nor had I the honor of being accounted the
bravest man that ever rode through Alabama.”

“But what was the mystery?” said I.

“Ah, what indeed?” mused Lance.

“Was it nightmare—a dream—a chemical trick—or
was it something really supernatural?

“That is what I have been trying to settle ever since,”
replied Lance Walters; “but, till the day of my death, I
fear it will remain a mystery to me. Enough that I was
really frightened for once; and I was only too glad to get
away, without asking or being asked any unnecessary questions.
Let me trouble you for another cigar!”

-- 285 --

p480-294 Bill Lukens' Run.

[figure description] Page 285.[end figure description]

Afar out in the great wilderness of the Far West,
around their camp-fire, sat four mountaineers, one toasting
his meat at the fire, one mending his torn moccasins
by the flickering light, and the other two squatted upon
the ground, quietly smoking their pipes, while their mules
and horses stood feeding near. It was a wild picturesque
scene—in a deep valley, near a mountain stream—a lurid
light gleaming upon their hard, bronzed features, their
rough, mountain costume, their packs and arms, their feeding
cattle, the gliding stream, and the rocks and the trees
around and above them.

“I say, Bill, old hoss,” said one of the two who sat
smoking, turning to his nearest companion, “'spose you
gin us that thar scrape o' yourn with the Injuns! I'd
like to smoke another pipe afore I turns in; and them
kind o' things, you know, sarves to float the time along
amazing.”

“Wall, that thar war one on 'em!” returned Bill, emphatically,
taking a long, steady pull at his pipe, and

-- 286 --

[figure description] Page 286.[end figure description]

rolling out quite a cloud: “I never had sich a run afore,
since I owned these hyer pegs.”

The second speaker, Bill Lukens, was a tall, brawny
fellow, some five-and-thirty years of age, with sandy complexion,
light-blue eyes, and strongly marked features.
He had spent a great portion of his life in the wilderness,
as hunter, trapper, and guide; and, like all who are continually
exposed to perils, had passed through a great
many scenes of adventure, and had had a great many
hair-breadth escapes. He had recently joined the present
party, to whom he was known by reputation; and having,
on more than one occasion, alluded to his “scrape with
the Crows,” one of his companions had now asked him for
the story, to while away the time around their camp fire.

“Wall, crowd her through!” said the first speaker, in
reply to Lukens.

“Ay, that's the talk,” said the one who was toasting his
meat.

“Next to the fun o' being in a scrape,” observed the
fourth, “is the fun o' telling on't, or hearing on't.”

“Wall,” resumed Bill, “as you're all willing, and me,
too, I'll go in. You see, it was just this hyer way:—Me
and my pardner, old Fighting Pete—it's like some o' ye
knows him?”

“I does that—easy,” replied the first speaker, drawing
two or three rapid whiffs from his pipe; “I knows the old

-- 287 --

[figure description] Page 287.[end figure description]

beaver, jest like a trap. Me and him had a fight once,
and I got licked!”

All laughed, and Bill Lukens proceeded.

“Wall, as I was a-saying, old Fighting Pete war my
pardner; and me and him war setting our traps, up along
the Big Horn, one day, about three or four year ago, when
I seed some'at as I didn't like, and I pinted it out to
Pete.

“ `What does you call that thar, old hoss?' says I.

“ `Why, that thar's as plain as shooting,' says Pete.
`That thar's a moccasin print, as had a Injun foot into it,
and not many year ago nyther. Augh! it's allers the way,'
says Pete; `ef a feller happens to git whar he can do suthin
decent, round comes the bloody red niggers to spile it all.
I say, Bill, we'll hev to put out from hyer, and it goes agin
me like sand in my eye.'

“ `Wall, says I, `thar's only one print, anyhow.'

“ `As you see,' says Pete—`only one print as you see
but you arn't sich a confounded fool as to `spose a Injun
walks on one leg, I'spect?'

“ `Wall,' says I, `s'pose he has two legs?—that thar
only makes him one Injun—and then we're two to one,
any how.'

“ `Augh!' says Pete, drawing himself up amazing, and
looking as wise as an owl; `does you know anything about
hens?'

-- 288 --

[figure description] Page 288.[end figure description]

“ `Not uncommon,' says I, `but I've eat `em to Independence.'

“ `Shah!' says Pete; `I don't mean that thar; but I
means ef you know the principal upon which they works?'

“ `Not particular,' says I.

“ `Wall, then, I'll tell ye,' says Pete. `They fust makes
a nest, and then they lays a nest-egg, and arter that they
lays more.'

“ `But,' says I, `I don't see the pint.

“ `Why, you bat-blind crow,' says Pete, `the pint is,
that this hyer red nigger ar' the nest-egg; and whar you
sees a sign o'him, you'll see more soon—for he ain't a egg
as'll stay long alone—so it's my opine we'd better gather
up our traps and put out from hyer.'

“ `Wall,' says I, `I don't know but that's safe advice.'

“ `It ar' hoss, sir-ee!' says Pete.

“So we tuk up the traps as we war putting down; and
then we went to look arter some we'd sot afore—Pete
going up the river, and me down—but both agreeing to
meet at a place as we'd named Cedar Bluff.

“Wall, boys, I hadn't gone fur down the river, when,
jest as I war passing along behind a thicket like, whiz,
came two or three arrers—two of 'em so close as to graze
the skin, and t'other one sticking into my arm a bit, and
followed by some o'them thar yells as all the skunks knows
how to do.

-- 289 --

[figure description] Page 289.[end figure description]

“ `Hooraw!' thinks I: `ar' that your game!' and making
powerful quick tracks for a near bluff, I turned the corner
of a rock, and, looking back, seed three o' the red niggers
close arter me, still yelling like mad.

“I didn't know how many thar mought be; but I
thought as how, ef the forward one war Fighting Pete's
nest-egg, I'd make a cold chicken on him sudden. So
fotching round my old rifle, I let him hev the nicest part
into it—thinking, maybe, ef he'd git more'n he wanted,
he'd let the next imp behind him hev a bit, too. And he
did—yes, sir-ee! for the ball went plump through him,
and into the one behind him; and sich a howling as they
all set up together, you never heerd.

“Wall, I 'spected now to see t'other hound turn and
run, and gin it up straight. But he didn't—nary once—
no, sir—but come full bent arter me, drawing another
arrer to the head, and letting it slide so close as to make
me think o' what a preacher once said to me 'bout my
prayers.

“ `Oho!' says I, dodging around another corner o' the
rock, and hugging it close; `ef you're all, you'll be easy
meat, too, afore long; and ef you thinks I'm a gwine to
run from one sich a red nigger, jest wait till I git a chance
to tell you I arn't.'

“Wall, round he come, blowing amazing—for he
thought I'd gone on furder, case the place had that kind

-- 290 --

[figure description] Page 290.[end figure description]

o' a look—out I soon tuk the conceit out o' him powerful;
for jest as I seed his ugly mug agin, not more'n four feet
off, I riz up and lit on to him, like a painter on to a deer;
and afore he knowed particular what ailed him, he didn't
know nothing—for I'd got my butcher into him a few, I
tell you!

“Wall, I ripped off his scalp, and shook it in his face,
to show my contempt for the beast; and then, t'aring off
his b'ar-skin, and taking his bow and arrers, to help me
out, in case thar war any more 'bout, I kicked him down
into the water. Then I gin one reg'lar yell for old
Wirgin'a, and sot to loading my rifle, all the time keeping
my eye peeled, and looking two ways for Sunday.

“Jest as I war ramming down the ball, I heerd a few
more yells, some distance off, and old Pete's rifle crack at
the same time. Says I to myself: Pete war right 'bout
that thar hen business, and thar'll be a nest-full round here
soon, anyhow. Then I wanted to do two things. I
wanted to git to Pete, and help him out; and I wanted to
git to t'other niggers, and get thar scalps and traps. But
I didn't do nyther: fust, bekase I knowed that ef old Pete
war to be killed or tuk, it'ud be over afore I could reach
him; and second, bekase thar war some answering yells
t'other side o' me, not fur off; and I felt as how, ef I
stayed round there long, I mought know a feller, by the

-- 291 --

[figure description] Page 291.[end figure description]

name of Bill Lukens, that 'ud want help the wost kind
hisself.

“So I primed the old rifle quick as lightning; and
taking along the bow and arrers, I plunged into the Big
Horn, and made for the bluff on t'other side. I got over
thar without ary accident, and crawled up under some
bushes, whar I could look back; but when I did look
back, I seed some five or six o' the niggers pointing me
out; and then, whiz, came another lot o' arrers, (along
with some o' the darndest yells,) and two on 'em stuck
into me—one on 'em into my meat-trap, and t'other into
my arm.

“One o' the arrers I pulled out, and t'other broke off in.
`But,' says I, `you infernal old Crow niggers, I'll give
another o' ye suthin as ye can't pull out;' and taking plum
sight at the feller with the longest feather, I drapped him
amazing. The arrer in me now hurt me oncommon; but
it war in the fleshy part o' my arm, and had nothing to do
with my running pegs; and so I reckoned the next best
thing to do war to use them a bit.

“Wall, I pulled up the bluff as quick and as zig-zag as
I could—the infarnal imps all the while blazing away with
thar arrers, and howling powerful over thar dead. I got
up to the top o' the bluff safe enough; and from thar,
about a mile off—or maybe half-a-mile—I could see a big
bit o' prairie; and crossing that thar prairie, full bent,

-- 292 --

[figure description] Page 292.[end figure description]

war a big crowd more o' the thieving scoundrels. I begun
to think it war a gwine to be tight dodging, and broke for
the nearest thicket; but jest as I reached it, my ha'r fairly
riz—for the yells as burst from it a'most stunned me—and
the next breath I found myself surrounded and tuk.

“ `Wall,' says I, `Bill Lukens, your trapping ar' done
for. You're wanted for a roasting-piece—'cept your scalp—
and that thar'll rattle in some greasy nigger's lodge, to
make glory for him and music for his squaw.'

“Not to spin the matter out too long, I'll jest say what
they done with me, and how I got cl'ar of 'em. They tuk
me down to the prairie as I seed from the bluff; and thar,
arter a while, they all met—nigh a hundred on 'em—and
thar I had my trial. I couldn't understand much Crow
talk; but I made out enough to know that they war
a-gwine to hev some fun with me, ayther by way of a burn
or a run. I war in hopes it would be a run; but I didn't
say so, kase it warn't likely they'd take my advice, anyhow,
even ef I talked Crow to 'em with tears in my eyes.

“At last, arter a good deal of palavering, and some
grumbling, it war decided as I should make a run for thar
fun. But I took a good look at these hyer pegs, and then
at thar spindle shanks, and made up my mind, ef they'd
keep off thar hosses and be decent, I'd show 'em a run as'
ud be more fun for me nor them.

“Wall, hollering and laughing, kicking and slapping

-- 293 --

[figure description] Page 293.[end figure description]

me, and making all sorts of a hullabaloo, which I 'spect
they though war fun, they tuk me way out into the
prairie, 'bout five mile from any tree or bush; and thar,
arter stripping off all my clothes, and tying my hands
behind my back, they made me understand—some'at by
words and some'at by signs—that when they gin the big
yell, I war to run for my life, and every nigger on 'em
arter me, and the first one as mought hit me with his
tomahawk, war to hev my scalp for pay.

“ `Thank you', says I; `but if it's all the same to you,
you greasy niggers, I'd prefer to keep that thar same scalp
my own self.'

“Still, I didn't think I had much chance o' doing it;
for how war a naked man, with his hands tied behind his
back, and placed in front of a hundred o' the red niggers,
to git away from 'em? and then git away to some fort
arterwards, afore he'd starve to death? But, anyhow, it
war a chance for life, and Bill Lukens and me concluded
we'd go in and do our purtiest.

“Purty soon they all stretched themselves out in a long
row, way past both sides o' me, and about thirty yards
behind, and I noticed as they all put aside all thar weapons'
cept their tomahawks and knives. That thar war some hope
to me, and I looked a head to see the chances. Straight
ahead I seed prairie, and nothing else; but off to the

-- 294 --

[figure description] Page 294.[end figure description]

right, `bout five mile, as I said afore, war the hills whar
they'd tuk me from.

“Now I knowed them thar hills war my only chance;
but I know'd, too, it 'ud take a long and a fast run,
forrerd, to el'ar the hounds so as to double on 'em and
shape my course that thar way; and I'd jest got these hyer
things all thought over like, when up rose one tremenjus
yell, like a young airthquake, and off I bolted, like a shot
from a gun, and on come the hull yelling pack arter me.

“ `Pegs,' says I, `ef you've got any respect for Bill
Lukens, do your duty now, for ef you gin in, he'll hev his
har lifted amazing!'

“And pegs did do thar duty; and sich another run you
never seed. I put on, and on, and on, as hard as I could
tear; and all the time I could hear the yells behind just
about as nigh; and I didn't dar to take a look back, for
fear some tomahawk would settle me; for I knowed they
could throw a few feet with a sartain aim.

“Arter running a good while, and finding myself still
alive and kicking, and not hearing the hounds quite so
lively-like, I jest turned my head a little, and seed as how
I'd left all but six fur back; and out of them thar six,
only one or two would be like to gin me any trouble, ef I
could hold out at the rate I war going.

“I had more hope now, and I did my best, I tell you.

-- 295 --

[figure description] Page 295.[end figure description]

I strained every narve, and cord, and all the other fixings
into me, and kept on for nigh a half hour, doubling so as
to git my line towards the nearest wood. When I looked
back again, I seed all had gin in 'cept two; and out o'them
thar two, one war a good way behind t'other; so I knowed
it war only one arter all.

“ `Oh, ef I only had my hands loose,' says I to myself,
`I'd bet a pound o' bacca yit, that I'd fix that thar varmint;'
and so I begun to tug and pull at the thongs, till I
thought I'd cut 'em clean into the bone.

“At last they gin way, and I thought that thar war the
happiest minute I ever knowed. I hadn't nothing to brag
on yit, for I war naked, and without any weapon o' any
kind, and the devil behind me had both a knife and a tomahawk,
and he now seemed to be gaining on me at every step.
The nearer I got to the woods, the more I strained every
narve to the very wo'st; but all at once the blood
began to gush from my nose, and mouth, and ears, and
then I knowed, ef I couldn't play possum and come the
blind over the Injun, I war a gone beaver. So I kind o'
turned one eye onto him like, and made believe as I war
working harder'n ever; yit all the time slacking up a little,
so as he mought come up by degrees and not suspicion me.
Twice I seed him lift his tomahawk to throw, and twice I
got ready for a dodge; but the hound calkilated he'd got

-- 296 --

[figure description] Page 296.[end figure description]

me safe, and thought he might as well hold on to it, and
sink it into my brain with a sartin stroke.

“As t'other one had gin out and turned back afore this,
thar warn't but one that I could fear now, and I jest made
up my mind not to die easy. I found I couldn't reach the
wood, and that thar warn't no use o' trying; and so I kept
drawing the nigger on like, till he came panting up to
within about two foot, and had got his tomahawk raised
for the blow; when fixing myself for a desperate stroke, I
wheeled sudden, bent my head down, and struck him with it
right in his meat-trap, doubling us both up together. He
struck with his tomahawk at the same moment; but being
tuk by surprise, he didn't hit me; and grappling him with
all the strength I had left, I jerked the weapon away from
him; and afore he could help hisself, I sunk it into his
brain. As he fell back, wildly feeling about for his knife
like, I drawed myself back, and keeled over on the 'arth,
a'most as dead as him.

“Wall, I laid thar till I got rested some; and then I
stripped off his b'ar skin, and wrapped it round myself, and
tuk his scalp-knife and tomahawk, and crawled off into the
woods, whar I slept over night. The next day I made
tracks for the nearest fort, feeding on roots and berries all
the way, and gitting in thar at last quite a starved-looking
human. Thar I found Fighting Pete, the old hoss, who'd

-- 297 --

[figure description] Page 297.[end figure description]

got away from the varmints with less trouble, and had told'
em all as how I war `rubbed out.'

“But I warn't!” concluded Bill Lukens, knocking the
ashes from his pipe: “no, sir-ee! And now, boys, as
you've got my story, let's turn in, for we've got a heap o'
tramping to do 'arly to-morrow.”

-- 298 --

p480-307 The Faithful Negro

[figure description] Page 298.[end figure description]

Just before the breaking out of what is commonly
known as Lord Dunmore's war, a man by the name of
Jonas Parker settled in the western part of Virginia, on a
small creek which emptied into the Ohio. His family
consisted of his wife, three children, ranging from five to
twelve, and a negro servant. The place where he located
was some distance from any settlement or station, and the
scenery around very wild and romantic, with lofty and
heavily-wooded hills sloping back from the valley. He
brought his family here early in the spring, built him a
rude log cabin, and, by great exertions, succeeded in clearing
and planting a considerable patch of ground the same
season.

One day, near the close of summer, as Mr. Parker and
his negro Tom were at work in the woods, about half a
mile from the dwelling, the latter, who had gone down to
a creek near by, came hurrying back, with an expression
of alarm depicted upon his black features.

“Well, Tom, what now?” inquired his master, suspending
his work to look at his frightened domestic.

-- 299 --

[figure description] Page 299.[end figure description]

“Oh, Marse Jonas,” answered Tom, in a quavering voice,
looking fearfully around him as he spoke, “I tink I seed
suffin down dar.”

“You are always seeing something wonderful,” pursued
the other; “but it generally turns out a very trifling affair.
Did you see a black face in the water, when you stooped
down to drink?”

“Oh, Marse Jonas, I seed suffin wossern'n dat. Dar,
don't larf, Marse Jonas! Great golly! I seed eyes in
de bushes—'relse I neber seed nuffin afore—nuffin—during
dis life!”

“Well, eyes are not apt to hurt anybody, Tom,” returned
Mr. Parker, with a laugh; “I've seen a great
many eyes in my time.”

“Yes, but, Marse Jonas, it's a difference what they's'
tached upon.”

“That is true, Tom. Well, what did your eyes belong
to?”

“I tink dey was 'tached upon a Injin.

“Ah!” exclaimed the other, appearing for the first time
a little startled. “Why did you not say so in the first
place, you blundering fool! Pshaw! there are no Indians
about here, except in your imagination. What makes you
think it was an Indian?”

“ 'Case I tink de Injin was dar, dat's all,” answered the
black, looking timidly about him. “I tink, Marse Jonas,

-- 300 --

[figure description] Page 300.[end figure description]

we'd bes' go down to de house, to 'tect missus and de
chillren.”

“I believe it would be folly4 to do so,” rejoined Mr.
Parker, “for I am almost certain you have seen nothing
at all. Still, as you have made me uneasy, I will go back;
but if you fool me many times, look out for a tanning.”

“I's not de chile to fool you, Marse Jonas,” said Tom,
hastily gathering up the tools, while his master took up his
rifle, which was leaning against a tree, and, keeping his
eye warily about him, proceeded to examine the priming.
“No, I's not de chile to fool you,” pursued Tom. “If I
didn't see the horriblest eyes—and dem dar eyes Injin's—
den I nebber seed nuffin—neber—nuffin during dis life—
dat's trufe.”

Mr. Parker now suggested that it might be as well to go
down to the creek and make a search through the bushes;
but to this proposition the negro excitedly demurred—
saying, that if there were Indians there, they would be
certain to shoot him before he could find them.

“That is true, Tom,” replied the other—“if there are
Indians there, which I do not believe. However, as you
seem so much alarmed, and as I am willing to admit the
possibility of such a thing, we will return to the house.”

Accordingly Mr. Parker and his servant set off, along
the side of the hill, to a point whence they could get a
view of the dwelling, he carrying his rifle so as to be ready

-- 301 --

[figure description] Page 301.[end figure description]

for instant use, and the negro keeping close at his heels,
with the axes and other implements, and both looking
warily about them, closely scanning every tree and bush.

Nothing occurred to justify the alarm of the negro till
they reached the edge of the corn-field, which ran down to
the house; when, just as Mr. Parker was in the act of
reproving his servant for exciting his fears without cause,
there suddenly came reports of some three or four rifles in
quick succession—instantly followed by wild, Indian yells—
and both Tom and his master dropped together, the
latter struck by two balls, one in his side and the other
in his leg.

“Oh, my God! my poor family!” he groaned, as he
gathered himself upon his feet, and beheld the negro
stretched out on his back, apparently dead, and the
savages, with wild yells of triumph, in the act of bounding
forward to finish their work and take the scalps of their
victims.

Hastily staggering to the nearest tree, Mr. Parker now
set his back against it, drew up his rifle, ready for the
foremost, and so stood as it were at bay. Perceiving this,
and knowing too well the certainty of the white man's aim—
and also feeling themselves perfectly sure of their prize,
and therefore not caring to throw away a single life—the
Indians immediately took shelter behind different trees,
and began to reload their pieces.

-- 302 --

[figure description] Page 302.[end figure description]

To remain where he was, Mr. Parker now saw would be
certain death in a few moments; wounded as he was, and
continually growing weaker from loss of blood, it was vain
to think of flight; and yet, with death staring him in the
face, and an almost maddening desire for self-preservation,
equally for his family's sake as his own, he felt that something
ought to be tried for his salvation, though never so
hopeless the attempt.

Looking quickly and searchingly around him, he perceived,
about ten paces distant, a dense thicket; and
believing if he could reach that, his chances of life would
be increased—as the savages, without actually entering,
could not make their aim sure—he gathered all his
strength and nerve for the effort, and ran forward to the
spot, falling in the midst of the bushes, and just in time to
escape two balls of the enemy, which at the same moment
whizzed over his head.

Seeing him fall, and supposing their last shots had
proved fatal, the two savages who had just fired, uttering
yells of triumph, darted out from behind their trees, and,
flourishing their scalping knives, bounded forward to the
thicket; but ere they reached it, Mr. Parker, who had
succeeded in getting upon his knees, and his rifle to bear
upon the foremost, pulled the trigger.

There was a flash, a crack, and a yell at the same
moment; and springing some two or three feet clear of

-- 303 --

[figure description] Page 303.[end figure description]

the earth, the Indian fell back dead, at the very feet of his
companion; who suddenly stopped, uttered a howl of
dismay, and for a few moments seemed undetermined
whether to advance or retreat.

That momentary hesitation proved fatal to him also;
for the negro, who had all this time been feigning death,
but was really unharmed, now thinking there might be a
possibility of escape, clutched one of his axes nervously,
quickly gathered himself into a kind of ball, made two
sudden bounds forward, the distance being about ten feet,
whirled his weapon around his head, and, before the
astonished warrior had time to put himself on guard,
brought the glittering blade down like lightning, cleaving
the savage through skull and brain, and laying him a
ghastly and bleeding corpse beside the other.

“Dar, take dat, you tieving red nigger!” shouted Tom,
with an expression of demoniac fierceness; “take dat dar!
and don't neber say nuffin more 'bout shooting down white
gentlem.”

The words were not fairly uttered, when crack went the
rifles of the other two savages, one grazing the left cheek
of the negro, and the other causing his right ear to tingle.

“Great golly!” cried Tom, ducking his head; “dat dar
was most nigh being de finishering of dis chile. But as
you isn't got no more loads in, you ole varminters,” he
added, shaking his fist in the direction of the savages,

-- 304 --

[figure description] Page 304.[end figure description]

“s'posen you doesn't shoot nuffin more afore us gentlem
does.”

Then seizing the empty guns of the two salin warriors,
he rushed into the thicket, where Mr. Parker was concealed,
exclaiming:

“Marse Jonas, I's hopes you isn't dead yet; but two of
the Injins am; and here I is, wid dar two guns, dat only
wants suffin in 'em to blow de oders to de debil.”

“Ah, Tom,” groaned Mr. Parker, as he lay on the
ground, making every exertion to load his rifle which his
failing powers would permit, “thank God you have
escaped! I feared you were killed at the first fire.”

“Not 'zactly, dat time, Marse Jonas; but dis chile was
drefful skeered, dat's trufe; and seeing you drap, I t'ought
I'd jest make b'lieve I's dead too, and wouldn't neber
know nuffin more during dis life. But when I seed you
get away, and shoot dat dar rascal dar, and t'oder stop so'
stonished to look at him, I conficluded I'd quit playing de
possum, and get up and do suffin; and I did it—dat's
trufe. Ah! dear Marse Jonas,” he pursued, bending
down by the side of the other, and speaking in a sympathetic
tone, “you is hurt bad—berry bad—I know you is—
and I's berry sorry; but you knows I tole you dar was
Injin eyes in de bushes.”

“You did, Tom; and had I then hurried immediately
homeward, it is possible I might have escaped: though it

-- 305 --

[figure description] Page 305.[end figure description]

is equally probable the Indians were on the watch to take
us at advantage; in which case the result might have been
no better than it is. Oh! that I was home with my
family! for they must have heard the firing here, and be
terribly alarmed; or, if not, they may be off their guard,
and successfully attacked by another party; for it is more
than likely these few have not ventured hither by themselves.
Ah! God forbid,” he ejaculated the next moment,
fairly starting to his kness,” that they should have been
attacked and murdered first! But no! for then I think
we should have heard their cries! and it is probable the
savages would have wrapped the house in flames. I must
get home, Tom—oh! I must get home. But how? how?”

“Why, Marse Jonas, ef you'll jus' let dis yere nigger
tote you on his back, he'll fotch you dar.”

“But what of the other Indians, Tom? have they fled?”

“Doesn't know—but I axed one on 'em
to stop—and he did—but I guess de oders didn't want
to.”

“You are a brave fellow, Tom, for all!” said his
master; “and if I live, I will not overlook this affair.”

“Well, you see, Marse Jonas, I is one of dem as goes
in for prudems—for keepin out of de fight as long as I
can keep out of de fight; but when de fight does come, I's
dar—I is—during dis life!”

“Hist!” whispered his master, as he carefully brought

-- 306 --

[figure description] Page 306.[end figure description]

his rifle forward. “I think I see one of the Indians peeping
around yonder tree. Ah! I am too weak to raise the
piece. Get down here, Tom, and let me rest it across
your shoulder. There—that will do. Quiet now!”

“Do you see him, Marse Jonas?” whispered Tom, after
keeping silent some half a minute.

Scarcely were the words spoken, when crack went both
the rifles of the white man and the Indian at the same
moment; and then the latter, uttering a wild yell, was
seen to run staggeringly from tree to tree on his retreat;
while his companion, taking advantage of the opportunity,
bounded forward, and secured his person behind a large
oak near at hand, keeping his rifle ready to fire upon
his foe.

“Drop down, Marse Jonas,” whispered Tom, “and let
dis chile fix him.”

Taking his master's hat as he spoke, Tom placed it on
the end of a gun, and pushed it with some noise through
the edge of the bushes, a few feet distant from where he lay.
Scarcely was it visible to the savage, when, believing it to
contain the head of his enemy, he brought his piece to his
eye, and sent a ball whizzing through it.

Fairly chuckling at the success of his ruse, Tom
instantly dropped the hat, and made a thrashing among
the bushes, uttered a few groans, and then kept perfectly
quiet; and Mr. Parker, comprehending his design, kept

-- 307 --

[figure description] Page 307.[end figure description]

perfectly quiet also, though managing meanwhile to reload
and prime his piece.

But though he believed his shot had proved effective,
the wary warrior was resolved upon prulence and caution.
First, reloading his rifle, he next carefully reconnoitered the
thicket; and then, finding all still, he suddenly darted
from his tree to another, and from that to another, and so
by a sort of semi-circular movement came up as it were in
the rear of his enemies.

Still finding all quiet, he at length advanced cautiously
to the bushes, and began to part them gently. In this
direction the thicket extended some twenty yards from the
place where our friends were concealed; and with the
assistance of Tom, Mr. Parker now noiselessly got himself
into a position to cover the approach of the savage.
Then waiting in breathless silence, till the latter had so far
advanced as to make his aim sure, he fired again. A
sharp yell of pain, and a floundering among the bushes
followed; and Tom, seizing his axe, at once bounded forward
toward his adversary.

The Indian was badly wounded, though not sufficiently
so to prevent him making use of his rifle; but fortunately
for the negro, it only flashed in the pan, with the muzzle
fairly pointed at his heart; and the next moment the axe of
Tom descended with Herculean force, and ended the work.

With a shout of triumph, Tom now rushed from the thicket,

-- 308 --

[figure description] Page 308.[end figure description]

and, without heeding the call of his master, set off in pursuit
of the only remaining savage, whom he could easily
follow by his trail of blood. About a hundred yards from
where he had been shot, he found him concealed behind a
log, and in a dying condition. Too weak to make a
defence, the Indian looked up at his enemy, and, extending
his hand, said:

“How de do, brudder?”

“Jus dis way!” cried Tom: “dis is just how I does to
all sich rascals as you!” and with the last words the bloody
axe descended, and was buried in the brain of the Indian.

Tom now went back to his master, and proudly recounted
his exploits.

“Thank God, we are saved!” said Mr. Parker, warmly
grasping the hand of his faithful servant; “and I owe my
life to you, Tom.”

“ 'Spect de Lord fit on our side, wid dis yere choppin'axe,”
muttered Tom, as he coolly wiped the blood from
his formidable weapon.

He then carefully raised his wounded master, and,
getting him upon his back, carried him safely to the house,
where both were received with tears of joy by the terrified
family.

Mr. Parker's wounds proved not so serious as was at
first supposed; and the night following he and his family
were removed to the nearest station by a small party of

-- 309 --

[figure description] Page 309.[end figure description]

scouts, who had been sent out to warn and protect the
more exposed settlers against the expected incursions of
the Indians, who, as we have shown, had already begun
their bloody work of laying waste the border.

Mr. Parker finally recovered, though not in time to take
part in the sanguinary strife which followed; and Tom,
for his gallantry was given his freedom, and lived many
years to boast of what he had done “during dis life, merely
jus wid a choppin'-axe.”

-- 310 --

p480-319 The Guerrilla Queen.

[figure description] Page 310.[end figure description]

Before I tell you my story, gentlemen,” said Captain
Sheldon, as a small party of us sat around the festive
board, “I will give you a toast. Fill up your glasses,
and let it be drank in silence.”

And as we all complied, the captain rose and said, with
much solemnity—

“To the memory of the brave heroes who fell at Monterey.”

An impressive silence of some moments followed, during
which we all drank and the speaker resumed his seat.

“I believed I promised you a somewhat romantic story,
in which I happened to play a rather important part,”
proceeded Captain Sheldon, as one collecting his thoughts
for a direct, straightforward narration. “Well, here you
have it, then; and I am inclined to think the facts will
interest you, even if my manner of telling them does not.

“It is needless,” pursued the captain, “to enter into
any description of the storming of Monterey, for with the
general facts you are all familiar; and it is also needless

-- 311 --

[figure description] Page 311.[end figure description]

to tell you that, as one of that glorious band of heroes
known as the Texas Rangers—or, as General Worth was
pleased to style us, the Texas Dragoons—I saw some
pretty hard fighting during that memorable siege.

“We had taken Fort Teneria, the Bishop's Palace, and
some other strong positions, and had concentrated our
forces upon the town, and were forcing our way as best we
could to the Cathedral Plaza, where the main body of the
enemy was then stationed. The conflict was terrible and
at its height, and the roar of cannon, the sharp rattle of
musketry, the thunder of ilashing artillery, the battering in
of doors, the pecking through thick walls, the loud commands
of officers, the shouts of the assailants, the groans
of the wounded, and the shrieks of terrified women and
children—all together made a most horrid din, such as I
never wish to hear again.

“The streets being barricaded, and each building turned
into a sort of fortified castle—from the flat roofs of which,
behind breastworks of sandbags, the enemy continually
poured down a most destructive fire—it became necessary
for a portion of the troops to enter these buildings, force
a passage through from one to the other, dislodge the
garrison of each, and use them as safe coverts from which
to annoy the foe in turn.

“In this hazardous occupation I had been engaged for
several hours, and had witnessed some fearful scenes—as,

-- 312 --

[figure description] Page 312.[end figure description]

in cutting our way through from one house to the other,
we had occasionally come in contact with men brave
enough to bar our passage with their lives—when suddenly,
just as I had thrown myself down on a seat, to get
my breath and a few moments rest, I heard the wild shout
that announced the successful passage of our little band
into another adjoining building. Fairly mingled with
this shout were the reports of fire-arms, the clash of steel
and the shrieks of women. There was no time for me to
be idle now; and starting up, I ran forward, with my
sword in one hand and a revolver in the other. Making
my way to the aperture which had been forced through
the two walls, I entered an apartment dim with smoke,
where all was excitement and confusion. Our party, still
victorious, were mostly grouped around two wounded
comrades; while near them lay two dead Mexicans, their
companions having fled; and in one corner several women
were huddled together, greatly terrified and shrieking for
mercy, supposing us from all they had heard to be no
better than so many savages.

“As I could speak Spanish so as to be readily understood,
I stepped forward to the frightened females, and
had just begun to utter a few words calculated to allay
their fears, when I fancied I heard a heavy, jarring sound
in an adjoining room, and a wild cry in Spanish of—

“ `Spare him! spare him! he is my father!'

-- 313 --

[figure description] Page 313.[end figure description]

“Perceiving a door, which I thought might lead to the
room in question, I sprung to it, tore it open, and, in the
center of a small apartment, at once beheld three figures—
an old man grappled with a young one—and a beautiful
female, with her arms partly thrown around the elder, as
if to draw him away and shield him, while a prayer for
mercy was issuing from her lips.

“ `Hold!' I shouted, in a tone that instantly arrested
the action of all parties. `Señor,' I quickly added in
Spanish, addressing the old gentleman, `you must at once
yield yourself a prisoner of war, or I cannot be answerable
for the consequences!'

“ `He had already done so, Señor Caballero, when this
fellow attempted to rob him, and he grappled with him to
prevent himself from being plundered,' said the female,
turning upon me a most beautiful face, and fixing upon me
a pair of most bewitching black eyes.

“ `What! have we a common highwayman and thief
among us?' cried I, turning fiercely upon the Ranger,
whose now downcast and guilty look at once convinced me
that the accusation was just.

“He began to stammer forth some excuse; but I interrupted
and ordered him out of sight, with the threat of
most severe punishment in the event of my hearing anything
more to his disgrace.

“ `Oh, thanks, noble sir! many, many thanks!' cried

-- 314 --

[figure description] Page 314.[end figure description]

the female, springing forward, seizing my hand, and
impulsively carrying it to her lips. `Oh, spare him!' she
continued, fixing her large, soft, lustrous eyes upon me, in
the most fascinating manner in the world; `spare him!
spare my father! and Heaven will bless you, and Paula
will ever remember you with gratitude!'

“ `Be assured, fair lady, he is only a prisoner of war,
and not a hair of his head shall be injured!' was my
gallant reply, as I looked steadily into the dark, soulspeaking
eyes so near to mine, and felt a strange, romantic
fascination stealing over me.

“ `Father do you hear that?' said Paula, joyfully.
`See what it is to meet with a noble officer! Pray step
into that closet there, and bring him some refreshments.'

“ `Thanks, fair lady!' said I, as the old gentleman
opened a side door and disappeared as directed. `Hard
fighting, and a long fast, are truly calculated to give a
man an appetite, and I flatter myself I shall be able to do
justice to your fare.'

“ `Oh, this siege is terrible for all parties!' said Paula;
and she continued talking on the subject for a minute or
two, when she stopped suddenly, and saying, `Pray exeuse
me till I can see what detains my father,' she hurried out
through the same door, closing it after her.

“At this moment some of the men came in from the
other room, when I informed them what had occurred, and

-- 315 --

[figure description] Page 315.[end figure description]

that shortly we were to have something to break our long
fast. But when some five minutes had passed away,
without the re-appearance of either Paula or her father, we
all began to grow impatient; and going to the door, I
opened it, and discovered it was only a ruse of the girl to
effect her own and her father's escape—for the door merely
opened into a vestibule, which led into a garden—the
house itself being built rather after the English than the
Spanish style.

“Well, the escape was a trivial thing in itself, and, after
a few playful comments from my comrades, the subject was
dropped and the incident forgotten, we having enough
before us of a more serious nature to occupy our minds.

“I pass over the siege—for that is a matter of history.
The American army, as the world knows, was victorious;
and after three or four days hard fighting on both sides,
the Mexicans capitulated, and were allowed to march out
of the city with the honors of war.

“A few days after this event, the Rangers were mustered
out of service, and I found myself once more master
of my time and person. I lingered about the town for a
few days longer, and then set off with a train for Camargo,
on my return to the United States.

“I pass over several little incidents, which might or
might not interest you, but which have no bearing on the
story it is my purpose to relate. About twelve or fifteen

-- 316 --

[figure description] Page 316.[end figure description]

miles from Mier, the train halted late one hot afternoon;
and being told that a small party of our men had ridden
on to Mier, and might easily be overtaken, I resolved to
push on alone for that purpose.

“The road, somewhat hilly, and passing over an almost
barren waste of country, I knew to be dangerous, from the
prowling bands of robbers and guerrillas that infested it;
and had I not felt certain of overtaking the party in
advance before nightfall, I should not have attempted it
alone.

“But as fortune would have it, I got benighted without
overtaking my comrades; and in one of the most gloomy
and dismal places on the route—a deep, dark hollow,
between two steep hills—I found myself suddenly jerked
from my horse to the ground, by means of a lasso, which
had been thrown over my head with unerring aim, and
which, falling over my arms, so completely pinioned them
to my body, as to prevent my drawing a single weapon in
my defence.

“Scarcely had I struck the ground, when two men
sprung upon me, and I could see the bright blades of
their weapons gleam in the dim light.

“ `For God's sake, gentlemen, do not murder me!' I
cried in Spanish, though with little hope that my prayer
would be heeded—for I had seen more than one cross on
my route, to note the spot where some solitary traveler

-- 317 --

[figure description] Page 317.[end figure description]

had fallen a victim to these so-called knights of the
road.

“ `Who are you?' gruffly demanded one of the two, as
he determinedly put his hand upon my throat and raised
his knife, as I believed, for the fatal stoke.

“ `Why don't you finish him, Guido?' said a voice at a
short distance from me; and glancing my eyes in the direction
of the speaker, I dimly perceived three or four figures
grouped together, one of whom had my horse by the bit.
`Why don't you finish him, I say? what is it to you who
or what he is?'

“ `Why, if he's a gentleman,' returned Guido, as he
deliberately brought the point of the sharp weapon down
upon my naked throat, `who knows but he might pay us a
handsome ransom for his life!'

“I caught at the suggestion, and instantly replied:

“ `I will—I will! I am a gentleman of means, and will
pay you any ransom that we may agree upon, at any place
convenient to both.'

“ `Fools! why do you dally?—dead men tell no tales!'
cried another voice behind me, which not only sounded like
that of a woman, but which, strangely enough, I fancied
was not altogether unfamiliar to me.

“ `Can it be possible that one of the gentler sex decrees
me to death?' said I; while the ruffian, whose hand and

-- 318 --

[figure description] Page 318.[end figure description]

knife were upon my throat, seemed to wait for some reply
before the completion of his bloody work.

“ `Hold, Guido—stay your hand!' said the same feminine
voice. `Who are you, sir?' was next addressed
to me.

“Instantly the truth flashed upon me. I had heard that
voice before—it was a woman's—and that woman had had
reason to remember me gratefully.

“ `If it is Paula who asks that question, I am the officer
who saved her father at the storming of Monterey,' was
my reply to the interrogation.

“ `Ha! is it so indeed?' said the same voice. `Back,
there, Pablo and Guido!' and as the ruffians released their
hold of me, a woman's face was brought close to mine,
and that face I could see was Paula's. `It is true!' she
proceeded after a close scrutiny of my features; `this gentleman
did save my father, and for that act is now free.
Señor Cabellero,' she continued, addressing me, `accept
my regrets for the trouble we have given you, and my congratulations
that nothing more serious has occurred!
Arise, sir—you are free. Mount your horse and away,
with a God-speed and without question! and when you
relate this adventure to your friends, tell them you found
gratitude even in the breast of Paula Mendolez, the Guerrilla
Queen.'

-- --

“Hold, Guido—stay your hand!” said the same feminine voice.” [figure description] 480EAF. Image of two men, dressed like pirates, halted from killing a man in ropes by a woman in the background.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 319 --

[figure description] Page 319.[end figure description]

“ `Thanks, fair lady—a thousand thanks for my life!'
said I, as I started to my feet, though even then fearful
of a treacherous stab from the sullen and disappointed
bandits.

“ `Away!' said Paula, sternly; `and let us never meet
again—for though we part as friends now, we should next
meet as foes. We are quits now. You saved my father's
life, and I have saved yours. Adios!'

“It needed no special urging to get me into the saddle;
and finding myself clear of the robbers, and once more
under way, I drove the spurs into my horse; and, in less
than an hour, the foam-covered beast stood panting beside
my comrades in the town of Mier.

“Such, gentlemen, is in brief the story I promised,”
concluded the captain, refilling his glass. “I see you all
look as if you would ask for more facts—but I have none
to give. Who Paula Mendolez really was, and what
became of her, I know no more than you. I only know
we met and parted in the manner I have stated, and that
I still feel very grateful to her for having my head on my
shoulders to-night, to tell you the story. Fill up, gentlemen,
and here is to the very good health of the Guerrilla
Queen.”

-- 320 --

p480-331 The Last Stake.

[figure description] Page 320.[end figure description]

“So you would like to know how I first became acquainted
with my bride?” said an old friend of mine, by the
name of George Carson, whom I met on his bridal tour.
“Well, `thereby hangs a tale;' and as the story is both
romantic and tragic, and has a moral, you shall have it.

“Shortly after the `gold fever' broke out in California,”
pursued my friend, “I was, as you know, among the first
to venture into that then almost unknown region, with a
view to amassing wealth, by what I at that time regarded
as the very simple process of digging up gold by the
bushel. I arrived out there, as you also know, with a
select party of friends, and forthwith we set off for the
mines. Having fixed upon a locality, we all went to work
in high spirits, and continued together about a month; by
which time we had made the not very agreeable discovery
that `all is not gold that glitters;' and that, even in the
gold regions, there is an immense amount of earth which
has nothing in it that can glitter.

“Up to the time named, though working industriously,

-- 321 --

[figure description] Page 321.[end figure description]

we had not cleared the expenses of living—to say nothing
of the expenses of our outward voyage—and consequently
we all began to grow querulous and argumentative. One
said the gold was here, and another said it was there, and
a third that it was nowhere—at least in a sufficient quantity
to pay for the trouble of unearthing it. Gold was there,
without question, for we had actually seen some—but not
in such chunks as we had grappled in our dreams—and
though we all felt satisfied that if we had the mines at
home, and could get our board for a dollar a week, we
might make a respectable living by digging and washing
it, yet we were by no means satisfied we could do the same
in California.

“But then, if we could believe the stories of strangers,
who occasionally passed through our camp, there were
solid veins of solid gold in every place except where we
were; and as nearly every man of us had an idea that he
knew best how to find solid veins, we divided our party
into pairs, and set off `prospecting' for these wonderful
localities. My partner and I, not finding ours very
readily, soon began to differ in opinion; and at length he
went one way, and I another. After searching for a day
or two longer, I fortunately fixed upon a spot which turned
out the golden ore to some considerable profit; and I
began and continued to work alone for a week—luckily

-- 322 --

[figure description] Page 322.[end figure description]

shooting game enough in the vicinity to supply the most
pressing wants of nature.

“My solitary camp was none of the pleasantest, however,
especially at night; and though now doing well exceedingly,
and flattering myself that I should some day be a
gentleman of means, it was not with the same regret that
Robinson Crusoe discovered the `tracks in the sand,' that
I one day found myself joined by a young and rather delicate-looking
stranger, with black hair and eyes, and pale,
classical, intellectual features.

“Henry Gordon—for such was his name—was a native
of New England, who had come hither to get rich—simply,
as he expressed it, that he might put himself on an
equality with a young and beautiful heiress, whose mercenary
parents were decidedly opposed to their only daughter
throwing herself away upon one in indigent circumstances.
He was about four-and-twenty years of age, had received
a good education, and was refined in manner and sentiment;
and the more I saw of him, the better I liked him,
and consequently, the more I reflected upon the purse pride
of human nature, which could not regard one man, while
in the image of his Maker, as good as another, simply
because he had not the same amount of this world's dross,
or the yellow dust we were so industriously seeking.

“Henry Gordon and I continued together for several
weeks—one or the other of us going below to obtain the

-- 323 --

[figure description] Page 323.[end figure description]

necessary articles for subsistence, after the game had become
so scarce as to require too much of our time in procuring
it; and during this period I became greatly
attached to him, and deeply sympathized with all his
feelings.

“ `Shall I ever become rich and get back to my native
land?' he would frequently say, in a desponding mood;
`shall I ever look upon my dear Agnes as her equal in
wealth? and shall I find her true to the lonely wanderer?
She promised to be true—she promised to wait for me—
wait years for me, if necessary. I believe she sincerely
loved me, and had none of the selfish feelings of her
parents; but oh! it is so long to wait! And I am so
unhappy here! so miserable! This labor is not fitted to
one of my delicate organization; and I sometimes think
I shall find my grave in California, and breathe my last
breath among strangers, afar from her for whose sake I
came hither.'

“I encouraged him as well as I could, and bade him not
despair. I told him we were doing well where we were;
and though it might take a long time to get rich by
digging gold, yet I thought that a sufficient capital might
soon be realized, to enable him to start in some kind of
business, by which he could make money faster, and easier,
and more congenial to his feelings; and as wealth would

-- 324 --

[figure description] Page 324.[end figure description]

suddenly be acquired by some, I saw no reason why he and
I might not be among the fortunate few.

“The hard work of the mines, however, and exposure to
the weather—to heats, and damps, and sudden changes,
and the irregular fare of the mountains—did not agree
with him. Somewhat sickly when he came, he grew paler
and more sickly every day; and at last he fell quite ill, and
was obliged to suspend his labors. I attended him as well
as I could; and he recovered so as to be able to leave the
mines, but not to resume his occupation there.

“All this time he was much mentally depressed, and
continually talked of his Agnes, but in a tone of deeper
despondency than ever, and sometimes praying that he
might live to return, if only to see her again ere bidding
adien to earth.

“ `If I cannot acquire wealth,' he would say—`If I
cannot win her—if we cannot unitedly pass through the
vale of life together—then the next happiness I pray for,
is, that I may die in her native clime, and be buried where
she may sometimes look upon my solitary grave!'

“At last, after thanking me, with tearful eyes, for all
the kindness I had shown to him, he bade me farewell;
and taking with him his hardly-earned gold, he set off for
San Francisco.

“Months passed on, and I continued among the mountains,
changing my locality from time to time, and on the

-- 325 --

[figure description] Page 325.[end figure description]

whole, meeting with very fair success, till the rainy season
set in; when, flattering myself that, with the capital I now
had, I could do better in some more congenial pursuit, I
set off for San Francisco also.

“Shortly after my arrival there, as I was passing down
the principal street, which then consisted of mere shanties
and booths, a familiar voice hailed me; and as I turned
around, Henry Gordon bounded up and grasped me by
the hand.

“ `My dear fellow,' he said, `I am so delighted to see
you! for I had begun to fear that you had got sick and
perished among the mines. But you are looking remarkably
well, and I hope you have been prosperous according
to your deserts!'

“I replied that I had no reason to complain, and that it
gave me great pleasure to be able to congratulate him in
return upon his healthy appearance.

“ `Yes,' he rejoined, `I am better than ever, in every
way—mentally, physically, and pecuniarily. I have got
my health, my energies, and my hopes, and am now on the
fair road to fortune and happiness. I came down here
with the little means I had, set quickly to work in a small
way, buying and selling, and, being favored by fortune, am
now worth my thousands. Do you see that large shanty
yonder?' pointing down the street. `Well, that and all it
contains is mine. Come, my friend, you shall make your

-- 326 --

[figure description] Page 326.[end figure description]

home with me; and if you wish to start in business, I will
put you in the way to make a fortune.'

“ `And what of Agnes?' said I, as I accompanied him
to his new business home, where I found a couple of clerks
busy in disposing of goods at rates which I fancied might
make any man wealthy in a very short time.

“ `Ah! good news of her!' he said, with sparkling eyes;
`better news than I had hoped; for I have received a
letter from her, in reply to mine, in which she states that
her father has been unfortunate in business, and is now
reduced to want. Carson, this is glorious news to me!
and it will be the prondest and happiest day of my life,
when I shall once more reach my native land, and take her
hand, and assure her mercenary parents that now the poor
outcast can give her riches beyond their wildest dreams of
wealth! Oh, George, I must get rich—very rich! My
ambition now aspires to the position of a millionare, that I
may build a palace for my Agnes, and lord it over the
purse-proud fools who despised me in my day of poverty,
and thought me beneath them, merely because I had not
the talisman I now possess! Oh, it will be a glorious
triumph for Agnes and me!'

“ `But have a care, Gordon,' returned I; `do not seek
too much! Remember the fable of the golden eggs!'

“ `Oh, I will be cautious! and yet I will be bold!' he
rejoined, with spirit and pride. `Aladdin's lamp is in my

-- 327 --

[figure description] Page 327.[end figure description]

hand! and I will grow rich—very rich! and yet a year
from this shall see me homeward bound! Come, let us
crack a bottle of wine together, and drink a toast to my
glorious Agnes! After that we will talk over your prospects;
for you must grow rich also, and go back with me,
and enjoy my triumph! You were my first and only
friend here,' he added, with faltering voice and tearful
eyes; `and, save Agnes, you shall be first in my heart
there—for Henry Gordon is one who can never forget a
friend.'

“I remained in San Francisco several months, making
my home with Gordon, and entering into various speculations,
some of which proved successful, and some otherwise;
so that, at the end of the period named, I found, on
summing up, I had come out about even—the only money
I had really made being what I had dug from the earth.

“He, however, had been more prosperous—for, like the
fabled Midas, every thing he touched seemed turned to
gold. In consequence of this repeated good fortune, he
grew more sanguine, and venturesome to a degree that
startled me, for I was afraid some unlucky venture might
ruin him. But whenever I warned him, he laughed at my
fears, and frequently replied:

“ `Have I not often told you that I hold the lamp of
Aladdin?'

“Another thing gave me not a little uneasiness: the

-- 328 --

[figure description] Page 328.[end figure description]

more he acquired, the more he seemed to want; and
though he now possessed far beyond what at first his most
sanguine hopes had told him he could obtain, yet he
seemed as far as ever from arriving at the ultimate of his
desires; and eager to gain, by any and every means, he
began to resort to the gambling hells, (which now loomed
thickly up around us, with the blasting and desolating
power of the deadly upas,) and there he staked largely
and excitedly, and rode, as it seemed, a triumphant conqueror
ever the very fates themselves.

“Finding I had not bettered my condition in the settlement,
I finally resolved upon a return to the mines; and
with many an earnest word of caution to my now sanguine
friend, I took leave of him. As my story, however, relates
more directly to him than myself, I pass over the interval
of my absence, which was several months.

“On my return to town, I sought the quarters of Henry
Gordon with no little anxiety. I found his place of business
looking less thriving than usual; but he himself, as I
had feared, was not there. On my inquiring for him, I
was directed to a large and magnificent saloon—or goldenpaved
hell—which had of late become his constant resort.

“I did not seek him there immediately—for I had
business which took me another way; but the following
evening, observing the place in question brilliantly lighted
up, I ventured in; and there, one among a large crowd

-- 329 --

[figure description] Page 329.[end figure description]

which surrounded a faro bank, I discovered my friend,
betting heavily, and all eyes turned upon him. He stood
in such a position that the light shone clear and full upon
his features; and it was with a start of surprise, and a
pang of sorrow, that I now looked upon his pale, almost
ghastly face, with its compressed lips, knitted brows, and
eager, fiery eyes, which he kept fixed upon the cards in the
hands of the dealer. His fortune had turned—I could see
that plainly; and with the wild, maddened desperation of
one conscious of the fact—and that, if he could not recover,
by a bold stroke, what he had lost, he was a ruined
man—he was now staking his all upon what proved literally
to be the chance of life and death.

“Spell-bound by his singular appearance, I stood, for a
few minutes, gazing sadly upon his altered countenance,
and secretly cursing the vice which had become his bane.
At length, just as I was about to push forward to him, to
drag him away from his doom, he staggered back, and
pressed his convulsively-working fingers to his forehead,
while large beads of perspiration gathered upon his
agonized features. The next moment I heard him exclaim
in a voice of despair, whose tones seem yet to ring
in my ears:

“ `Oh, my God! I am a ruined man

“The crowd made way for him to pass—a few with
looks of compassion, but more with smiles of derision—

-- 330 --

[figure description] Page 330.[end figure description]

for these were the men who had sought his ruin, and could
glory in their success.

“I pushed eagerly forward, and grasped his hand.

“ `My dear fellow,' said I, `come with me.'

“At first he did not recognize me, but threw me from
him with violence, saying:

“ `Begone, fiend! I am ruined already—what more
would you have?'

“ `Henry,' returned I, soothingly, “do you not know
your friend, George Carson?'

“He swept his fingers quickly across his eyes, as if
brushing away a mist, and replied, in a hollow, agonized
voice:

“ `George Carson, is this you! I thought it was another—
I took you for the fiend in human shape, who first
tempted me to my destruction! George,' he pursued,
hurriedly, grasping my arm, and dragging me apart from
the crowd—`George, I am a ruined man—ruined for this
world and the next! I have lost all—all—every thing!—
fortune—hope—happiness—my Agnes!'

“ `But you can easily retrieve all, Henry, if you will but
keep away from these dens of iniquity.'

“ `No! no!' he somewhat wildly rejoined; `it is too
late! too late! too late! George, I am glad you are here.
I wanted to see a friend, but never expected to again.
Here—take this ring—and if you ever return to the States,

-- 331 --

[figure description] Page 331.[end figure description]

seek out Agnes Waltham, and tell her it came from me,
with my blessing!'

“ `What means this strange language, Henry?' said I,
beginning to grow alarmed: `surely you will take it back
yourself?'

“ `I may not live,' he muttered, turning aside his face.
`Promise me, if I do not live, and you ever return, you
will seek out Agnes, and give her that ring, with my
blessing!—promise me, George Carson, in God's holy
name!'

“ `I do, Henry—I solemnly promise! But surely you
have some covert meaning to these strange words! Come!
you must come with me! I will not leave you for a single
moment, till you are calmer and more like yourself.'

“ `But you have promised me, George, have you not?
sworn to me, if any thing should happen, that you will
give that ring to Agnes, with my blessing?'

“ `I have promised, Henry—I have sworn. So come!
let us leave this scene of vice.'

“ `One moment!' he said; and turning quickly on his
heel, he pushed eagerly into the crowd, which had again
closed around the faro bank.

“Almost the next moment I was startled by the report
of a pistol, followed by exclamations of horror; and with
a presentiment of the worst, I bounded forward, just in
time to see them raising poor Henry Gordon from the

-- 332 --

[figure description] Page 332.[end figure description]

table, upon which he had fallen—shot through the brain
by his own hand—literally the gambler's victim—sacrificed
on the very altar of unholy desires!

“I kept my promise,” concluded my friend, “and gave
the ring to Agnes Waltham—and another on her wedding
day—for the first love of Henry Gordon is now the wife
of him who rejoiced in his prosperity, grieved over his
fatal vice, and bitterly mourned his untimely end.”

-- 333 --

p480-344 Adventure of a Colporteur.

[figure description] Page 333.[end figure description]

Accidentally meeting one day with an old school-mate,
whom I had lost sight of for a number of years, I learned
in the first few minutes of our conversation that he had
been a traveling colporteur, but had lately married and
settled in the West, turned storekeeper, and was now on
a visit to some of his friends at the East.

To some very natural inquiries which I made, he replied
by telling me the following thrilling and romantic incident:

“The life of a colporteur,” he began, “is a very hard and
trying one. Traveling from place to place, as he does,
through the more thinly-peopled sections of the country;
imitating his Great Master so far as to be with the poor
always; selling his religious works where he can—giving
them away where money is wanting and he sees a chance
of their doing good; holding meetings in the wilderness,
perhaps a hundred miles from any regular church or pastor;
visiting the sick; officiating for the dead; endeavoring to
console the mourner; exposed to heat and cold, sunshine

-- 334 --

[figure description] Page 334.[end figure description]

and storm; sometimes riding the whole day without food,
and often passing the night in the most unhealthy and
wretched quarters; continually meeting with incidents and
accidents of the most disagreeable nature; now receiving
the blessings of the good, and anon the bitter curses of the
bad: all this, my friend, is very trying to one poor human
system, and there are few men so constituted as to be able
to hold out in the good work for any great length of time.

“During the few years which I spent in this manner, in
what I may call the wilderness of the West, many events
occurred, which, could I now recall, and had I time to
relate, I believe would deeply interest you; but I will only
give you the most remarkable one of all, and the one most
closely interwoven with my life and destiny.

“One dull, gloomy, drizzling day, during the spring of
the last year I served in the capacity I have mentioned, I
found myself, near the setting in of night, passing through
a long, dreary wood, where for miles I had not seen any
habitation. In fact, since noon of that day, I had passed
but one dwelling—a poor, miserable log-hut—where for
myself I had obtained rather a lunch than a meal, but had
not been able to procure any thing for my weary horse.
How far I had yet to go to reach a habitation where I
could find shelter for the night, I could not say, and in consequence
I began to feel quite uneasy. My horse was

-- 335 --

[figure description] Page 335.[end figure description]

fatigued and hungry, and myself cold, wet, and uncomfortable.

“Spurring on my jaded beast, however, in the hope that
I should yet find some comfortable lodging on the way, I
rode on some two miles further, and descended into a steep,
narrow valley, through which flowed a swift mountain
stream, and across which led the narrow road I was
pursuing.

“It was now getting quite dark; and as I reached the
stream and heard the gloomy murmur of its swollen waters,
and knew not if it were safe to attempt the ford, I felt quite
disheartened, and was half tempted to turn back and
encamp as best I could upon the high ground of the hill
above.

“But looking around me, as my poor horse pricked up
his ears and uttered a pleading whinney, I espied a light a
few rods below; and riding down to it, I was greatly
relieved and rejoiced to find it proceeded from a neat and
comfortable dwelling, which stood back some ten or fifteen
yards from the stream, and probably as many feet above the
level of its waters.

“On knocking at the door, it was opened by a very genteel
looking woman, some forty-five or fifty years of age,
who, from her dress and appearance, I judged to be in deep
mourning. To my statement of who and what I was, and

-- 336 --

[figure description] Page 336.[end figure description]

my application for permission to pass the night beneath
her roof, she replied, in a kind and gentle tone, that she
would be very happy to entertain me, if I would accept of
her humble fare.

“Procuring a lantern, and a small measure of corn for
my horse, I led him by direction to the other side of the
hill, where, after hobbling, I turned him out to graze in a
partially cleared field.

“On returning to the house, I was agreeably surprised
to find a bright and pleasant fire, a smoking supper well
under way, and, gracing the apartment with her mother, a
young lady some eighteen years of age, whom at a single
glance I considered one of the most beautiful and fascinating
beings I had ever seen. She was of the medium height,
with light hair, blue eyes, and a pale, lovely face, upon
which every noble virtue seemed to have set its seal. She
was modest, retiring, and intelligent, and her voice was
one of great sweetness and melody. From the very first I
became deeply interested in her—to me she was a delicate
flower blooming in a dreary wilderness—and consequently
I became more than usually interested in the family history
as related by her mother.

“The elder lady was a widow by the name of Arlington,
who, some three years previous to the time I speak of, had,
with her husband and two children, removed from the eastward,
and settled in the lonely place where I now found

-- 337 --

[figure description] Page 337.[end figure description]

them. Some half a mile above their dwelling, and some
two miles below what was then a small, but rather flourishing
village, Mr. Arlington had erected a sawmill and gristmill.
He had just got them completed and in good working
order, when, one dark, stormy night, going out to raise
the flood-gate, he had fallen into the water, been swept
down the torrent, and drowned; the body being discovered
the next day, some two or three miles below. One of the
two children mentioned, the eldest, a son, some twenty
years of age, had taken the place of his father since his
death, and was now away at the mills; and the other, the
daughter, Julia Arlington, was the one I have already
described.

“ `It was on a night similar to this, Mr. Perry,' pursued
the widow, addressing me in a sad tone of deep feeling,
`that we met with that great misfortune which time can
never repair—for what can compensate for the loss of a
beloved husband and kind father? Never do I hear the
hoarse murmurs of yonder stream, amid the dark and dismal
watches of the night, that my mind is not borne back
to that night of all nights of suffering suspense, and that
awful realization which followed when the remains of him
we so devotedly loved were brought here and placed before
us, as if only for one final farewell of his clay-cold form!
Oh! the anxious hours I pass, thinking of my son! who,
for aught I know, may come to the same untimely end!

-- 338 --

[figure description] Page 338.[end figure description]

and on nights like this, when he is compelled to be away
from home, I spend a great portion of my time in prayerful
anxiety; and even the presence of a stranger is most
heartily welcome, as a slight relief to the painful gloom,
though we are seldom called upon to entertain one.'

“Mrs. Arlington shed tears as she spoke, and the fair
Julia wept almost convulsively. I offered what consolation
I could; told them to put their trust in Providence; that
all seeming evils were for our good; and after some further
conversation of a similar nature, and a narration in part
of my own history, I read an appropriate chapter from the
Bible, offered prayers, and retired for the night.

“The house was a small frame, a story and a half in
height, containing two or three rooms on the ground floor,
and two above—one of which latter was assigned me for a
lodging, the widow and her daughter remaining below.
Being greatly wearied with my day's ride, I quickly turned
in; and thinking of the fair Julia—her bereavement, loneliness,
and consequent desolation—I soon fell asleep, to see
her again in my dreams.

“I might have slept for a couple of hours—I cannot
say; but on waking, as I did with something like a start, I
heard the rain pouring down in torrents, and even fancied
the hoarse murmurs of the mountain stream, as it dashed
swiftly past over its rocky bed, were sounding in my
ear.

-- 339 --

[figure description] Page 339.[end figure description]

“ `Thank God for this comfortable shelter!' was my
mental prayer, and again I fell asleep.

“From this second sleep, which was more sound than
the first, I was aroused by several wild, appalling shrieks.
Starting up in bed, I was horrified, almost paralyzed, at
hearing the terrible roar and rush of heavy waters around
me, and of feeling the whole building tremble and shake,
as if it were about to be wrenched from its foundation,
torn asunder, and scattered in fragments.

“For a few moments I knew not where I was, and could
not comprehend what had happened; but the continuous
shrieks for help, and a fancied recognition of the voice of
Julia Arlington, brought back my recollection to the point
of retiring to rest, and then the whole truth seemed suddenly
to flash upon me.

“And, merciful God! what a truth! what a horrible
reality! The mountain stream had burst its former boundaries—
had ascended its banks in a wild, roaring, raging
flood—had partially submerged the dwelling of my kind
hostess, and was now surging past with that terrific
power which no strength or art of man can check; and
which, in its awful force and sublimity, seems to mock his
weakness, and tell him how frail, how helpless, how insignificant
he is before one single element, when guided by
the Almighty hand of Omnipotence.

“As shriek on shriek still rose above the creaking and

-- 340 --

[figure description] Page 340.[end figure description]

groaning of the swaying timbers of the dwelling—above
the moanings of the blast, the plashing of the rain, and
the gurgling, rushing, surging murmurs of the angry flood—
I sprung from my bed, threw on a part of my clothing,
hurried to the stairs, and commenced descending them
rapidly.

“When a little more than half way down, I found to my
dismay and horror, that my feet were buried in water, and
I knew that the parties below must be struggling in the
liquid element to keep themselves from drowning. Laboring
as I knew they must be under the most intense and
terrible excitement, they might naturally want the presence
of mind which would enable them to escape immediate
destruction by gaining the second story; and shouting to
to them that help was at hand, I plunged boldly downward
into some four feet depth of water, and went knocking
about in the deep darkness among the different articles of
furniture, but struggling forward to the point whence came
the continued shrieks of fear and distress.

“The flood was still rising rapidly; it appeared to me
that I could feel it gaining upon us every moment; the
groaning and trembling house seemed about to be borne
away, or come crumbling down around us; and I felt, if
there were indeed any salvation for us, our lives depended
upon the action of the momentous seconds which were so
rapidly bearing us to the verge of eternity.

-- 341 --

[figure description] Page 341.[end figure description]

“Happily I soon reached the widow and her daughter,
whom I found clasped in each other's arms, nearly beside
themselves with terror, but instinctively keeping their
heads above the water in which their bodies floated; and
speaking to them some soothing words of hope which I
little felt myself, I dragged them forward, found the stairs,
and assisted them to the story above.

“By this time poor Julia Arlington had fainted; but
the mother, with a slight revival of hope, seemed to regain
her presence of mind; and as we both bent over her
daughter, chafing her limbs, and dashing water in her
face, till she began to show signs of returning consciousness,
she said to me, with a deep feeling of a fond and
grateful parent:

“ `May the Lord Almighty bless you for this! You
must have been providentially sent to our rescue; for
without your aid, I am certain we should have been
drowned below!'

“ `Alas!' said I somewhat gloomily, as the rising waters
seemed to roar around us even more fearfully than ever;
`we are not yet saved! we are not yet saved! and the good
God alone knows what fate is in reserve for us!'

“ `God help us!' exclaimed the restored Julia, a few
minutes later, as she stood trembling and clinging to her
mother and myself, and endeavoring to peer around her in

-- 342 --

[figure description] Page 342.[end figure description]

the awful darkness: `I fear we shall yet be swept away by
this terrible flood!'

“ `I have my fears, too!' I replied; `but we will rely
upon God's mercy, and hope to the last!'

Almost as I spoke, there came a louder creaking and
groaning—then a crashing as of some breaking timbers—
then a rocking to and fro, like a boat upon the waves—
and then a seeming whirling and plunging downward and
forward.

“ `God help us now indeed!' I exclaimed; `for we are
already afloat—already in the grasp of the angry flood—
and should be prepared for the worst, as becometh those
who put their hope and trust in a Higher Power and a
better world!'

“I need not dwell upon that never-to-be-forgotten night.
I could not, if I would, describe our feelings of alternate
hope and despair; our unspeakable anxieties, as we went
whirling down with the rushing tide—rocking, rolling,
plunging through the seething, bubbling waters; now striking
some rock or tree with almost force enough to crush
our frail tenement; now checked in our progress till some
feeling of hope would revive; now torn from our moorings
and sent onward again, a frail bubble upon the bosom of a
maddened flood, till despair would awe us to silence in view
of the impending death!

“All that dark and awful night was passed in a manner

-- 343 --

[figure description] Page 343.[end figure description]

which if you cannot imagine, I have no language to
describe.

“Reaching at daylight a long, broad level, we floated
out of the main current, and made a lodgment upon rising
ground, as Noah's ark might have rested upon the summit
of Mount Ararat.

“Here we remained through the day, in painful anxiety—
watching the timbers, drift-wood, and wrecks of buildings
which went floating past us—and humbly thanking God
for our own wonderful preservation. Before noon the
storm had begun to abate; and we saw the sun of that
day set gloriously in the west, with the water subsiding
around us.

“We passed another night beneath the same roof; but
on the second day we were enabled to walk forth, and
make our way to a settlement in the vicinity, where we
were hospitably received, and where the anxious mother
and sister were joined by the son and brother, whose
escape from death had been almost as miraculous as our
own.

“In conclusion I have only to add, that the acquaintance
of two, begun amid such fearful and trying scenes, soon
deepended into a friendship, which ripened into a pure
and holy love; and Julia Arlington is now the wife of him
who labored for her salvation through that long, dark,
terrific night of tempest, flood, and staring death.”

-- 344 --

p480-355 A Night with the Wolves.

[figure description] Page 344.[end figure description]

“A Number of years ago,” said an old settler, whom I
met on my western travels, “I took my family to Wisconsin,
and located myself in the woods, about ten miles
from the nearest settlement, and at least five from the
nearest neighbor. The country round was mostly forest;
and wild beasts and Indians were so numerous in that
quarter, that my friends at the East, to whom I gave a
description of my locality, expressed great fears for our
safety, and said they should be less surprised to learn of
our having all been cut off, than to hear of our still being
alive out there at the end of a couple of years.

“However, I did not feel much alarmed on my own
account—and my wife was as brave as a hunter; but then
we had three children—the oldest only ten—and sometimes,
when I was away from home, the sudden growl of a
bear, the howl of a wolf, or the scream of a panther,
would make me think of them, and feel quite uneasy.

“For a while, at first, the night-screeching and howling

-- 345 --

[figure description] Page 345.[end figure description]

of these wild animals alarmed the children a good deal—
and sometimes my wife and me—especially when we
mistook the cry of the panther for an Indian yell; but we
soon got used to the different sounds, and then did not
mind them so much; and after I had got a few acres
cleared around the dwelling, they generally kept more
distant at night—just as if they comprehended that the
place, now in the possession of their enemies, was no
longer to be an abode for them. Besides, I now and then
shot one, which thinned them a little, and probably
frightened the others, for they gradually became less bold
and annoying.

“During the first year, I had two rather narrow escapes—
once from a bear, and once from a panther; but the
most remarkable adventure of all, was the one which
happened during the second winter, and which I have
always designated as a `Night with the Wolves.'

“One bitter cold morning—the ground being deeply
covered with snow, so crusted and frozen that no feet
could sink into it—I brought out the horse for my wife to
ride to C*****, the nearest settlement, where she had some
purchases to make, which she wished to attend to herself.
Besides being well muffled up in her own clothing, I
wrapped a large buffalo robe around her; and admonishing
her that the woods were full of danger after dark, I

-- 346 --

[figure description] Page 346.[end figure description]

urged her to be sure and get back before sunset which she
promised to do.

“All day long, after her departure, from some cause for
which I could not account, I felt very much depressed and
uneasy, as if something evil were going to happen; and
when I saw the sun about half an hour high, and no signs
of my wife returning, I got out my pistols, rifle, ammunition,
and hunting-knife, saddled a young and rather
skittish colt, and bidding the children keep within doors,
and the house safely locked, I mounted and rode off to
meet her, which I expected to do at every turn of the
horse-path. But at every turn I was doomed to disappointment;
and when I had put mile after mile behind
me, without seeing any signs of her, I became more and
more alarmed, and dashed on still faster.

“It was just about dark when I saw the lights of
C***** gleaming in the distance; but before I reached
the town I met my wife hastening homeward—she having
been unexpectedly detained by meeting an old acquaintance,
who had recently come on from the eastward, and
with whom she had remained to gather the news and take
supper—the time passing away so quickly as to render her
belated before she was aware of it.

“I was greatly rejoiced to find her safe and unharmed—
but not a little puzzled to account for my presentiment of

-- 347 --

[figure description] Page 347.[end figure description]

evil, which it appeared to me had taken place without
cause—though in this respect I was greatly mistaken, as
the sequel will show.

“We now set off at a brisk trot homeward—through a
dense, dark, gloomy wood, which lined our way on either
side—and had safely proceeded about five miles, when we
were somewhat startled by a series of long, plaintive
howls, at a considerable distance, and in different directions,
and which our experience told us were wolves,
seemingly calling and answering each other through the
great forest.

The wolves of this region were of the larger and fiercer
species; and though ordinarily and singly they might not
attack a human being, yet in numbers and pressed by
hunger, as they generally were at this season of the year, I
by no means felt certain that we should not be molested.

“Accordingly we quickened the pace of our horses;
and as we hurried on, I grew every moment more uneasy
and alarmed, as I noticed that many of the sounds gradually
approached us. We had just entered a deep hollow,
where a few large trees stretched their huge branches over
a dense thicket, when suddenly there arose several loud,
harsh, baying, and snarling sounds close at hand. The
next moment there was a quick rustling and thrashing
among the bushes; and then some six or eight large

-- 348 --

[figure description] Page 348.[end figure description]

wolves—lean, gaunt, and maddened with hunger—sprung
into the path close beside us.

“This happened so suddenly and unexpectedly, that my
wife gave a slight scream and dropped her rein; and the
horse, rearing and plunging at the same moment, unseated
her; and she fell to the ground, right in the very midst of
the savage beasts, whose glaring eyes shone in the darkness
like so many coals of fire.

“Fortunately, her sudden fall startled the wild animals
a little; and as they momentarily drew back, she, with rare
presence of mind, at once gathered her buffalo robe, which
she had dragged with her, in such a manner about her
person as to protect herself from the first onset of their
fangs. The next moment the ferocious animals, with the
most savage growls, sprung at her, at me, and at the two
horses simultaneously. Her's at once shook himself clear
of his foes and fled; and mine began to rear and plunge
in such a manner that I could not make use of a single
weapon, and only by main strength keep him from running
away with me.

It was a terrible moment of exciting agony; and the
instant that I could release my feet from the stirrups, I
leaped to the ground with a yell—my rifle slipping from
my hands and discharging itself by the concussion, and
my steed rushing like lightning after his flying companion
over the frozen snow.

-- 349 --

[figure description] Page 349.[end figure description]

“Luckily, I had my loaded pistols and my knife convenient
to my grasp; and searcely conscious of what I was
doing, but thinking only that the dear mother of my little
ones lay fairly beneath some three or four of the furiously
fighting and snarling wild beasts, I grasped the weapons,
one in each hand, cocked them at the same instant, and,
fairly jumping into the midst of my enemies, placed the
muzzles against the heads of two that had turned to rend
me, and fired them both together.

“Both shots, thank God! took effect—it could not be
otherwise—and as the two wolves rolled howlingly back
in their death agonies, their starving companions, smelling
and getting a taste of their blood, and instinctively comprehending
that they were now fairly in their power, fell
upon them with the most ravenous fury, and literally tore
them to pieces, and devoured them before my very eyes,
almost over the body of my wife, and in less, I should say,
than a minute of time.

“Ascertaining, by a few anxious inquiries, that my wife
was still alive and unharmed, I bade her remain quiet; and
picking up my rifle, I proceeded to load all my weapons
with the greatest dispatch.

“As soon as I had rammed the first ball home, I felt
tempted to shoot another of the animals; but at that
moment I heard a distant howling; and fearing we should

-- 350 --

[figure description] Page 350.[end figure description]

soon be beset my another pack, I reserved my fire for the
next extreme danger, and hurriedly loaded the others.

“By the time I had fairly completed this operation, our
first assailants, having nearly gorged themselves upon their
more unfortunate companions, began to slink away; but
the cries of the others at the same time growing nearer,
warned me to be upon my guard.

“I had just succeeded in getting my wife more securely
rolled in her protecting robe, as the safest thing I could do
in that extremity—and myself, pistols in hand, in a defensive
attitude over her prostrate body—when some eight or
ten more of the savage and desperate creatures made their
appearance upon the scene.

“There was a momentary pause as they came into view
and discovered me—during which their eyes glared and
shone like living coals—and then, with terrific growls and
snarls they began to circle round me, each moment narrowing
the space between us.

“Suddenly one, more daring or hungry than the others,
bounded forward, and received a shot from one of my pistols
directly between his eyes; and, as he rolled back upon
the snow, a part of the others sprung upon him, as in the
case of the first.

“But I had no time to congratulate myself that I had
disposed of him; for almost at the same instant I felt the
lacerating fangs of another in my thigh, which caused me

-- 351 --

[figure description] Page 351.[end figure description]

to shriek with pain; and my poor wife, with an answering
shriek, believing it was all over with me, was about to get
up and face the worst; but shouting to her not to stir, that
I was still safe, I placed my pistol against the head of my
assailant, and stretched him quivering upon the snow also.

“I still had my rifle in reserve; and pointing that at the
fighting pack, I poured its contents among them. How
many were wounded I do not know; but almost immediately
the space around us became once more cleared of
our howling enemies—some limping as they fled, and appearing
to be harassed by the others.

“Again it appeared to me we had met with a wonderful
deliverance; and though the wound in my thigh
was somewhat painful, a brief examination satisfied me
that it would not prove serious; and I hastily proceeded
to reload my weapons—my wife meantime getting upon
her feet, embracing me tenderly, and earnestly thanking
God for our preservation.

“ `Oh, the dear children!' she exclaimed, with maternal
tenderness; `little do they know how near they have
come to being made orphans, and left alone in this solitary
wilderness! Let us hasten home to them! Oh, let us
hasten home to them, while we have an opportunity!'

“ `We have no opportunity,' I gloomily replied. `Hark!'
there are more of our foes in the distance—do you not
hear them?'

-- 352 --

[figure description] Page 352.[end figure description]

“ `And are they coming this way, too?' she tremblingly
inquired.

“ `I fear so.'

“ `Oh, great God! what then will become of us!' she
exclaimed; `for I am almost certain that we shall not both
survive a third attack.'

“ `I see but one way of escape,' said I, anxiously. `We
must climb a tree, and remain in the branches till morning.'

“ `We shall surely freeze to death there!' she replied.

“ `I trust not; but at all events, as our horses are gone,
we have no alternative. I think your buffalo robe, well
wrapped around, will protect you from the cold, as it has
done from the wolves; and as for myself, I will endeavor
to keep warm by climbing up and down, and stamping
upon the limbs.'

“ `But why not kindle a fire?' she quickly rejoined, her
voice suddenly animated with a hope that I was obliged to
disappoint.

“ `For two reasons,' I replied. `First, because we have
not time—do you not hear another hungry pack howling?—
and secondly, because we have not the materials—the
loose brush and sticks being buried under the snow.'

“ `God help us, then!' groaned my wife; `there seems
nothing for us but death! Oh, my poor, dear children!
May the good God grant that they be not made orphans
this night!'

-- 353 --

[figure description] Page 353.[end figure description]

“I bade her take heart and not despair; and then
selecting a large tree, whose lower limbs were broad and
thick, but above the reach of our enemies, I hastily
assisted her to a good foothold, and immediately climbed
up after her.

“We were not there a moment too soon; for scarcely
had we got ourselves settled in a comparatively comfortable
position, when another hungry pack of our enemies
appeared below us—howling, snarling, and fighting—
their up-turned eyes occasionally glowing fearfully in the
darkness.

“But we were safe from their reach; and all that long,
dismal night we remained there, listening to their discordant
tones, and thinking of the dear ones at home.

“The night was intensely cold; and in spite of all my
efforts to keep my sluggish blood in circulation, I became
so benumbed before morning, that I believe I should have
given up and perished, except for the pleading voice of my
wife, who begged me, for God's sake, to hold out, and not
leave her a widow and my children fatherless.

“Daylight came at last; and never was morning hailed
with greater joy. Our foes now slunk away, one by one,
and left us to ourselves; and a few minutes after their
disappearance, I got down and exercised myself violently;
and having thus brought back a little warmth to my

-- 354 --

[figure description] Page 354.[end figure description]

system, I assisted my wife to alight, and we at once
started homeward.

“I scarcely need add that we arrived there in due time,
to find our poor, night-long terrified children almost frantic
with joy at our safe return.”

-- 355 --

p480-366 Colonel Bowie of Arkansas.

[figure description] Page 355.[end figure description]

Many years ago, shortly after the triumphant conclusion
of the revolt of Texas against Mexico, all eyes seemed turned
in the direction of the newly acquired country. The South,
in particular, regarded the wonderful triumph of a handful
of hardy, free-born citizens, over the sordid and slavish hosts
of the tyrannical Mexican Government, as an ordination
of Providence that they should go in and possess the land.
Accordingly several of the States—Alabama, Georgia,
Tennessee, and Western Virginia in particular—sent company
after company of stern, resolute men, with their
families and wagon-trains of household goods and chattels,
far into the interior of their new, rich, and blooming
heritage.

Most generally the emigrating party consisted of three
or four families, who designed settling in contiguity with
each other, for purposes of self-protection, and with a view
to the locating of villages and townships; but occasionally
a solitary traveler, one possessing the extreme spirit of
adventure, well-mounted and well equipped, might be seen

-- 356 --

[figure description] Page 356.[end figure description]

quietly pursuing his way over the rich, rolling lands to the
westward of Nacogdoches. It is with one of the latter our
story has to do, but at a period slightly anterior to the fall
of the Alamo.

It was one of those soft, quiet days so peculiar to the
central regions of Texas, when the very atmosphere, loaded
with its balmy perfume, seems to incline all animated nature
to repose, that a solitary traveler was slowly wending his
way over the famous rolling red lands which stretch for
hundreds of miles beyond the river Sabine. That he had
ridden fast and far was evident from the appearance of his
horse, whose foaming flanks and drooping head evinced an
unusual degree of fatigue. It was a day, as we have said,
calculated to call forth a dreamy, reflective mood; the surrounding
country was rich in all the beauties of that
delightful clime; the glorious magnolia, the snowy cottonwood,
the sweet-scented china, mingling with a thousand
other perfumes from the blossoming trees and draping
vines, threw their aromatic odors upon the slumbering air;
and both horse and rider for the time seemed to relapse into
a quiescent state corresponding to the scene.

He was a man of apparently small stature, dressed in the
style peculiar to the hardy adventurers of that region. A
felt hat, with its long, broad, slouching brim, threw a quiet
shadow over his bronzed, but somewhat youthful face. His
features, though effeminate to a degree, were likewise stern

-- 357 --

[figure description] Page 357.[end figure description]

and decisive; and a glance at his small, keen, blue eye,
would have assured any one acquainted with human nature
that he was not an individual to be molested with impunity.
He wore the usual hunting-frock of the borderers; and in a
belt beneath were thrust a couple of brace of silver-mounted
pistols, and a long, heavy, peculiarly-shaped knife, to which
he was the first to give a name that has perpetuated his
own. Trowsers of coarse stuff, with ornamented buckskin
leggings covering the tops of a pair of heavy boots, completed
his attire.

The day was far advanced; and looming up in the West
were a few black clouds, which betokened the approach of
one of those terrific storms which sometimes sweep over
that country with a desolating power. For some half an
hour the horseman quietly pursued his way, his eyes bent
upon the ground, and his mind evidently far away upon
other scenes, though still feeling the soothing influence of
the one which surrounded him. At length he reached the
bank of a small stream, where the bushes grew thick upon
either side of the road he was pursuing; when, just as his
thirsty animal had bent his head to the water, he was suddenly
startled by the report of a rifle; and a tingling sensation
on his forehead, as the ball whizzed past, assured
him how near that moment had been to his last.

Reining up his mettlesome beast, and drawing a pistol
from his belt, he glanced quickly and nervously about him,

-- 358 --

[figure description] Page 358.[end figure description]

as if to guard himself from the attack of numbers, and then
settled his gaze for a few moments upon the point whence
the ball had been fired. He saw nothing except a thin
wreath of smoke curling among the clustered leaves, at a
distance of perhaps some twenty paces; and not caring
longer to remain a quiet target for his invisible foe, who
might even at that moment be taking a more certain aim,
he plunged his rowels deep into the flank of his noble
horse, and, dashing through the stream and up the opposite
slope, soon cleared the thicket, and went speeding onward
like the wind.

It was now, for the first time, that he perceived the
advancing storm; and aware from its appearance, and the
sullen, heavy booming of its still distant thunders, that it
would be one of no ordinary power, he began to experience
no little anxiety about finding a place of shelter for himself
and beast. He had ridden for hours without seeing any
sign of habitation; and the prospect before him gave no
promise of finding one ere reaching his destination for the
day, which was still many a long league distant.

Half an hour's further hard riding, however, brought
him to an old, dilapidated building, which, from its appearance,
had served some early Spanish settler; and as night
and the storm were now close upon him, he decided it
should serve him in turn, at least during the continuance
of the tempest. Riding in through what had once been

-- 359 --

[figure description] Page 359.[end figure description]

the main entrance of the building, he found himself partially
sheltered under a roof constructed by some passing traveler,
who had thrown a few saplings along the ruins, and interlaced
them with a thatch of brush and grass. It was not
yet dark; but the night was fast setting in, assisted by the
advancing clouds, which had rolled far up toward the
zenith, and long since veiled the sinking sun. Almost
incessant flashes of lightning, which descended in crinkling
chains, lit up the deepening gloom; and each was followed
by its own peal of thunder; which, with a few exceptional
crashes, became one almost even, continuous roar.

By this light, and what still remained of day, the traveler
could see about his place of refuge, which presented no very
cheerful aspect. A few broken stones and other rubbish
were piled up here and there; but in one corner lay a litter
of straw, which, should the night prove too inclement for
his further progress, he flattered himself would serve as a
comfortable resting-place for his own weary limbs. Dismounting
from his horse, he tied him to one of the saplings
overhead; and then removing the fragments from around
his feet, to guard against injury, and looking carefully to
his weapons, he deliberately sat himself down to await the
issue.

The storm broke fiercely, the wind shrieked dismally, the
lightnings flashed incessantly, the thunders crashed continuously,
and the rain, pouring down in torrents, soon

-- 360 --

[figure description] Page 360.[end figure description]

wetted our traveler to the skin. One, two, three, long,
dreary hours passed, and still the storm raged so furiously,
that at last, reluctantly, our hero relinquished all hopes of
pursuing his journey further for the night—for even should
the tempest clear away, it was already late, and he knew
that the different streams on his route would be so swollen
as to make the fords dangerous. He therefore prepared
to encamp where he was; and pushing a portion of the
straw together, he threw himself down upon it; and wet
though it was—and weary, wet and hungry though he was
himself—he felt some little satisfaction in finding that his
long uncertainty and indecision had at last come to an end;
and with a lingering sigh for his poor beast, which could
fare no better than its master, he soon fell into a dreamless
sleep—the thought of his late narrow escape not tending
to a deeper impression upon his mind than a kind of
inward gratitude that his good fortune or a kind Providence
had saved him.

The storm passed on, the rain ceased, the thunders died
away in the distance, and still the traveler slept. At
length, just as the first faint streak of day had begun to
tinge the east, he roused with a kind of start, and, raising
himself on his elbow, looked curiously about him, with the
air of one who is trying to recall events immediately preceding
his state of uncousciousness. As he peered about
the old ruiu, by the dim gray light—feeling cold, wet and

-- 361 --

[figure description] Page 361.[end figure description]

hungry—his eye fell upon his horse, which seemed to be
asleep; and remembering how long both had fasted, and
that their fast must continue until they should reach a
settlement, he resolved to resume his journey forthwith.

As he changed his position, however, to spring to his
feet, his eye suddenly encountered the body of a man,
lying in the straw, not three feet distant. The back of the
stranger was toward our hero, and his face he could not
see; but thinking it some one, who, like himself, had been
driven in by the storm for a night's lodging, he first looked
carefully to his weapons, and then, moving over to the
other, quietly laid his hand upon his shoulder, and said:

“Well, stranger, so we are bed-fellows, it seems!”

The man moved not, and spoke not a word.

“I say, stranger,” pursued the first, giving him a hearty
shake, “I think you must be even a sounder sleeper than
myself.”

Still no movement—no answer.

“What ails the fellow?” mentally queried our traveler,
as he turned his quiet companion over in the straw; and
at the same moment the horse, aroused by his master's
voice, started to his feet, with a loud whinny. “Good
Heavens!” continued the speaker, as by the faint but
increasing light he looked upon the ghastly face of the
human form beneath him—“there is something wrong
here—the man is dead! Ha, murdered, as I live!” he

-- 362 --

[figure description] Page 362.[end figure description]

quickly added, with a visible shudder, as, bending more
closely over him, he discovered traces of blood upon his
garments.

There was a small hole through his vest; and hastily
baring his breast, our traveler discovered that he had been
shot through the heart, and had probably died almost
instantly. But who had done the deed? and for what
purpose? He felt in his pockets, which were empty, and
reasoned that the man had been murdered for his money.
Such murders were too common in Texas at that day to
excite any great surprise; our hero had been accustomed
to just such scenes through his whole eventful career; but
he felt highly indignant at what he considered the barbarity
of murdering and robbing a man, and leaving him
to decompose above ground, in a place where it was not
unlikely he would prove an annoyance to respectable
travelers. In connection with this murder, he thought of
his own narrow escape of the preceding day, and argued
that his stopping-place might be the temporary quarters
of a gang of desperadoes; in which case prudence would
seem to advise him to be upon the road as quick as
possible.

Accordingly, he turned away from the murdered stranger,
after pushing the straw somewhat over the body, and made
a step toward his horse; but just as he did so, his eye,
glancing through a fissure in the old ruin, fell upon two

-- 363 --

[figure description] Page 363.[end figure description]

men coming up the road, whose appearance gave no token
that they would prove any very agreeable companions.
Both carried rifles, and it was reasonable to suppose they
were otherwise armed; and the first thought of our hero
was to mount his horse and dash away. But he was no
coward; he had been through many a desperate struggle,
with heavy odds against him; and there was a kind of
bitter satisfaction in thinking that one of these men might
be his amiable friend of the ambush. With the rapid
decision for which he was remarkable, he resolved to
remain, and conceal himself behind a portion of the wall,
from whence he could have a view of whatever might occur
within, should the ruffians, as he believed them to be, see
proper to enter. To locate himself in the desired position
was but the work of a moment; and from there he found
he could both see the road and the interior of the building,
and yet not himself be exposed to a casual glance.

As his horse continued at intervals to whinny, he knew
he must soon be heard by the approaching party, and he
was anxious to see what effect this would produce upon
them. He had not long to wait; for the men were
advancing with rapid strides, and a louder whinny than
usual seemed to reach their ears; when, stopping suddenly,
and looking hastily around them, one of the two, after an
apparently brief consultation with the other, pointed his
finger toward the building. With this they turned at once

-- 364 --

[figure description] Page 364.[end figure description]

from the road, and, gliding among some bushes, approached
the place at a quick, stealthy pace. From the change in
their position, the stranger was now in some danger of
being discovered; but as it was not yet light enough to
distingnish objects at any considerable distance, he threw
himself flat upon the ground, to await the result; and
this rather as a man inclined to act boldly, than as one
actuated by any feeling of fear.

It was perhaps a couple of minutes from this time, ere
the two men, issuing from a near cluster of bushes, glided
up to the main entrance and looked cautiously in.

“I say, Bill,” whispered one, but loud enough for the
listener to hear, “I knows all about it now; that thar's the
hoss of a feller as I tuk a shot at yesterday; and ef he's got
any rocks, they're our'n.”

“Hush, Joe!” returned the second, in the same cautious
whisper; “he's sleeping thar, and there's no use o' our
waking him for nothing. Let's go in and do for him, and
talk arter we git his pile.”

“Halves, you know!” said the other.

“Of course—honor bright—you know that's me, Joe;
but I don't see no use o' our calling in the rest to share.”

“Nary once, Bill—this here's my game. I had the first
shot, and I've a right to it; and ef the other hounds wants
ary persimmons, let 'em find the tree and climb for 'em”

It was apparent to our hero, from their remarks, that

-- 365 --

[figure description] Page 365.[end figure description]

these ruffians had had nothing to do individually with the
killing of the man within; but as it was evidently their
intention to murder him, he felt none the less hostile to
them on that account.

With the last remark of the one addressed as Joe, the
two men, leaning their rifles against the wall, and drawing
their knives, glided up to what they supposed to be the
sleeper. Owing to the light being yet dim, and the body
mostly concealed in the straw, they were unable to discern
that the man was dead; and determining to make their
work sure, and their share equal, they sprang upon him
simultaneously, and both plunged their knives up to their
hilts in his body.

“Why, hello, Joe,” cried Bill, with an oath, “this here's
a dead man!”

“Why, so it is!” exclaimed the other, adding a tremendous
oath, which we will not repeat. “This must be
the feller as Tom shot—you know he was bragging as he
had done for one on 'em—but I didn't think as how the
ugly hound had left him here to trap us with. But whar's
the man as owns the hoss?”

“Here!” said the traveler, in a tone that seemed to
freeze the blood of his hearers; and as the two ruffians
started up and looked around, they beheld him standing
in the doorway, with one of their rifles brought to a
deadly aim.

-- 366 --

[figure description] Page 366.[end figure description]

He had seen them put aside their rifles, for the purpose
of deliberate butchery; and with a stealthy pace he had
glided around and seized them, and now had the villains at
his mercy.

“See here, stranger, don't fire! We cave—we owns up
beat at our own game—and ef you'll jest let us off, you ken
take what tin we has about us.”

“Fools!” returned the traveler; “do you take me for a
common thief and robber like yourselves? Which of you
fired at me yesterday? Speak! quick! or, by the living
God! I will shoot you both where you stand!”

It is impossible to convey to the reader the peculiar
sound of the voice of the speaker. It cannot be described
as either loud, fierce, or harsh, but rather as something
cold and freezing, expressive of an inflexible will, an unalterable
determination. His eye, too—that naturally small,
quiet, almost calm blue eye—now seemed to gleam with a
latent fire; while his thin lips compressed, and his whole
face expressed a calm but unalterable and deadly resolution.

“That was Joe, here,” replied one of the startled ruffians;
“but he didn't mean to shoot at you!”

“No,” chimed in Joe, “I was jest firing at a bird, as
you rid along.”

“Liar!” hissed the other—“and that lie shall be your
last!”

-- 367 --

[figure description] Page 367.[end figure description]

Searcely were the words spoken, when crack went the
rifle, and Joe fell back upon the dead man, shot through
the brain. Throwing down the piece, the stranger caught
up the other, and quietly saying, “You will please follow
your companion,” he had already brought it to an aim, and
his finger was just pressing the trigger, when, with a “For
God's sake, spare me! I have a wife and children!” the
other threw himself down upon his knees, and held up his
hands imploringly.

“And would you have spared me?” demanded the
traveler. “No! justice claims her due—your hour has
come—you must die! Your wife and children, if you have
any, will be better off without you. Too many such sneaking,
cowardly villains cncumber the soil of Texas! Had you
the courage of a man, I would give you a chance for your
life; but a paltry coward, above all things, I despise!”

“I'm no coward!” cried the other, leaping to his feet;
“and the man lies as says I is! So fire away and be—
to you!”

“Who are you?” inquired our hero, touched with some
little feeling of admiration for the villain, for courage
always inspired him with a certain degree of respect.

“I'm Bill Harvey, of Arkansas.”

“Enough!” was the answer: “I know you now, though
you do not remember me. You shall have a chance

-- 368 --

[figure description] Page 368.[end figure description]

for your life—but you can only live through my death.
What arms have you about you?”

“I've got nothing now 'cept this knife, or else I'd not
stood here doing nothing while you was taking sight.
But ef you knows me, as you say, I'd like to know what
you knows about me! and ef it's all the same to you, I'd
like to know who you ar'.”

“Your foe!” returned the other, in the same cold,
indescribable tone. “Do you ask what I know of you? I
know you to be a liar, a gambler, a thief, a robber, and a
murderer, with the courage of a bull-dog, which is your
only redeeming trait. Nay, sir, no words! I have no
time to waste—I have been delayed too long already.
This is your chance for life: I will discharge this rifle in
the air (suiting the action to the word,) and with this
knife, (drawing the singular weapon we have before
described,) I will meet you in single combat—now—here—
and may God have mercy on your miserable soul!”

“S'pose, then, we fight outside, whar we can see better?”
said the other.

“Do you want a chance to run?” sneered the stranger.

“Ef you knows Bill Harvey, you knows he never runs
whar thar's a fair fight. I did knuckle down a minute ago,
and that was the meanest thing I ever done in my life;
but I was tuk kinder by surprise like; and ef ever I does

-- 369 --

[figure description] Page 369.[end figure description]

it agin, to white man or nigger, may I never see the inside
of heaven!”

“Quick, then, take your position!” said the other; and
he turned and walked back a few paces, in front of the
old ruin.

Harvey came out, with his knife firmly clenched in his
hand, and a look of fierce determination upon his rough,
bronzed features. He was a large, powerfully built fellow,
with black eyes, black hair, and bushy whiskers; and as
he stook facing his small, slender, almost effeminate antagonist,
a spectator would have argued that the latter could
have no chance to cope with him by mere physical force.
The two took their positions about ten paces apart, and
each fixed his eyes with stern, wily caution upon the other,
like two beasts of the forest preparing for an encounter.

“Are you ready?” asked the traveler.

“Yes, ready to cut your little heart out!” rejoined Bill;
and added, with a tremendous oath: “I'll do it too, ef you
don't get skeered and use your barkers.”

Scarcely were the words uttered, when our hero darted
toward his adversary, with a sort of running bound, not
unlike that of a panther when about to leap upon its prey.
As he neared his foe, he made a feint as if to strike him;
when the latter, throwing out a quick guard, returned a
blow, which, if it had reached its mark, would have ended
the contest in his favor.

-- 370 --

[figure description] Page 370.[end figure description]

But it did not reach its mark. With a suppleness and
agility rarely seen even among the border fighters, our hero
sprung aside, and, fairly turning the flank of his enemy,
buried his own knife to the hilt in his back. Harvey
staggered, and tried to recover himself; but quick as
lightning the knife was withdrawn and buried in his breast;
and he fell bleeding to the ground, exclaiming:

“My God! I'm done for!”

Here the stranger coolly wiped the blood from his knife,
and, bending over his wounded foe, said, in that same cold,
freezing tone:

“Harvey, you asked my name—I now see proper to
give it.”

And as the wounded man fixed his eyes upon him, with
an expression of mingled pain and curiosity, while the
blood, streaming from his wounds, assured the other that
his life was fast ebbing away, he added:

“I am Colonel James Bowie of Arkansas!”

“Rather say the devil!” groaned Harvey; and with a
sudden gleam of baffled malice, he added: “Ef I'd a
know'd your name before, I'd been better prepared for the
fight. You've kill'd me, and may my curse go with you!”
and shutting his teeth hard, and fetching a long, gasping
breath, he turned his head aside and soon lay still in
death.

Colonel Bowie walked quietly back for his horse,

-- 371 --

[figure description] Page 371.[end figure description]

mounted the animal, and rode away as if nothing remarkable
had occurred, leaving the different bodies where they
had fallen.

This was his last duel. He was then on his way to join
that band of gallant spirits who so desperately fought for
the liberties of Texas; and at the Alamo he fell, covered
with wounds, and with what the world calls glory.

-- 372 --

p480-383 The Backwoodsman's First Love.

[figure description] Page 372.[end figure description]

It was during the early settlement of the northern
counties of Virginia, a few years anterior to the American
Revolution, that a young man—perhaps we should rather
say boy, for his age was scarcely turned of sixteen—stood
leaning against a large, old tree, in front of a dwelling of
better exterior than was common at that day in that section
of country.

It was a clear, cold, but pleasant autumnal night; and
the fair moon, riding high in the heavens, poured down
her silvery light through the clear, frosty air, casting deep
shadows here and there, and giving to the bold scenery
around a picturesque variation. The youth was not warmly
clad, but he seemed not to feel the cold, as he stood, with
folded arms, leaning against the tree, his eye riveted upon
a lighted window of the dwelling before him, whence a low
sound of voices, occasionally mingled with a merry, ringing
laugh, reached his eager ear. Could his face at that
moment have been clearly seen, it would have shown a
contracted brow, compressed lips, and a somewhat wild,

-- --

“Good night, my fair Rose, and happy dreams to you.” [figure description] 480EAF. Image of a man and woman having an intimate farewell as a shadowy figure watches them from behind a tree.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- 373 --

[figure description] Page 373.[end figure description]

and fiery fierceness of the eye, which would seem to bode
no good to whatever object had roused his vindictive hate.

The evening wore away, the hour grew late, but still the
youth stood in the self-same attitude, having for hours
scarcely changed his position, or moved a single muscle of
his stern features. At length the outer door of the dwelling
opened, and two figures appeared—a youth and a maiden—
both dimly perceived by the light behind. For a few
moments they stood conversing in low tones; when the
clear, musical voice of the maiden was heard to say:

“Good night, Henry, and let it not be long ere I see
you again.”

“Good night, my dear Rose,” was the rejoinder, “and
happy dreams to you.”

There was another low, “good night,” from the one
addressed as Rose; and then the speaker retired, the door
closed, and the young man walked leisurely away, in an
apparently meditative mood.

As he was about to disappear among the surrounding
trees, the youth, who had been so long upon the watch,
suddenly started from his listless attitude, and, clinching
his hands nervously, as if he had some hated object already
within his grasp, took two or three hasty strides toward the
retreating figure, apparently with the intention of overtaking
and calling him to a strict account; but suddenly,
as if actuated by another thought, he stopped, turned

-- 374 --

[figure description] Page 374.[end figure description]

quickly on his heel, and the next moment reached the door
of the dwelling, upon which he rapped with a kind of
nervous impatience. His summons was answered by a
colored domestic, who, on seeing him, exclaimed:

“Why, Marse Simon, dat you?”

“I want to see Rose Walton,” said the young man
sternly. The black seemed to hesitate for a moment, and
the other added: “Go and tell her so! and be quick about
it, if you don't want to get yourself into trouble!”

As the black was turning away to communicate her
message, the person inquired for made her appearance.
She was a fine, comely lass of seventeen, with fair face and
bright eyes, and a general appearance exceedingly captivating.

“Why, Simon,” she said, in a tone of surprise, “methinks
your visit is rather late!”

“I'm aware,” replied the youth, in a tone of bitterness,
“that Rose Walton would rather I'd stay away altogether.”

“Then why do you come at all?” was the quiet rejoinder.

“That's my business,” answered Simon, in a gruff, surly
tone.

“Certainly,” returned the maiden, rather haughtily;
“that is your business, unquestionably; and as it don't
concern me, I will leave you to transact it with yourself.”

She was about to turn back, and make her words good,

-- 375 --

[figure description] Page 375.[end figure description]

when the youth suddenly, and somewhat fiercely, grasped
her by the arm, and rejoined:

“Not so fast, my beauty! I've got a word to say to
you!”

“Unhand me, sir!” cried Rose, indignantly—“or I will
call for help!”

“You'd better call on your new love,” sneered Simon.

“I will call on some one that will chastise your insolence!”
she retorted.

“No threats, Rose!” returned the youth; “I'm not just
in the mood to bear 'em. I feel, just now, as if the devil
was in me; and if anybody was to interfere now between
us, I don't know what mought come on't. Rose,” he pursued,
in a low, hurried, passionate tone, “I know I'm a
big, ugly, awkward, uneducated youth; but I've got feeling
as well as others—I've got passions as well as others—and
(interjecting a wicked oath) I'll tell you what it is, Rose,
whoever trifles with 'em had better take care! Rose, you
know I love you—love you to madness; you know you
encouraged me in it; you know you gin me to expect that
some day you'd be my wife; but lately, from some cause,
you've treated me coldly—you've hardly spoke to me civil—
you haven't met me as you used to do—you've seemed
as if my company wasn't pleasant to you.”

“I think you must be mistaken. Simon,” returned the
other, in a softened tone.

-- 376 --

[figure description] Page 376.[end figure description]

“No, I'm not mistaken, Rose!” he vehemently replied;
“I know—I've seen for myself. I'll tell you what the
cause is of this change in you. You've got your fancy
fixed upon another that you like better. You always had
a liking for Harry Leitchman; and now that you think
you've got him safe, you're ready to drop me. But it won't
do, Rose—I tell you it won't do. The man that dares to
step between me and you has got to answer for't! Yes,
Rose, (with another wicked oath,) afore he shall get you
away from me, I'll have his heart's blood!”

“Why, Simon, don't speak in such a manner!” said the
girl, in considerable alarm—“you terrify me!”

“Can't help it, Rose—you'll find it just as I say. Boy
if I am, I've got the strength and passions of a man; and
if I find the last is trifled with, the other shall serve me for
a revenge that shall ring along the borders when you and
me are dead and gone!”

“Why, Simon, what do you mean?” cried Rose Walton,
growing more and more terrified at the wild passions of
the other; which she, for mere pastime—to gratify a foolish
vanity—had carelessly and thoughtlessly fanned into a flame
that might now destroy her. “I never heard you talk so
strangely before.”

“Because I was never so certain I had cause,” replied
he. “For some time back I've suspicioned that something
was wrong; I've kind o' thought that Henry

-- 377 --

[figure description] Page 377.[end figure description]

Leitchman was taking my place in your favor; and only
yesterday I overheard him say as much to one of his
friends. To-night I met him, and suspicioning that he
was coming here, I drew back out of sight and followed
him. Rose, for many a long hour I've been standing by
that there old sycamore, watching the room where I knew
you and Harry was. I could hear you talk, but I couldn't
hear what you said; and I could hear you laugh, and that
said plain enough that you was happy. I saw you both
come to the door, and heard your tender `good night;'
and, Rose, some dreadful wicked thoughts came over me
then, and I started after Harry. If I had a followed him,
I don't know what mought have came on't—but I thought
I'd come back and hear what you had to say first. Now
tell me, Rose, and tell me the truth—Do you prefer
Leitchman to me?”

“Why, how can you ask such a question, Simon?”
answered the girl, evasively, and slightly changing color.

“But I do ask it, Rose, and I want you to answer me!”

“Well, come in, then, a few minutes, and let us talk the
matter over.”

“No, Rose, I'll not come in to-night—you can answer
that question where you are.”

“Why, do you want me to flatter you to your face, and
tell you that I like you the best?”

“No, I don't want any flattery—I've had enough of that

-- 378 --

[figure description] Page 378.[end figure description]

—I've had too much of that. I just want you to be
sincere, for once in your life—you've trifled with me
enough, Rose. You either like me best, or you don't—
you either prefer me to Harry, or you don't—and I want
to know which?”

“And can you for a moment suppose,” said the girl, in
a soft, insinuating tone, “that I prefer him to you?”

“I judge more by your actions than your words, Rose.”

“What! do you accuse me of prevarication?” she
replied, with some spirit.

“And if I did, I reckon I'd hit pretty near the truth,”
he rejoined. “Now answer me, straightforward—are you
ready to dismiss Leitchman, and have no more to say to
him?”

“Sir!” cried Rose, with a flush of indignation—“I
think you forget that you are talking to the daughter of
Colonel Walton. I will allow no one to question me as to
whom I like or dislike! If my manners are displeasing to
you, you certainly have the privilege of remaining away.”

“But I can't remain away, Rose—you know that.”

“Then take me as you find me, Simon, and be contented.
Do not forget that I am something older than
you—that I have a spirit which will not be dictated to by
any one—and, least of all, by one younger than myself.”

For some ten minutes longer, the conversation was continued
in much the same strain—the girl, with the cunning

-- 379 --

[figure description] Page 379.[end figure description]

and skill of an accomplished coquette—the quick perceptions
of one master of the human heart—alternately exciting
and tranquilizing the spirit of her rough, impetuous,
but ardent admirer; playing upon his feelings as one plays
upon the strings of an instrument of music; now with soft
blandishments taming down his rough, fiery jealousies to
gentle words; now rousing him from a too tender strain to
expressions harsh, wild, threatening and fearful.

At length the interview closed, and the youth retired
from the unequal combat scarcely wiser than he came. He
was not satisfied, but he scarcely knew with what he had
to find fault. That the girl was intellectually his superior,
he secretly admitted, and the conviction was not a pleasing
one; that she was a coquette, he was convinced; that she
had been playing upon his feelings, he half believed; that
she she was worthy of a true and honest affection, he
seriously doubted; but that he loved her—ardently, wildly,
madly—he was too certain for his own peace of mind.

With a thousand strange fancies crowding upon his
brain, not one of which he then felt himself competent to
analyze, he hastened his steps down a winding walk, and
soon entered a rough, narrow road, which at that day ran
through a thinly populated country from one settlement to
another. Mechanically he turned to the right, and, in a
thoughtful, abstracted mood, for some quarter of an hour,
pursued his way through a thick, dark wood, barely able

-- 380 --

[figure description] Page 380.[end figure description]

to see his course by the light of the moon, which here and
there seemed to struggle through the interlacing branches
of the gigantic trees that lined his pathway on either side.

At length he entered a hollow, where an opening, made
by a broad but shallow stream, let in the light of the moon
more clearly; and there, seated upon a stone, he espied a
human figure. A single glance assured him that it was
his rival, and the sight roused into activity all his jealous
and vindictive passions. The same wicked intentions
which he had experienced when first setting out to follow
Leitchman, after his interview with Rose, now came over
the youth with redoubled force, and he felt that the earth
was too small to contain them both.

Henry seemed not to hear the approach of Simon, but
sat buried in a reverie, evidently induced by the soothing
murmurs of the purling stream, and the sentiment awakened
by the fascinating witchery of the fair girl with whom he
had so recently parted.

For a few moments the youth seemed to hesitate; and
then advancing straight to the other, he said, in a surly
tone:

“What are you doing here?”

The young man started, looked around, and ascertaining
who was his interrogator, replied—

“What is that to you, Simon? You are not my keeper.”

-- 381 --

[figure description] Page 381.[end figure description]

“It's a good deal to me, Leitchman, as I'm able to
make you understand, keeper or no keeper.”

“Why, how now, Simon! You appear to be getting
rather insolent for a boy!”

Henry was two years the senior of Simon, and, though
not so tall, was more gracefully built, and more comely in
person.

“Don't call me boy, Henry Leitchman!” cried Simon,
in a furious tone, striding up to the other with clinched
hands, his whole sinewy frame fairly trembling with
passion. “Don't call me boy ag'in, or, by heavens! I'll
strike you as you sit!”

“Nay,” said Henry, rising, “if that is your game, you'll
find there are two that can play at it.”

“Yes, much better than at t'other game,” sneered Simon;
“for two can't play at that, and me be one of 'em!”

“What do you mean?” demanded Leitchman.

“Well, s'pose you try to guess,” replied the youth; “and
if you can't guess—if you haven't got wit enough to guess,
and it's my opinion you haven't—you'd better go back to
Rose Walton, where you've wasted too much of your time
already, and ask her.”

“Aha!” said the other; “I begin to understand you
now. If I am not mistaken, you are getting somewhat
jealous.”

-- 382 --

[figure description] Page 382.[end figure description]

“Have your stupid brains been able to get all that there
into 'em?” returned Simon. “Well, then, let me tell you,
I'd be very sorry to get jealous of you! but I don't want
you to waste any more time in that there quarter. Rose
don't like it, and I don't like it, and that settles the
matter.”

“See here, Simon,” said the young man, slowly and
deliberately, “you had better go your way, and let me
attend to my own business. This looks as if you had
followed me to fix a quarrel upon me; but it strikes me
you are making a fool of yourself.”

“Well, its my opinion,” retorted Simon, “you'll find
something else strike you harder than that;” and suiting
the action to the word, he drew back his arm, and planted
a heavy, almost stunning blow, full upon the face of him
he now considered his deadly foe.

Leitchman staggered, but quickly recovered himself, and
sprung at his antagonist with the fury of a wild beast. The
next moment the two combatants were locked in a fierce
embrace; and both came heavily to the ground, and rolled
over and over in the struggle of life and death. But the
iron, muscular strength of Simon soon proved more than
a match for that of his older opponent, who found to his
dismay that he was rapidly yielding to the grasp which the
youth had obtained upon his throat. Determined not to

-- 383 --

[figure description] Page 383.[end figure description]

ask quarter from one he had always regarded as his inferior,
he made a last, despairing effort, and, drawing a small
clasp-knife from his pocket, and forcing open the blade,
struck the youth in his side—though, being weak from the
contest, he inflicted a light, rather than a dangerous,
wound. Simon, roused to fiendish fury by the pain, and
what he considered an underhand attempt upon his life,
suddenly released his hold upon the throat of his adversary,
and, wrenching the knife from his hand, plunged it furiously
several times into the breast of the latter, exclaiming, with
with an oath:

“Take that! and that! and that!”

“You've kill'd me!” said Henry, in a low, feeble tone.

“Oh, my God! you've killed me!”

Simon started to his feet, and felt a strange, indescribable
sensation of awe and terror creep through his iron
frame. Had he done a murder?—had he committed that
great deed which would make him amenable to the highest
penalty of the law? It was a terrible thought—a thought
that seemed to freeze his before heated blood, and send it
coldly and shiveringly to his very heart. Was he indeed a
murderer?—a being to be branded with that awful crime?—
a being to be hunted down by his fellows as some wild
beast? He was himself a poor and almost friendless boy;
but he who lay before him—who had fallen by his hand—

-- 384 --

[figure description] Page 384.[end figure description]

had rich and powerful connections; and he knew enough
of the world to be certain that justice, in his case, would
not be stayed in her course by any influence which he or
his indigent family could bring to bear.

“Harry, are you dead?” he said, in a voice of agony, as
he bent over the insensible form of his late rival, whom he
would now have given the world to restore to life. “Speak
to me, Harry—one word, just one single word—and tell me
you're going to live; and I'll give up Rose,
who's more to me than all the rest—and I'll go far away,
and never trouble you nor her any more!”

But there was no answer; the wounded man lay still,
weltering in his blood; and after looking at him a moment
or two longer, as he lay there, pale and ghastly, in the soft,
silvery light of the watching moon, Simon turned and fled,
muttering as he ran:

“He's dead! he's dead! I've killed him! and now I've
got to fly where none can reach me. Good-bye, Rose. If
it hadn't been for you, I'd never have done this deed; but
now it's done, I've got to fly where I shall never look upon
your face again.”

With the speed of a murderer running from justice, he
flew to his humble cabin in the woods, and, waking his
parents, told them, with rapid utterance, and with tears in his
eyes—the last tears he ever shed through tender emotion—

-- 385 --

[figure description] Page 385.[end figure description]

what he had done, and all for his passionate love of the
beautiful Rose Walton.

Then seizing his rifle, and such few necessary articles as
he could conveniently carry, he took a hurried farewell of
his afflicted friends; and alone, in the very bloom of youth,
set out for the untrodden wilds of the then far distant West,
never to return.

The wounded man recovered, and subsequently married
the object of his choice; but for many long years the
wandering youth was harrowed with the thought that the
brand of the murderer was upon him.

Years still rolled on, and the name of that boy grew
famous upon the borders, and became a terror to the red
men of the forest, who found in him their most bitter,
vindictive, relentless and invincible foe. His career, begun
in blood, was traced in blood through a long period of time;
and only ceased when the foes of his race had retreated from
before the conquering march of their white invaders, or had
found their final rest in the happy hunting-grounds of the
Great Spirit.

Who that is familiar with the history of the early
settlements of the Great West, is now ignorant of the
heroic deeds, the daring exploits, and hair-breadth escapes
of the great border hero, General Simon Kenton? And
yet how few have ever known the cause which first led

-- 386 --

[figure description] Page 386.[end figure description]

him to the wilderness, and made him so reckless of an
unhappy life? For he was the man of the youth whose
first wild passion and its almost tragical consequences we
have here recorded!

-- 387 --

p480-400 A Wolf in Sheep's Clothing.

[figure description] Page 387.[end figure description]

A discussion having sprung up between some gentlemen
who had met in a social circle, as to whether it was most
proper to consider every man honest till he proved himself
to be a rogue, or to consider every one a rogue till he
proved himself to be an honest man, one of the party, who
had aforetime been a traveling bank agent, said he would
narrate an incident of his own experience, which, if it
amounted to nothing more, he thought would at least prove
pretty conclusively that it is never safe to judge of a
stranger by his appearance.

“The Spring of 18—,” he began, “found me a traveler
through a certain portion of the West, on business connected
with the bank of which I was at that time the agent,
and for the transaction of which business I carried with me
a considerable sum of money. At the town of L****, in
the State of Kentucky, where I chanced to remain some
three or four days, putting up at one of the principal hotels.
I became acquainted with a gentleman who arrived in the
place the day after myself, and whom, from his appearance

-- 388 --

[figure description] Page 388.[end figure description]

and representations, I believed to be a clergyman from the
eastward, traveling partly for his health and partly on a
visit to some distant friends.

“We became acquainted somewhat incidentally, and
from the very first I was much taken by his appearance.
He was some thirty years of age, of a slight, genteel figure,
had pale and somewhat ascetic features, was dressed in a
plain suit of black, and wore a white neckcloth and gold
spectacles.

“In the course of conversation he gave me considerable
information concerning himself; and in return I acquainted
him with my business, and informed him that I should
shortly set out en route for the city of N****** in the
adjoining State of Tennessee.

“ `Why, then, sir,' he said, `if it be agreeable to you, we
will become fellow-travelers, for that is also one of the
places I wish to visit myself.'

“ `I should be most happy of your company,' I replied;
`but, unfortunately, my business will require me to lay over
at some two or three different towns on the way.'

“ `It will not make any material difference to me,' he
rejoined; `and merely for the sake of your company, I will
suit my time to yours. Traveling as I am for health and
pleasure, and not business, I am in no haste—a long stage
is always irksome and fatiguing—and I am satisfied I shall

-- 389 --

[figure description] Page 389.[end figure description]

enjoy the trip much better by keeping myself with so congenial
a companion.'

“This arrangement having finally been agreed upon, the
Rev. Mr. Kinney stated that he had a friend somewhere in
the vicinity whom he wished to visit; but though this
would require his absence for the present, he would return
punctually at the time appointed for my departure.

“Shortly after this he left the hotel, and I saw nothing
more of him till near the hour agreed upon; but he
returned according to promise, and we both set off together—
the stage, which conveyed us from the town of
L****, being crowded with passengers.

“At the village of S*****, where I made my first halt,
Mr. Kinney also made his, and we both, as before, put up
at the principal public house. I proceeded to transact the
business which called me thither, and he to amuse himself
by sauntering through the place, and admiring the rather
romantic scenery in the vicinity. Three hours sufficed to
arrange all my affairs for a fresh start; but as the stage
only passed through the village once in twenty-four hours, I
supposed I should have to remain over till the following day.

“In this respect I was agreeably disappointed; for
shortly after returning to the hotel, my clerical friend
appeared, and inquired what time I should be ready to set
forward.

-- 390 --

[figure description] Page 390.[end figure description]

“ `I am ready now, for that matter,' I replied, `but there
is no stage till to morrow.'

“ `Fortunately, my friend,' he rejoined, `I have just met
with an old acquaintance, who, with a team of his own, is
on his way from a village a few miles back of here to the
town of P******, where I believe you mentioned it was
your intention to make another halt; and if agreeable to
you, we can gain one stage by going through with him;
so that when the next regular conveyance comes along,
you will probably be ready to take it and save at least one
day's delay.'

“ `The idea,' I replied, `is a very agreeable one to me—
for in these small places, after business is over, time always
hangs heavily upon my hands; but I do not wish to be
intrusive, and your friend may not care to be encumbered
with a stranger.'

“ `Oh, I will settle that!' he rejoined; `in fact I have
already done so; for thinking that you, like myself, would
like to resume your journey at the earliest practical moment,
I have spoken to Mr. Worrell to that effect, and
he has expressed himself as being highly pleased at having
us for companions.'

“Not to prolong my story with needless detail, I will
merely state that the matter was soon arranged to the satisfaction
of all parties—my reverend companion seeking his
friend, and the latter bringing him back to our hotel in a

-- 391 --

[figure description] Page 391.[end figure description]

covered, one-horse vehicle, to which was speedily transferred
myself and baggage.

“When we set out from S******, it wanted about an
hour and a half of sunset; and it was calculated that, by
good driving, we could reach P**** a little past midnight,
which would give me the whole of the morning in advance
of the regular stage, and enable me to be ready to take it
when it should pass that way.

“For some three or four hours every thing went on very
pleasantly—the road being a good one, and leading
through a fine but rather sparsely settled country, and
Mr. Kinney relieving the tedium of travel by congenial
conversation.

“During our intercourse I had become much attached
to him. He was a man of no little intellectual capacity,
of manners the most pleasing, and apparently possessed a
rare refinement of thought and speech. He had studied
much, read much, traveled much, and had been at all times
a deep and practical thinker—at least such seemed evident
from his conversation. There was scarcely a subject that
he did not seem familiar with, and he could at all times
express his ideas clearly and concisely. Though contending
for the highest morality, he was not, so far as I could
judge, wanting in that true benevolence which excludes
bigotry, and affirms a conviction that there are good men
among all classes and denominations. In short, by one

-- 392 --

[figure description] Page 392.[end figure description]

means and another, he made himself so agreeable, that I
more than once thanked fortune for our acquaintance, and
secretly regretted that our arrival in the city of N******
would probably bring about a final separation.

“Night having set in as we journeyed onward—and
our route, owing to the deep darkness of the heavy wood
through which the road mostly lay, being too uncertain
for any thing like speed—and Mr. Worrell also becoming
deeply interested in the remarks of his clerical friend, who
just at this time had become more than usually entertaining—
our horse was allowed to pick his way forward at a
gait most pleasing to himself.

“When it was, therefore, that we left the main road, I
do not know; but at length my attention was called off
from the absorbing narration of the Rev. Mr. Kinney, by
discovering, from the motion of our vehicle, that we were
actually plunging into deep ruts or gullies, and jolting
over stumps or stones, in a manner inconsistent with the
idea of being upon a regularly traveled stage-route.

“ `Excuse me for interrupting you,' said I to my clerical
friend, `but have we not got off the main road?'

“ `Upon my faith, it would seem so!' he replied. `Eh!
friend Worrell—how about this? Surely no stage passes
over ground like this?'

“ `There must have been a heavy rain here, and gullied

-- 393 --

[figure description] Page 393.[end figure description]

the road,' answered Worrell; `for my horse has been
along here too often to mistake the way.'

“ `I think it will all come right presently, Mr. Withers,'
said the clergyman, addressing me. `The road is somewhat
rough, it is true; but I believe it is the main road,
nevertheless. Let me see! where was I? Oh, yes—I
remember!' and forthwith he resumed his story, and went
on to its conclusion, occupying some fifteen minutes more,
and we all this time jolting, rocking, and pitching as badly
as ever.

“ `Well, upon my word, friend Worrell,' he said, as soon
as he had finished his narration, `I am seriously inclined
to believe you have got out of the main road indeed!'

“ `I do not see how that can be,' replied the other; `for
certainly the instinct of my horse would not permit him to
turn aside from a route which he must know leads to good
quarters.'

“ `Still,' said I, `there is a possibility of our having
turned off from the main route; and I think, before we go
any further, a careful examination should be made.'

“ `So think I,' coincided the Rev. Mr. Kinney.

“ `Well, gentlemen,' rejoined Worrell, `I will wager
half-a-dozen bottles of wine that we are right; but to
satisfy you, I will agree to make an examination in five
minutes, if we do not come to smooth traveling before that
time.'

-- 394 --

[figure description] Page 394.[end figure description]

“We rode on, slowly but roughly, our way being very
dark and running through a heavy wood; but after a lapse
of more than the time specified, finding our road had not
improved, I insisted upon a halt and a careful examination
of the locality.

“ `Certainly,' said Mr. Kinney, `an examination must be
made here, for I think myself there is some mistake. Do
not disturb yourself, however, Mr. Withers,' he added, as
he left the vehicle with his friend, `but remain quietly
where you are, and we will soon have the matter set right.'

“After leaving the carriage, my two companions walked
away together a few paces, as if to make an examination
of the surrounding scene, and I heard them conversing
together in low, cautious tones.

“And then it was, I scarcely know how nor why, that a
strange feeling of distrust and suspicion began to creep
over me. Who were these men? Pshaw! one of them
was a clergyman—and could I suspect a man of his sacred
calling? and the other was his friend. Ha! but did I
know him to be a minister of the gospel? Might he not be
a wolf in sheep's clothing? I then remembered having
heard of noted desperadoes and robbers assuming a
clerical appearance for the purpose of carrying out some
sinister design; and my suspicions being now fully
aroused, I thought rapidly and even painfully, and recalled
a hundred little incidents, nothing as it were in

-- 395 --

[figure description] Page 395.[end figure description]

themselves, but now seeming to form a chain of evidence that
should be duly weighed and considered.

“Who was this Mr. Kinney? I had met him as a
stranger in a strange place; he had in a manner pressed
himself upon my acquaintance; he had proposed accompanying
me, and had done so, notwithstanding such
obstacles as would have deterred most travelers from a
like proceeding; he had absented himself, perhaps to find
a confederate; he had unexpectedly, and somewhat mysteriously,
found a friend on the route, and persuaded me to
accept of a private conveyance instead of the regular
coach; and we had apparently got lost on a plain road,
or else turned into some by-path in a manner that seemed
to prove some design rather than accident!

“What could all this mean? It might mean much, or
it might mean nothing. But I was not a poor traveler; I
had a large sum of money in my possession; a large sum
of money might be a temptation to men of reputed
integrity, to say nothing of its effect upon professional
robbers or highwaymen; and under the circumstances, was
it not best for me to look out for myself? I thought so.
Could there be any harm in my being upon my guard?
Certainly not. If they were honest men, I should do them
no wrong; if they were dishonest men, I should but do
justice to them and myself.

“All these thoughts flashed through my brain, seemingly

-- 396 --

[figure description] Page 396.[end figure description]

in a moment of time; and the first thing I did was to feel
for my pistols, a loaded pair of which I always carried
concealed about my person. I drew them forth, and
examined them with my ram-rod. To my utter amazement
and alarm, I found they were capped, but empty!

“Then it was that my suspicions became confirmed; and
I remembered of once having left them in my room, to
which my clerical friend had access. Instantly I felt the
hot blood rush to my temples, and beads of cold perspiration
seemed to start from every pore.

“Gracious heavens! perhaps I was on the point of being
murdered!

“Quickly, but quietly, I reloaded my weapons, and
capped them anew. Then stealing softly and silently from
the covered vehicle, I found myself in a deep hollow, with
a heavy wood on either side of the narrow by-road. My
companions were still conversing in low tones at a short
distance. Stealthily I crept up to within a few feet of
them, just in time to hear the voice of the reverend gentleman
say:

“ `Yes, Charley, I tell you it can be done in that way.
We will announce that we have made a mistake; and then,
in our apparent endeavor to turn the carriage, we will
manage to cramp and upset it. Then, as you pretend to
assist Withers to get out, you can seize him in such a
manner as to pitch him forward upon the ground, so that

-- 397 --

[figure description] Page 397.[end figure description]

we can both spring upon him at the same time, drag him
into the bushes, and put an end to him where his blood will
not show upon the path.'

“I heard this, and, without waiting for a reply, stole
round to the back of the carriage, to await the result. I
could have escaped, but a large portion of my money was
contained in my traveling trunk, and I was resolved that
that should not fall into the hands of the villains, even if
they escaped themselves.

“I had scarcely got myself into the position intended,
when Mr. Worrell came up to the carriage; and addressing
me, whom he supposed to be still inside, he said, with a
laugh, that he believed he had lost the wine, for by some
means or other we had got upon a by-road, but himself and
friend would soon turn the carriage about and regain the
main route. He then advised me to keep perfectly quiet,
that he would manage the matter in a moment or two, and
so forth and so on: to which I replied—speaking through
the back portion of the vehicle, so that my voice sounded
within—that, having an easy seat, I was not disposed to
leave it unless he required more help.

“The two then commenced turning the vehicle, and so
managed matters as to upset it as they intended. I still
carried out my part and uttered a groan as if from within.

“ `Good Lord, sir, are you much hurt?' exclaimed
Worrell, in a sympathetic and anxious tone.

-- 398 --

[figure description] Page 398.[end figure description]

“I groaned again.

“ `Ah! sir, what a blundering accident!-let me assist yon!'

“And as he began to feel carefully forward for that purpose,
I slipped quietly round to the side where he stood,
and, seizing him from behind, fiercely hurled him to the
ground, where his head, fortunately for me, struck against
a rock and deprived him of consciousness.

“ `Villain!' cried I, cocking my pistols and turning upon
Kinney, whom in the faint light I discovered in the act of
springing forward, `you are caught in your own vile snare,
and shall not escape. Take that, thou doubly-dammed
monster, and return to thy master!'

“I pulled one trigger as I spoke, but the cap only
exploded and the pistol remained undischarged. The
next moment, along with a bitter curse, there came a flash,
a report, and a seeming blow upon my forehead; and by a
strange feeling of dizziness which immediately followed, I
comprehended that I was shot myself, and believed that my
hour had come. Staggering backward, I fell to the ground;
but did not lose my consciousness, nor my presence of mind;
and as the ruffian sprung forward to finish his work, I raised
my other pistol, just as he was in the act of bending over
me, and providentially sent its contents so directly through
his heart that he fell back dead, almost without a groan.

“Gentlemen, I need not prolong my story. I was
wounded by Kinney's shot, but not seriously—the ball

-- 399 --

[figure description] Page 399.[end figure description]

having glanced from the frontal bone without fracturing it,—
producing dizziness and confusion without depriving
me at any moment of consciousness. I therefore was
enabled to get up in time to bind Worrell before he
recovered from the effects of his fall; and righting the
vehicle, and placing him and his dead companion within
it, I led the horse back to the main road, and drove on to
the nearest village, some two or three miles distant, where
I roused the inn-keeper and several of the inhabitants, told
my story, and placed both the living and the dead in the
hands of the proper authorities.

“Subsequently I appeared at the trial of Worrell, and
had the satisfaction of seeing him convicted and sentenced
to a long period of imprisonment. During that trial it
came out that both he and Kinney were well known robbers,
belonging to an organized band of desperadoes; and
that even before the appearance of the pseudo clergyman
at L****, there had been concocted a design to waylay
and murder me for my money. Unsuspecting myself, I
had fallen into their easiest trap, and by a kind Providence
had barely been saved from a fearful doom.

“But I assure you, gentlemen, the lesson was one which
I have never forgotten, and shall ever remember; and I
think no one can blame me for henceforth insisting upon
every man proving himself worthy of confidence before I
put faith in him.”

-- 400 --

p480-413 On the Scout.

[figure description] Page 400.[end figure description]

Horse-stealing, during the early settling of the Great
West, was one of the means, if not of border warfare, at
least of border annoyance, to both the whites and Indians.
The Indians stole from the whites whenever they could,
and in retaliation the whites frequently formed themselves
into small parties and penetrated through the dense forests
to the Indian towns for a like purpose. Sometimes these
predatory parties were successful, and got off with their
booty without molestation; but it frequently happened that
they were pursued by the party wronged; and when overtaken,
a fierce and bloody conflict was generally the result.

About the year 1791, or 1792, the settlers along the Ohio
river being sufferers in a great degree from the incursions
of their forest neighbors, a small, intrepid band of hunters,
or scouts, resolved to act upon the aggressive; and as their
numbers were too few for venturing an attack upon the
sayages at their towns, they decided upon the next best
thing—the stealing and running off of as many horses as
they could manage.

-- 401 --

[figure description] Page 401.[end figure description]

This party was composed of the best men that could be
got together for such a daring, lawless purpose, but numbered
only seven all told. And yet these seven were all
experienced hunters, trained from their very youth to a
perfect familiarity with all the mysteries and perils of the
forest—from the finding of their way to a given quarter,
for a hundred miles, by signs only known to the practiced
woodsman, to the rousing and killing of all the wild
animals, and even more savage men—and regarded themselves
as a company sufficiently strong for the purpose they
had in view.

In fine spirits, therefore, they set out on their latestplanned
expedition; and crossing the Ohio from the Virginia
shore, they proceeded, with strong determination and
due caution, to push their way through the almost unexplored
forest, which stretched away for many a goodly
league from the right bank of the river named.

Always keeping a subdued fire, if any, in their camp at
night, and at least two of their number watching by turns,
they penetrated far into the Indian country without meeting
with any mishap, and at last found themselves in the
vicinity of an Indian town, somewhere near the dividing
ridge between the head-waters of the Muskingum and Sandusky
rivers.

The Indians, being so far inland from the settlements of
the whites, were not of course expecting such visitors, and

-- 402 --

[figure description] Page 402.[end figure description]

were in consequence entirely off their guard; and the night
following their arrival in the vicinity, our little band of
adventurers stole cautiously around the outskirts of the
town, and, getting in among the horses, succeeded in
securing fourteen of the best, each man bridling and mounting
one and leading another. These they managed to get
away with little or no noise, and without attracting the
notice of their enemies; and when they found themselves a
couple of miles from the village, with neither sign of pursuit
nor of their proximity having been discovered, it required
all the caution and prudence which they had acquired in
their long years of stern experience, to prevent them from
congratulating themselves on their success by a series of
hilarious shouts and yells. They did not ride fast through
the night, for their present safety would not admit of it,
however much a goodly distance from their enemies might
have increased their security; but they kept their horses
steadily in motion, in a southern direction, and anxiously
watched for the coming dawn. Just before the break of
day they halted, and hastily prepared their morning's meal;
and then, with the return of light, they remounted and
dashed away, believing that the Indians would now discover
their loss, and probably set off in hot pursuit.

All through that anxious day they urged their animals
through the thick, dark wood, at the utmost speed that
could be accomplished, and only halted for their camp at

-- 403 --

[figure description] Page 403.[end figure description]

night when they found, from the jaded condition of their
horses, it would not be judicious to take them further without
food and rest. Selecting a pleasant little dingle,
through which flowed a tiny stream of pure water, and
where luxurious grass and wild flowers proclaimed the fertility
of the soil, they hoppled their horses and picketed
them; and then, starting a fire, they cooked their own
supper, and ate it with the relish of hardy and hungry men.

Knowing that a goodly stretch of country now lay
between them and the village where they had committed
their depredations, our borderers had little fear of molestation;
but they were not disposed to neglect all proper
precautions, and two of their number remained on guard
through the night, which passed off without disturbance.

At an early hour the next morning, they again set forward,
in fine spirits, and rode hard all day, reaching about
nightfall an excellent camping-ground on the right of Will's
Creek, in the present county of Guernsey, Ohio, and near
the site of the present town of Cambridge. Here one of
the most active of the party, one William Linn, complained
of violent pains and cramps in his stomach, and declared
himself unable to ride another mile. A halt for the night
was accordingly decided on; but for some cause, which
not a man of the company could rationally explain, all
regarded this camp as more dangerous than the one of the
night preceding; and the extra precautions were taken of

-- 404 --

[figure description] Page 404.[end figure description]

placing three sentinels at different intervals on the back
trail, to keep a sharp look-out for pursuers; while the
other three, who were well, were to prepare their evening
meal and minister to the sick man as best lay in their
power.

Such simple remedies as they chanced to have with
them were given to Mr. Linn, but without producing any
favorable result; in fact, he gradually grew worse instead
of better; and his pains at times became so excrutiating as
to compel him to screech out in tones that could be heard
afar through the dreary solitude of the gloomy forest.
Rough, hardened, and unrefined; as were the companions
of the sick man, they were men of heart, and not devoid of
sympathy for a suffering fellow-being, and they did what
they could to aid, cheer, and console him, cautioning him
at the same time to suppress if possible his cries of agony,
lest the sounds should reach pursuing or out-lying foes
and bring destruction upon all.

The three at the camp having refreshed themselves by a
frugal but hearty meal, they immediately relieved the three
sentinels, who proceeded to do the same; after which,
towards midnight, the whole party collected together, and
held a consultation upon the supposed danger. As they
had seen no Indians since quitting their village, some
forty-eight hours previously, and no signs of any during
their present watch, and as it was now waxing late into the

-- 405 --

[figure description] Page 405.[end figure description]

night, and no trail could be easily followed after dark, it
was thought that no apprehension of an attack need be
felt; and that with one man to stand guard and wait upon
the suffering Mr. Linn, the rest might camp down in safety
and get a few hours of needful rest. The party to act as
sentinel was decided by lot, and fell upon one William
McCollough—a cool, brave, intrepid Indian hunter, who
subsequently rose to the command of a company in the war
of 1812, and fell at the battle of Brownstown in Hull's
campaign.

The immediate camp of our adventurers was on a
small branch of Will's creek; and around the cheerful fire
there kindled, five weary men lay down to snatch a few
hours of repose, and were soon fast asleep—Linn and
McCollough only remaining awake—the former wrapped
in his blanket and stretched on the ground between the
fire and water, rolling and groaning with pain—and the
latter stationed on the edge of a thicket, just beyond the
reach of the fire-light, where he could best see about him,
and be ready to give instant alarm at the first approach of
danger.

In this position of affairs some three or four hours passed
away; the only sounds that broke the solemn stillness
being the slight movement of some of the horses picketed
near, the dismal hooting of an owl, the distant howling of
a wolf, and the occasional groaning of the sufferer, with

-- 406 --

[figure description] Page 406.[end figure description]

perhaps the exchange of a few words between him and the
sentinel—the fire, meantime, burning gradually down, and,
in its dying flickers, throwing strange, fantastic shadows
over the quiet scene.

At length, Mr. Linn, with a louder groan than usual,
and a sharp cry of pain, raised himself upon his elbow,
and exclaimed:

“Oh, my God! my God! I can't stand this no longer—
every breath I draw is killing me. Here, Bill—quick! let
me try one thing more—some hot salt and water—and if
that thar don't help me, may Heaven have mercy on my
poor, sinful soul! Take my cup here,” he added, somewhat
gaspingly, as McCollough stepped hastily forward,
“and heat me some water, with a handful of salt in't, and
let me try that. Quick! quick! for God's sake! for I'm
in the agonies of death!”

McCollough seized the cup alluded to, and running to
the water, only a few feet distant, filled it, and hastened
back to the dying fire; but as he stooped down and
raked some coals together, for the purpose of heating it,
he suddenly discovered, with a feeling of considerable
uneasiness, if not alarm, that the water in the vessel was
unusually muddy.

“Excuse me, Linn!” he said, starting hastily to his feet,
and glancing quickly and suspiciously around him; “but
I'm afeard all the rest o' us is in danger as well as you.”

-- 407 --

[figure description] Page 407.[end figure description]

“Ha! what's the matter?' asked Linn.

“So'thing's muddied this water, by gitting into it; and
that so'thing, I'm afeard, is Injuns!”

“Better call up the boys, and git their opinions, and, if
thar's danger, have 'em ready for it!” returned Linn, with
a groan of blended fear and pain.

Linn had not ceased speaking, ere McCollough was
actively carrying out his suggestion; and the five heavy
sleepers were suddenly roused, each with a vigorous shake
and the single word “danger,” which was communicated
in a low but ominous tone to the sense of hearing. As one
after another they started up, with expressions of alarm,
and instinctively grasped their weapons, McCollough exclaimed,
with a warning gesture:

“Hist! boys—keep quiet—don't make a noise! It's
eyther nothing, or thar's trouble about; but don't let's
draw it on to us by child's play.”

He then went on to state what he had discovered, and
what were his suspicions; and as soon as he had finished,
the opinion of his comrades was quickly and unanimously
given, that the “sign” justified a belief in danger, and that
he had done right in waking and putting them on their
guard, and that prudence demanded a careful search, which
they forthwith proceeded to make.

Separating themselves, and quickly gliding away beyond
the fire-light, they stealthily approached the bank of the

-- 408 --

[figure description] Page 408.[end figure description]

little stream, and passed up and down it for several rods;
listening to the faintest sound, and peering cautiously into
the darkness; but, unfortunately for them, as the sequel
will show, neither hearing nor perceiving aught to justify
a belief in the proximity of savage foes. When they had
all again collected together, one of the party said, addressing
McCollough:

“Bill, you're ginerally purty sure on Injun sign; but I'll
lay one of my captur'd hosses agin yourn, that you've
made a mistake this time.”

“Bill did right in waking us, though,” said another,
“for there mought have been Injuns about, and we lost all
our top-knots.”

“And thar may be yit, for what you know, Tom,”
rejoined McCollough; “for so'thing above has riled the
water, and it's jest as like to be Injuns as any thing else;
and the fact that we hain't found 'em, don't prove they
arn't thar even now; eh! Joe Hedges, what say you?”

“Well, it's my opine, Bill, that the water's eyther been
riled from raccoons, ducks, or some other animal, and that
we mought as well turn down agin and sleep till daylight.
I'll guarantee the camp for a quart of whiskey.”

This reply was greeted by a laugh from all save McCollough
and Linn; and after a few words with the latter,
expressive of a kind of rude sympathy for his sufferings,
the five men, who had been so suddenly roused by the

-- 419 --

[figure description] Page 419.[end figure description]

guard, again stretched themselves around the fire—McCollough,
meantime, proceeding to heat the salt and water and
administer it to the sufferer—who, immediately after drinking
it, said he felt a little easier, and thought he should be
able to get some rest at last.

An hour later, as McCullough stood at his former post,
somewhat abstractedly gazing at the few red embers,
which were all that now remained of the smouldering fire,
a slight, a very slight noise, on the bank of the little
stream, attracted his attention. He looked up suddenly
and with a start; but before he had time for action, there
flashed upon his astonished vision a line of fire, followed
instantly by a dozen sharp reports, by groans and cries of
pain from his companions, and by loud, fierce whoops and
yells from a large body of savages, who had silently stolen
down the bed of the stream and now came bounding
forward to the destruction of their enemies.

McCollough was himself untouched by the fire of the
Indians; but he saw that some of his companions, including
poor Linn, were badly wounded; and knowing that
his own life would solely depend upon his successful flight
into and through the forest, he instantly turned and
bounded away with all his might, several of the savages
perceiving and bounding after him with wild and fearful
yells.

Now it so happened that the party who gave chase to

-- 420 --

[figure description] Page 420.[end figure description]

McCollough had not yet discharged their pieces; and
finding he was likely to escape them in the darkness, they
suddenly drew up in a line and poured a close volley after
him. But at the very instant they fired, his foot struck the
bog of a quagmire, and he pitched headlong upon the soft
morass; whereupon his enemies, seeing him suddenly
disappear, and believing him dead or mortally wounded,
gave a few whoops of triumph, and turned off in pursuit
of the others, three of whom were also making good their
flight.

As soon as his enemies were out of hearing, McCollough
cautiously worked his way out of the treacherous morass,
and then set off, afoot and alone, to make his way
through the dreary wildrness to the nearest station,
thaukful that even his life was spared. In his first flight
he had thrown away his gun, and had now only his
hunting-knife; and being without provisions and the
means of procuring any, he foresaw much suffering for
himself, even if he escaped with life. But suffering
through privation was seldom a matter to be treated
seriously by the bold borderer; and McCullough, even
when compelled to hunt for roots and berries, to keep
himself from perishing by starvation, did so with a light
heart, thinking only how happy he was at his wonderful
escape from his savage foes.

The next day, to his great surprise, for he believed all

-- 421 --

[figure description] Page 421.[end figure description]

the others killed, he fell in with John Hough, one of his
companions, and the two continued their journey together,
and reached Wheeling in safety, where they reported their
misfortunes and the loss of their companions. But even
yet they were destined to an agreeable surprise; for the
day following their own arrival, two more of their comrades,
Kinzie Dickerson and John Whetzel, made their
appearance, naked and nearly famished. These two had
also met on their retreat, and had struggled through the
fearful journey together.

The unexpected meeting of these four, for a time led
them to hope that, in some almost miracnlous manner,
some of the others might have escaped also—but they
hoped in vain. William Linn, Thomas Biggs, and Joseph
Hedges, were all killed in and near the fatal camp; and
here their horribly mutilated bodies were found and
decently buried, by a party from Wheeling who went out
in search of them.

The four who escaped lived many years to tell the tale
we have recorded, and take an active part in other wild
border scenes and tragedies; but all are now dead—all
went long since through the Dark Valley to the so-called
Land of Shadows.

The End. Back matter

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Paste-Down Endpaper.[end figure description]

Previous section


Bennett, Emerson, 1822-1905 [1859], Wild scenes on the frontiers, or, Heroes of the West. (Hamelin and Co., Philadelphia) [word count] [eaf480T].
Powered by PhiloLogic